New and Bestselling titles - SAGE India

New and

Bestselling

titles Sociology2016-2017

www.sagepub.in

Sociology | 2016-17

How is this book helpful for young women of

rural areas with career aspirations?

Many rural families are now keeping their girls in school longer, and this book encourages these families to see real benefit for themselves in supporting career development for their daughters. It contributes in this way by identifying the individual roles that can be played by supportive fathers and mothers, even those with very little education themselves.

What facets of this book bring-in international

readership?

Views of women’s striving for self-identity through professionalism; the factors motivating and encouraging them or setting barriers to their accomplishments.

Upward trends in women’s education, the narrowing of the gender gap, and the effects these trends will have on world population.

The need for economic development to make room for the talents, energies and idealism of newly educated women.

Any memorable experience that you had while

writing this book?

Becoming part of the Women’s Studies program at Allahabad University; sharing in the colourful student and faculty life of SNDT University in Mumbai; living in Vadodara again after many years, enjoying friends and colleagues; reconnecting with friendships made in Bangalore. Being given entrée to lively students by professors who cared greatly about them. Being treated wonderfully by my interviewees.

Any particular advice that you would like to

share with young women aiming for a successful

career?

For women not yet in college: Find supporters in your family to help argue your case to those who aren’t so supportive. Often it’s submissive and dutiful mothers who need a prompt from a relative with a broader viewpoint. Negotiate wisely with your family. In college, find a field that fascinates you and a mentor who cares about you.

Seconds with Alice W Clark

had while

2016 • 212 pages • ` 595.00

Hardback (978-93-515-0888-5)

Zarina Bhatty is one such

example. An ordinary life led in

an extraordinary way, the record

of which is documented in her

recently published memoir, Purdah

to Piccadilly. The octogenarian, a

former president of the Delhi-based

Indian Association for Women’s

Studies (IAWS), sums up the story

for us in the Afterword: “I have tried

to give a glimpse of the Oudh region

of the province of Uttar Pradesh,

India, as well as my experiences of

the British society in the second half

of the twentieth century, when I lived

for nearly 10 years in London. The

Indian Muslim society was highly

feudal as well as caste and gender

discriminative, yet it had a certain

grace of its own.” And yet, this only

forms the backdrop.

This is a coming-of-age story

of successive generations of

women—her mother, herself and

her daughters—stepping out from

the bounds of the zenana, out

of ignorance, out of suffocating

marriages, out of dependence

on men. The “sleeping beauty”

now awakened, she would

make sweeping strides in

feminist movements. Bhatty, in

De Beauvoir’s words, “is not born,

but rather becomes, a woman”.

Purdah To Piccadilly: The autobiography of an ordinary womanWhat would Prince Charming have for occupation if he had not to awaken Sleeping Beauty?”

Simone de Beauvoir stirs up quite a thought in her monumental The Second Sex. And what

happens when the sleeping beauty is up? Virginia Woolf opines in A Room of One’s Own:

“Anything may happen when womanhood has ceased to be a protected occupation.”

20 July 2016

2016 • 218 pages • ` 595.00

Hardback (978-93-515-0824-3)

page 27A

page 26A

A coming-of-age story of

successive generations of

women—her mother, herself

and her daughters—stepping

out from the bounds of

the zenana, out of ignorance,

out of suffocating marriages,

out of dependence on men.

Contents

Childhood, Youth and Ageing .......................................... 2-3

Crime & Deviance ............................................................ 3-5

Cultural Sociology ................................................................6

Education ..........................................................................6-7

Gender & Sexuality ..............................................................8

Globalization & Social Change ........................................ 8-9

Health & Body .................................................................... 10

Introductory Sociology ...................................................... 11

Media & Culture ............................................................ 12-14

Race & Ethnicity ................................................................. 14

Bestsellers in Sociology ............................................... 16-17

Research Methods & Methodology ..............................15-24

Social Theory ............................................................... 25-26

Sport, Leisure & Tourism ...................................................27

Work & Organizations ........................................................28

Urban Sociology & The City ..............................................29

Reference ...........................................................................29

Index ............................................................................. 30-36

SAGE India

Sociology & Social Theory .......................................... 1A-7A

Dalit Sociology ...................................................................8A

Ethnic & Minority Studies ..................................................8A

Sociology of Religion ................................................. 9A-13A

Cultural Studies ....................................................... 14A-19A

Film & Theatre Studies.............................................20A-23A

Sociology of Gender ................................................23A-29A

Sociology of Health ........................................................ 30A

Media & Communication Studies ............................31A-36A

Advertising .......................................................................37A

Social Work .............................................................. 37A-38A

SAGE Law ........................................................................39A

SAGE Classics ......................................................... 40A-41A

History ......................................................................42A-50A

Philosophy ........................................................................51A

Political Sociology .......................................................... 52A

Peace & Conflict Studies .........................................53A-57A

Environmental Studies .............................................58A-60A

Urban Studies ..........................................................61A-64A

Sociology | 2016 / 2017

NEW AND MUST-HAVE RESOURCES

2

AGE STUDIESA Sociological Examination of How we Age through the Life Course

Susan Pickard University of Liverpool

With great rigour, yet an enviable lightness of touch, Susan

Pickard has written an engaging and accessible book that

students will love

- Rosalind Gill, City University London

A scholarly tour-de-force that brings into focus the various

disciplines, histories, literatures and knowledge that have

transformed us into modern subjects of age

- Stephen Katz, Trent University

Age Studies takes an invigorating approach to the study of age and

ageing in contemporary society. Encompassing ageing throughout the

life course, taking in childhood, adolescence, mid-life and older age,

and situated explicitly within a sociological disciplinary framework,

Age Studies:

• explores current social science debates on the study of ageing linking

these to core sociological concepts

• links theory and application, using a variety of examples and

international case studies

• includes chapter summaries, further reading and guided questions.

A thought-provoking companion to advanced undergraduates and

postgraduate students studying ageing, older people, social gerontology

and related courses.

CONTENTSAge Studies: What Is It and Why Do We Need It? / Class Stratification and Age / Gender

Studies as a Paradigm for Age Studies / Constructing and Deconstructing Ages and Stages

of the Life Course / Identity and Age / Age and Embodiment / Sexuality Through the Life

Course / Health, Illness and Normality Through the Life Course / Representing Ages and

Stages / Ages and Generations in Interaction / Telling our Own Stories: Developing Age

Consciousness and Authentic Age Identities / Concluding Thoughts

2016 • 312 pages

Hardback (9781446287361) • £75.00

Paperback (9781446287378) • £25.99

DIEScal Examination of How

SOCIOLOGY OF EARLY CHILDHOODCritical Perspectives

Norman Gabriel University of Plymouth

Towards a Sociology of Early Childhood is a theoretically and

historically grounded examination of young children's experiences in

contemporary society. Asserting that a sociology of early childhood must

bring together and integrate different disciplines, the book:

• synthesizes different sociological perspectives on childhood

• incorporates multi-disciplinary research findings on the lives of

young children

• explains key theoretical concepts such as investment, early

intervention, professional power and discourse

• examines the importance of play, memory and place

• evaluates long-term parenting trends

• uses illustrative examples and case studies, discussion questions and

annotated further reading to engage and stimulate readers.

Invigorating and thought provoking, Towards a Sociology of Early Childhood is an invaluable read for advanced undergraduates and

postgraduate students looking for a more nuanced and progressive

understanding of childhood.

CONTENTSHistorical and Sociological Perspectives on Childhood / Towards a Sociology of Early

Childhood / Growing Up Beside You – Social Habitus in Early Childhood / Young Children's

Play / Civilizing Young Children – Long-Term Parenting Trends / New Media Technologies

and the Sexualisation of Childhood

2017 • 152 pages

Hardback (9781446272985) • £75.00

Paperback (9781446272992) • £24.99

CHILDHOOD IN SOCIETY FOR THE EARLY YEARSThird Edition

Rory McDowall Clark University of Worcester

An introduction to the study of childhood and

the different contexts within which it exists; it

will enable students to understand childhood

in relation to society and develop the skills to

look at childhood from a critical standpoint.

2016 • 176 pages

Hardback (9781473944541) • £65.00

Paperback (9781473944558) • £19.99

CHILDHOO

Childhood, Youth & Ageing

3

THE SOCIOLOGY OF CHILDREN, CHILDHOOD AND GENERATIONMadeleine Leonard Queen's University Belfast

Outlining sociology's contribution to

childhood studies and our understanding

of contemporary children and childhood,

this book provides a thought-provoking and

comprehensive account of the connections

between the macro worlds of childhood and the micro worlds of

children's everyday lives.

Examining children's involvement in areas such as the labour market,

family life, education and leisure, it balances understanding childhood

as a structural phenomenon, and recognizing children as meaning

makers involved in constructing, co-constructing and reconstructing

their everyday lives.

Through the concept of 'generagency', Madeleine Leonard offers a

model for examining how structure and agency are activated within

interdependent relationships influenced by generational positioning.

This framework provides a conceptual tool for thinking about the

continuities, challenges and changes that impact on how childhood is

lived and experienced.

CONTENTSIntroduction / Becoming and Being - Developments in the Sociology of Childhood / Macro Childhoods - Prioritizing Structure / Micro Childhoods - Prioritizing Agency / From Rights to Citizenship - Transformations and Constraints / Bridging Structure and Agency - Bringing

in Inter-generagency and Intra-generagency / Conclusion - Blurred Boundaries

2015 • 184 pages

Hardback (9781446259238) • £75.00

Paperback (9781446259245) • £24.99

INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINOLOGYTheories, Methods, and Criminal Behavior

Ninth Edition

Frank E Hagan Mercyhurst College

Focusing on the vital core of criminological

theory - theory, method and criminal

behaviour - with more attention to crime

typologies than most introductory texts, this book investigates all forms

of criminal activity, such as organized crime, white-collar crime, political

crime and environmental crime. The methods of operation, the effects

on society and policy decisions, and the connection between theory

and criminal behaviour are all explained in a clear, accessible manner.

This Ninth Edition has updated coverage of terrorism and

counter-terrorism efforts, as well as new coverage of emerging

criminological methods, such as ethnographies. All statistics, tables

and figures have been updated, as have the photographs, supplements,

and audio and video packages in the new edition to make the material

most relevant for courses.

CONTENTSPart I: The Foundations of Criminology / Introduction / Research Methods in Criminology / General Characteristics of Crime and Criminals / What Is Victimology? / Part II: Theories of Criminology / Early and Classical Criminological Theories / Biological and Psychological Theories / Sociological Mainstream Theories / Sociological Critical Theories and Integrated Theories / Part III: Crime Typologies / Violent Crime / Property Crime: Occasional, Conventional, and Professional / White-Collar Crime: Occupational and Corporate / Political Crime and Terrorism / Organized Crime / Public Order Crime / Cybercrime and the Future of Crime

2016 • 488 pages

Paperback & Interactive eBook (9781483389172) • $121.00

INTRODUC

CRAYONS AND IPADSDebra Harwood Brock University

Crayons and iPads examines the use of digital technology in the early stages of child development and the way in which learning techniques have evolved in classrooms across the world.

Taking the position that tablets provide an accessible learning and instructional tool, Debra Harwood explores how tablets can be used to provoke, ignite and excite children's interest in the world around them, arguing that it is through this engagement with technology that new discoveries are made and learning takes place.

Guiding readers through research-based insights into children's thinking, interactions and being, Crayons and iPads offers an important starting point upon which to build play and inquiry-based learning opportunities within early learning programs.

CONTENTSThe Digital Worlds of Young Children - Debra Harwood / Home-to-School Digital Divides - Laura Lane / Multimodalities: The 100 Plus Languages of Young Children - Jennifer Roswell / Tablets as Innovational Tool and the 3rd Environment - Kari-Lynn Winters & Leslie Memme / Playing Across the Concrete and Digital Realms - Mira Bajovic / Digital, Participatory, and the Critical Spaces - Kari-Lynn Winters / It's an App, App, App, App World - Dane Marco Di Cesare / 'Here Teacher Let Me Show You How the Tablet Works': Young Children as Teachers - Katelyn Scott & Debra Harwood / Empowering Children as Readers and Writers - Vera Woloshyn & Laura Lane / Tablets and Outdoor Learning - Elizabeth McArthur, Candace Mersereau, Sherry Rose & Pam Whitty / Rethinking Early Years Pedagogies: A Conclusion - Debra Harwood

SAGE SWIFTS

2016 • 120 pages

Hardback (9781473915992) • £45.00

ANTI-SOCIAL BEHAVIOURA multi-national perspective of the everyday to the extreme

Cate Curtis University of Waikato

Cate Curtis seeks to disrupt assumptions

about anti-social behaviour by bringing

together a host of key concepts and

theories applicable to the field. Going

beyond individualized discussions, the book

explores broader concepts such as the social

construction of 'anti-social behaviour', 'risk'

and 'resilience', and the social contents and influences under which

these are most likely to occur.

CONTENTSPerceptions and Concepts: Constructing Anti-Social Behaviour / The Politics of Anti-

Social Behaviour: Policies and Values / Ordinary Anti-Social Behaviour: Everyday Hassles

/ Anti-Social Behaviour as a Social Activity: Group Processes / New Technology, New

Media: Transmitting New Behaviour? / Prevention, Intervention and Punishment: Risk,

Resilience and Recovery

SAGE SWIFTS

2016 • 120 pages

Hardback (9781473915770) • £45.00

Childhood, Youth & Ageing / Crime & Deviance

4

AN INTRODUCTION TO LIFE-COURSE CRIMINOLOGYChristoffer Carlsson and Jerzy Sarnecki both at Stockholm University

This is an excellent introduction to a topic

of central importance for criminologists. It

has the merit of being very clearly written,

and the authors cover a wide range of

materials – theories and data; European and American research;

quantitative and qualitative studies. Throughout, they provide

helpful examples from their work on the Stockholm Life-Course

Project. Highly recommended

- Sir Anthony Bottoms, Emeritus Wolfson Professor

of Criminology, University of Cambridge

Most people engage in crime at some point in their lives, but why does

almost everybody stop soon after? And, why do a small number of

offenders persist in crime? These two questions constitute the core of

the field often known as life-course criminology.

This book covers the dominant theories and methodologies in the field

and equips students with all they need to succeed in their studies on

the subject. The book:

• discusses the methodologies of life-course and longitudinal research

• explains and critiques the major theories of life-course criminology

• considers the issues of risk, prediction, onset, persistence and

desistance of criminal activity

• draws on research from studies in Europe, the UK, US and Australia,

including the Stockholm Life-Course Project.

CONTENTSLife-Course Criminology: An Introduction / Criminological Theories and Criminal Careers

/ Life-Course Theories of Crime and Deviance / The Methodologies of Life-Course

Criminology / Risk and Prediction of Criminal Careers / Onset of Crime / Continuity in

Offending: Persistence / Desistance from Crime / Looking Back; Looking Forward

2016 • 184 pages

Hardback (9781446275900) • £75.00

Paperback (9781446275917) • £24.99

VICTIMS, CRIME AND SOCIETYAn Introduction

Second Edition

Edited by Pamela Davies, Peter Francis both at Northumbria University and Chris Greer City University London

Praise for the previous edition:

This book achieves the rare feat of helping

its readers without patronising them. The aids to the reader

- tables, boxes, glossaries, questions and suggestions for

further reading - will prove genuinely helpful to students and

their teachers, but they appear within a text that is theoretically

informed as well as comprehensive and up-to-date in its coverage

- Professor David Smith, University of Lancaster

Providing a thorough account of victimization across the social spectrum

of class, race, age and gender, this Second Edition has been fully

revised and expanded, with two parts now spanning the key perspectives

and issues in victimology.

Covering theoretical, social and political contexts, the book:

• includes new chapters on defining and constructing victims, fear

and vulnerability, sexuality, white-collar crime and the implications of

crime policy on victims

• examines a global range of historical and theoretical perspectives in

victimology and features a new chapter on researching victims of crime

• reinforces learning through critical thinking sections, future research

suggestions, chapter summaries and a glossary of key terms

• now includes a companion website, complete with links to relevant

journal articles in victimology.

CONTENTSPart I: Key Perspectives in Victimology / Defining Victims and Victimization / Constructing

Victims and Victimization / Fear, Vulnerability and Victimization / Historical Perspectives in

Victimology / Theoretical Perspectives in Victimology / Research Perspectives in Victimology

/ Global Perspectives in Victimology / Part II: Key Issues in Victimology / Gender, Victims

and Crime / Young People, Victims and Crime / Older People, Victims and Crime / Social

Exclusion, Victims and Crime / Victims of White-Collar Crime / Race, Religion, Victims and

Crime / Sexuality, Victims and Crime / Victims of the Powerful / Victims and Crime Policy

2016 • 400 pages

Hardback (9781446255902) • £90.00

Paperback (9781446255919) • £29.99

VICTIMS

Connect with SAGE!

Crime & Deviance

5

AN INTRODUCTION TO GREEN CRIMINOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL JUSTICEAngus Nurse Middlesex University

Nurse covers the main issues in green

criminology in a well-written and brief

introductory chapter. He then continues

to address a number of varied but

extremely interesting and pertinent issues that I think will greatly

interest students, as well as those working in regulatory and

policy areas, academics, or indeed readers in general... A very

highly recommended text

- Melissa Deary, Senior Lecturer in

Criminology, University of Hull

A comprehensive introduction to green criminology, this book is a

discussion of the relationship between mainstream criminal justice and

green crimes. Focused on environmental harm within the context of

criminal justice, this book takes a global perspective and:

• introduces students to different theoretical perspectives in

green criminology

• looks at the victims of environmental crime throughout

• covers topics such as: wildlife crimes; animal abuse; the causes of

environmental crime; regulation; exploitation; ecological terrorism;

policing; prosecution and monitoring.

Helping readers develop a thorough understanding of the principles of

environmental justice and green criminology as well as contemporary

developments, this book will be excellent support to students of

green criminology.

CONTENTSPart I: Introduction and Theory / An Introduction to Green Criminological Theories /

Species Justice: Animal Rights, Animal Abuse and Violence Towards Humans / The Causes

of Environmental Crime and Criminality / Part II: Environmental Crime as Global Crime /

The Future Protection of Wildlife: Resolving Wildlife Crime and Illegal Wildlife Trafficking

/ Regulating Environmental Harm: Environmental Crime and Governance / The Criminal

Exploitation of Natural Resources / Climate Change and Environmental Damage / Part

III: Policing, Prosecution and Monitoring Environmental Crime / The Green Movement:

NGOs and Environmental Justice / Investigating Environmental Crime / Repairing the

Harm: Restorative Justice and Environmental Courts

2016 • 240 pages

Hardback (9781473908093) • £75.00

Paperback (9781473908109) • £26.99

GENDER AND CRIMEA Human Rights Approach

Second Edition

Marisa Silvestri Kingston University and Chris Crowther-Dowey Nottingham Trent University

This book is a comprehensive and critical introduction to the field of gender and crime, re-thinking the key themes and debates within a human rights framework.

Integrating empirical, theoretical and policy-related material, this Second Edition has been significantly updated, and now includes:

• full consideration of the 2010-2015 Coalition Government and its effect on gender and crime within England and Wales

• a new chapter relating criminological theory to gender and crime

• a new chapter discussing the history of gender and crime

• a new chapter analyzing contemporary issues in gender and crime in a globalized world

• fully updated learning features such as: chapter overviews; key words, study questions; chapter summaries; key further readings and a glossary.

CONTENTSPart I: Gender & Crime in Context / Theorizing Gender and Crime / Gender, Crime and History / Contemporary Issues in Gender and Crime in a Globalized World / Part II: Out of Control / Women as Offenders / Men as Offenders / Part III: In Need of Care / Women

as Victims / Men as Victims / Part IV: In Control / Gender and Criminal Justice Workers /

The Criminal Justice System: A Gendered Site

KEY APPROACHES TO CRIMINOLOGY

2016 • 368 pages

Hardback (9781473902183) • £85.00

Paperback (9781473902190) • £27.99

GENDER A

TRANSNATIONAL CRIME AND CRIMINAL JUSTICEMarinella Marmo and Nerida Chazal Flinders University

The scholarship deployed in this book is

precise, well researched and the writing

style is excellent. In my opinion this text

provides a notable contribution to teaching

in this area and is also of relevance to

scholars and policy makers operating in

the policing and criminal justice fields

- Brian Payne, Senior Lecturer in Criminology,

University of Gloucestershire

Providing readers with a wide-ranging introduction to key international issues in crime and its control, this book covers all essential theories and clearly explains their relevance to the world today. Going beyond just looking at organized crime, the book covers a range of topics including human rights, terrorism, trafficking, cybercrime, environmental crime and international law.

CONTENTSGlobalization and Mobility / Risk, Networks, and Cyberspace / The Creation and Circulation of Justice Norms / Global Mobility Markets: The Migration of the 'Body' and its Exploitation / Organized Crime: Threat and Response in the Global Era / Terrorism in a Networked World / Crimes against the Environment / State Crime, Human Rights, and

Crimes of Globalization / Towards a Global Criminal Justice?

2016 • 240 pages

Hardback (9781412919241) • £70.00

Paperback (9781412919258) • £23.99

Crime & Deviance

6

THE UNMANAGEABLE CONSUMERThird Edition

Yiannis Gabriel University of Bath and Tim Lang City University

Western-style consumerism is often

presented as unstoppable, yet its costs

mount and its grip on consumer reality

weakens. In this completely rewritten edition,

Gabriel and Lang restate their thesis that

consumerism is more fragile and unmanageable than is assumed.

This 20th Anniversary edition of The Unmanageable Consumer continues to explore 10 different consumer models, and encourages

analysis of contemporary consumerism. It looks at the spread of

consumerism to developing countries like India and China and

considers the effects of demographic changes and migration, pointing

to new features such as consumers taking on unwaged work. This

new edition also touches on contemporary topics, including the

consumption movement on social media, the occupy movement, and

the horsemeat scandal.

CONTENTSThe Emergence of Contemporary Consumerism / The Consumer as Chooser / The

Consumer as Communicator / The Consumer as Explorer / The Consumer as Identity-

Seeker / The Consumer as Hedonist / The Consumer as Victim / The Consumer as Rebel

/ The Consumer as Activist / The Consumer as Citizen / The Consumer as Worker / The

Unmanageable Consumer

2015 • 280 pages

Hardback (9781446298510) • £100.00

Paperback (9781446298527) • £34.99

THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF CULTURAL SOCIOLOGYEdited by David Inglis University of Exeter and Anna-Mari Almila University of the Arts, London

Cultural sociology - or the sociology of

culture - has grown from a minority interest

in the 1970s to become one of the largest

and most vibrant areas within sociology

globally. In The SAGE Handbook of Cultural Sociology, a global range of

experts explore the theory, methodology and innovations that make up

this ever-expanding field.

The handbook's 43 original chapters have been organized into seven

thematic sections:

• Schools of Thought

• Methodological Approaches

• Disciplinarity

and Interdisciplinarity

• Culture and Society

• Culture and Politics

• Arts and Aesthetics

• Culture and Consumption

Both comprehensive and current, The SAGE Handbook of Cultural Sociology will be an essential reference tool for both advanced students

and scholars.

CONTENTSPart I: Schools of Thought / Marxist Cultural Sociology / Max Weber's Presences: On the Cultural Sociology of the Long-Term / The Cultural Sociology of Alfred Weber and Karl Mannheim / Durkheimian and Neo-Durkheimian Cultural Sociologies / A Qualitative Theory of Culture: Georg Simmel and Cultural Sociology / Bourdieu's Sociology of Culture: On the Economy of Symbolic Goods / Symbolic Interactionism's Contribution to the Study of Culture / Cognition and Cultural Sociology: The Inside and Outside of Thought / Actor Network Theory and Its Cultural Developments / Neoinstitutionalist Sociology / The Cultural Worth of 'Economies of Worth': French Pragmatic Sociology from a Cultural Sociological Perspective / Systems Theory and Culture: Drawing Lessons from Parsons and Luhmann / The 'Production of Culture Perspective' in Perspective / Cultural Historical Sociology / Part II: Methodological Approaches / Quantitative Analysis in Cultural Sociology: Why It Should be Done, How It Can Be Done / Qualitative Cultural Sociology / Multiple Correspondence Analysis / Hermeneutics and Cultural Sociology / Social Network Analysis / Ethnography and the Sociology of Culture / Part III: Disciplinarity & Interdisciplinarity / Sociology and Cultural Studies: A Close and Fraught Relationship / Extractive Seeing: Visual Culture Studies and Cultural Sociology / Queering Gender, Art and Culture in the Age of Media Convergence / Part IV: Culture & Society / Symbolic Boundaries / Cultural Sociology of Religion and Beliefs / Everyday Life: Past, Present and Possible / 'Turn Turn Turn!' Musicalizing Cultural Sociology with the 'in Action' Perspective / Part V: Culture & Politics / Cultural Citizenship / Dimensions of Culture in Social Movement Research / Cultural Nationalism / Cultural Sociology of News Media / Cultural Memory / Part VI: Arts & Aesthetics / (Cultural) Sociologies of Architecture? / For a Sociology of the Cinema / Witnessing Culture: Museums, Exhibitions and the Artistic Encounter / Cultural Sociology of Fashion: On the Sartorial, Symbolic and Social / Popular Music and Cultural Sociology / Iconicity / The Cultural Sociology of Markets / Part VII: Culture & Consumption / A Sociological Introduction to Cultures and Consumption / Cultural Sociology: Brands / Cultural Sociology of Ethical Consumption

2016 • 636 pages

Hardback (9781446271971) • £110.00

RANK HYPOCRISIESThe Insult of the REF

Derek Sayer Lancaster University

A must-read for all academics working in

higher education today. In this scathing

account, he not only criticizes the REF for

discouraging innovation and harming staff

morale, but also questions the REF's claim

to provide 'expert review of the outputs' - the

very heart of its legitimacy.

SAGE SWIFTS

2014 • 128 pages

Hardback (9781473906563) • £46.99

SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY OF EMOTIONDarren Ellis and Ian Tucker University of East London

Analyzes the historical, philosophical,

psychological, biological, sociological, post-

structural and technological perspectives

of emotion that are important for a viable

social psychology of emotion. Of interest to

upper-level undergraduate and postgraduate

students of psychosocial studies, the

individual and society, and courses dealing with affect and emotion

across the social sciences.

2014 • 216 pages

Hardback (9781446254783) • £79.00

Paperback (9781446254790) • £25.99

BRANDS AND BRANDINGStephen Brown University of Ulster

Brands surround us every day of our lives, from Boots to Bieber. This

fun, humorous introductory book helps readers to begin to make sense

of brands, what they are, what they do, why and how, through theory

made enjoyable and plenty of current examples.

2016 • 296 pages

Hardback (9781473919518) • £75.00

Paperback (9781473919525) • £24.99

Cultural Sociology / Education

7

THE SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATIONTomas Boronski and Nasima Hassan University of East London

This contemporary textbook explains the basic principles of sociology

in an accessible manner and relates these concepts to today's society

and education system in order to deepen students' understanding of

how these issues affect our lives and the world we live in. Throughout

each chapter, thinking points and links to important literature encourage

students to think critically and to develop a 'sociological imagination'.

Coverage includes:

• the wider political and economic context for education in the UK,

including an analysis of the reforms of the 2010 coalition government

• the role of education in a multicultural society

• how the curriculum can influence national identity

• inequalities in educational opportunity in terms of class, gender,

ethnicity and disability.

CONTENTSSociology and Education Studies / Early Sociology of Education / Developments in

Sociology of Education / Critical and Radical Pedagogies / Differential Educational

Attainment and the Debate about Intelligence / Multiculturalism, 'Race' and Power /

Re-Imagining Gender Roles / Inclusion, Disability and Special Educational Needs / The

Social Construction of Childhood / Education Policy / Young People and Pupil Voice /

Transformations

2015 • 264 pages

Hardback (9781446272886) • £65.00

Paperback (9781446272893) • £22.99

THE ACADEMIC CAESARUniversity Leadership is Hard

Steve Fuller University of Warwick

Aimed directly at those who aspire to be

university leaders in these turbulent times,

and written as an academic counterpart to

Machiavelli's The Prince, The Academic Caesar explores four themes that are central

to the contemporary university: its Caesar-

leaders, its economics, its disciplines,

and whether academics have a future

in universities.

Drawing on a wealth of experience writing about the social epistemology

of higher education, Steve Fuller makes a witty, robust and provocative

contribution to the ongoing debate about where the university has

come from and where it is going. The Academic Caesar will prove

a fascinating read for those seeking new insights into the current crisis

in higher education as well as researchers and academics interested in

the sociology of leadership.

CONTENTSIntroduction: The Neo-Liberal Moment in Higher Education / University Leadership

in the Twenty-First Century: The Case for Academic Caesarism / Peer Review: Key

to Knowledge as a Public Good the Academic Guild's Last Stand? / Macroeconomic

Knowledge Policy for Academic Caesars and their Would Be Regulators / Postscript:

The Proactionary University

SAGE SWIFTS

2016 • 184 pages

Hardback (9781473961784) • £45.00

BIG IDEAS IN SOCIAL SCIENCE David Edmonds BBC World and Nigel Warburton The Open University

Are human beings less violent than before? Why do we adopt certain

moral and political judgements? Why is the gap between rich and poor

getting bigger? How do we decide which criminal policies are effective?

What is the Population Challenge for the 21st Century? What is social

science?

In Big Ideas in Social Science, David Edmonds and Nigel Warburton put

these and more of our society's burning questions to 18 of the world’s

leading social scientists including Steven Pinker, Ann Oakley, Lawrence

Sherman, Kate Pickett, Robert J Shiller and Doreen Massey.

The interviews for this book are based on the Social Science

Bites series of podcasts, which can be freely accessed at www.socialsciencespace.com, and subscribed to via iTunes. Social

Science Bites was inspired by the popular Philosophy Bites podcast

(www.philosophybites.com), which was founded by David and Nigel

in 2007 and has so far had 26 million downloads.

2015 • 184 pages

Hardback (9781473913790) • £50.00

Paperback (9781473913806) • £12.99

EXAGGERATED CLAIMS?The ESRC, 50 Years On

David Walker

What is the role of the state in distributing research money? How do

'arm's-length' funding agencies relate to public policy and business?

This original study looks at the main social science funding agency in

the UK, which was established 50 years ago. It examines how funding

decisions are related to power. Walker asks the tricky question, why has

social science research not achieved a more salient role in state policy

formation and management strategy: is the funding agency responsible?

Insightful, engrossing and highly original, the book will be required

reading for anyone who has written or will write a social science research

bid and, more widely, for students of power, knowledge and culture.

2015 • 128 pages

Hardback (9781473942233) • £45.00

Understanding the Value of

Social Science in Today’s World

Education

8

RACE, GENDER, SEXUALITY, AND SOCIAL CLASSDimensions of Inequality and Identity

Second Edition

Edited by Susan J Ferguson Grinnell College

A new edition of this eye-opening exploration of how social statuses

intersect to shape our identities and produce inequalities. The anthology

is organized around broad topics (identity, power and privilege, social

institutions, etc), rather than categories of difference to emphasize the

point that race, class, gender and sexuality do not exist in isolation.

2016 • 656 pages

Paperback (9781483374956) • $73.00

KEY CONCEPTS IN GENDER STUDIESSecond Edition

Jane Pilcher University of Leicester and Imelda Whelehan

The new edition of Key Concepts in Gender Studies is a lively and

engaging introduction to the dynamic field of gender studies.

Thoroughly revised throughout, the Second Edition benefits from the

addition of nine new concepts including Gender Social Movements,

Intersectionality and Mainstreaming.

Each of the entries:

• begins with a concise definition

• outlines the history of each term and the debates surrounding it

• includes illustrations of how the concept has been applied within

the field

• offers examples which allow a critical re-evaluation of the concept

• is cross-referenced with the other key concepts

• provides guidance on further reading.

Key Concepts in Gender Studies reflects the complex and

multi-faceted character of the field in a way that is accessible and

appealing to undergraduate and postgraduate students in a range of

social science and humanities disciplines.

SAGE KEY CONCEPTS SERIES

2016 • 208 pages

Hardback (9781446260289) • £65.00

Paperback (9781446260296) • £21.99

KEY CONC

THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF RESISTANCEEdited by David Courpasson Emlyon Business School and Steven Vallas Northeastern University

Occupy, Indignados, The Tea Party, The

Arab Spring and Anonymous - these

and other terms have become part of an

emerging lexicon in recent years, signalling

an important development that has gripped

many parts of the world. However, resistance

and its conceptual 'companions', protest, contestation, opposition,

disobedience and mobilization, all seem to be still mostly seen in public

and private discourses as illegitimate and problematic forms of action.

The SAGE Handbook of Resistance offers theoretical essays

enabling readers to forge their own perspectives of what is resistance,

and emphasizes the empirical and experiential dimension of resistance

- making strong choices in terms of how contemporary topics related to

resistance help to rethink our societies as 'protest societies'.

CONTENTSPart I: Foundations / Globalization, Resistance, and Social Transformation / Emerging Subjectivity in Protest / The Complexities and Contradictions of Resistance: A Critical Intersectional Perspective / The Grand Refusal?: Struggling with Alternative Foucauldian-Inspired Approaches to Resistance at Work / Part II: Sites Of Resistance / Resistance in Schools and Family Life / Prisons as Sites of Power and Resistance / Resisting the 24/7 Work Ethic - Shifting Modes of Regulation and Refusal in Organized Employment / The Body as a Site of Resistance / Part III: Technologies Of Resistance / Anonymous, Wiki-Leaks, and Resistance against Authority / Catholicism, Social Justice and Labor Struggle / Islam: Fundamentalism and Insurgency in the Arab Spring / Virtual Sphere and Local Mobilization / Part IV: Languages of Resistance / Musical Style, Youth Subcultures, and Cultural Resistance / Graffitti as Infrapolitics / Discursive Resistance / Counter-Hegemonic Discourses / Part V: Geographies of Resistance / Solidarity without Borders? / Cooperatives in Argentina / Rural Resistance in China / The Political Economy of Resistance: Neo-Liberal Regimes and Women in the Microfinance and Garment Sectors in Bangladesh / Guerilla Gardening / Part VI: Consequences of Resistance / Grass-Roots, "Astro-Turf," and Manufactured Populism / Entrepreneurial Resistance / Reading Resistance across Institutional Boundaries / Transnational Resistance as an Outcome of

Globalization? The Case of WSF

2016 • 520 pages

Hardback (9781473906433) • £120.00

THE KALEIDOSCOPE OF GENDERPrisms, Patterns, and Possibilities

Fifth Edition

Edited by Joan Z Spade The College at Brockport, State University of New York and Catherine G Valentine Nazareth College

This provocative anthology provides comprehensive discussion and

analysis of the critical theories, research findings, and applications

in gender studies. The collection explains how the complex, evolving

patterns of gender are created and changed by people as they interact

at individual, group and institutional levels of life.

2016 • 688 pages

Paperback (9781483379487) • $85.00

THE KALE

MEN OF THE WORLDGenders, Globalizations, Transnational Times

Jeff Hearn Örebro University, Hanken School of Economics, and University of Huddersfield

A fascinating book. Read it - if only to

discover what this consistently innovative

writer means by "the abolition of men"

- Sylvia Walby,

Distinguished Professor of Sociology

and UNESCO Chair in Gender Research,

Lancaster University

2015 • 280 pages

Hardback (9781446207178) • £79.00

Paperback (9781446207185) • £25.99

Gender & Sexuality / Globalization & Social Change

9

HYBRID POLITICSParticipation and Communication Practices

Laura Iannelli University of Sassari

Hybrid Politics examines the complex and

intersected logics, platforms, practices, and

contents of contemporary communication

processes, by exploring their potential

and practical implications in terms of

political participation.

The book explores the 'hybridity' of politics and

its relationship with the world of mass communication, with specific focus

on the challenges created by the relationship between social media,

broadcast media, and physical places of communication.

Building upon renowned global research, original case studies, and

illustrating materials, the book proposes an innovative and challenging

analytic strategy to describe, understand, and problematize the

contemporary complexity of political participation and communication.

CONTENTSPolitical Participation and Communication / Hybrid Participatory Politics and

Communication / Connected Audiences of TV Politics / Tactical Activism between Popular

Culture and the Web / Participatory Art in Hybrid Public Spaces

SAGE SWIFTS

2016 • 144 pages

Hardback (9781473915787) • £45.00

WAYS OF SOCIAL CHANGEMaking Sense of Modern Times

Second Edition

Garth Massey University of Wyoming

Explores the forces that influence the

direction, scope and speed of social change:

science and technology, social movements,

war and revolution, large corporations, and

the state. A concluding chapter encourages

students to examine their own perspectives

and offers ways to engage in social change.

2015 • 416 pages

Paperback (9781506306629) • $59.00

KEY CONCEPTS IN MIGRATIONDavid Bartram University of Leicester, Maritsa V Poros The City College Of New York, City University of New York and Pierre Monforte University of Leicester

Demonstrates that the study of

international migration has really come of

age. From acculturation to undocumented

immigration, the authors consider more

than three dozen concepts at the heart of migration studies... a

valuable resource for students and scholars alike

- Nancy Foner, City University of New York


2014 • 184 pages

Hardback (9780857020789) • £68.00

Paperback (9780857020796) • £21.99

DEVELOPMENT AND SOCIAL CHANGEA Global Perspective

Sixth Edition

Philip McMichael Cornell University

Philip McMichael describes a world

undergoing profound social, political, and

economic transformations, from the post-

World War II era through the present. He tells

a story of development in four parts - colonialism, developmentalism,

globalization, and sustainability - that shows how the global development

"project" has taken different forms from one historical period to the next.

Throughout the text, the underlying conceptual framework is that

development is a political construct, created by dominant actors (states,

multilateral institutions, corporations and economic coalitions) and

based on unequal power arrangements. While rooted in ideas about

progress and prosperity, development also produces crises that threaten

the health and well-being of millions of people, and sparks organized

resistance to its goals and policies. Frequent case studies make the

intricacies of globalization concrete, meaningful and clear.

Development and Social Change challenges us to see ourselves as

global citizens even as we are global consumers.

CONTENTSDevelopment: Theory and Reality / Part I: The Development Project (Late 1940s to Early

1970s) / Instituting the Development Project / The Development Project: International

Framework / Globalizing Developments / Part II: The Globalization Project (1980s to

2000s) / Instituting the Globalization Project / The Globalization Project in Practice / Global

Countermovements / Part III: Millennial Reckonings (2000s to Present) / The Globalization

Project in Crisis / Sustainable Development? / Rethinking Development

2016 • 424 pages

Paperback (9781452275901) • $88.00

DEVELOPM

THE POLITICS OF MIGRATION AND IMMIGRATION IN EUROPESecond Edition

Andrew Geddes University of Sheffield and Peter Scholten Erasmus University Rotterdam

This Second Edition has been completely

updated to cover recent events and issues

including the Syrian refugee crisis, the Paris terror attacks, the rise of

right-wing political parties, and the Shengen agreement, thus continuing

to provide readers with a timely and significant resource.

2016 • 288 pages

Hardback (9781849204675) • £75.00

Paperback (9781849204682) • £26.99

THE POLIT

Globalization & Social Change

10

AN INTRODUCTION TO THE SOCIOLOGY OF HEALTH AND ILLNESSThird Edition

Kevin White Australian National University, Canberra

The bestselling An Introduction to the Sociology of Health and Illness has long been the go-to text for students looking for a clear,

engaging and theoretically informed introduction to this dynamic topic.

Written with a truly sociological and critical perspective, and thoroughly

updated to include the latest cutting-edge thinking in the area, the new

edition is packed with new empirical examples.

Incorporating helpful learning features including chapter overviews,

boxed cases, summaries and further reading, An Introduction to the Sociology of Health and Illness is a stimulating and thought-provoking

essential text for students in health, nursing and sociology schools.

2016 • 240 pages

Hardback (9781473982079) • £85.00

Paperback (9781473982086) • £27.99

AN INTRO

See the full listing of all our

Sociology titles online

at www.sagepub.in

UNDERSTANDING THE SOCIOLOGY OF HEALTHAn Introduction

Fourth Edition

Anne-Marie Barry Baccus Consulting and Chris Yuill Robert Gordon University

Now in its Fourth Edition, Understanding the Sociology of Health, continues to

offer an easy-to-read introduction to sociological theories essential

to understand the current health climate. Up-to-date with key policy

and research, and including case studies and exercises to critically

engage the reader, this book shows how sociology can answer complex

questions about health and illness, such as why health inequalities exist.

The Fourth Edition includes:

• a more global perspective with international examples

• a new chapter on health technologies

• an updated website with videos of the author discussing key topics

and MCQs

• a glossary, key concepts, chapter summaries and reflective questions.

Though aimed primarily at students on health and social care courses

and professions allied to medicine, this textbook provides valuable

insights for anyone interested in the social aspects of health.

CONTENTSPart I: Theories, Perspectives and Concepts / Sociological Theory / Concepts of Health

and Medicine / Medical Power and Knowledge and Challenging Medical Dominance / A

Brief History of Health and Healing / Global Health and Wellbeing / Part II: Key Themes /

Class and Health / Gender and Health / Ethnicity and health / Mental Health / Sexualities

and Health / Sociology of the Body: Chronic Illness and Disability / Health, Ageing and

the Life Course / Part III: Contexts / Place of Care / Health Care in Context / Sport, Health

Exercise and Wellbeing / Death and Dying / Medical Technologies

2016 • 400 pages

Hardback (9781473929449) • £75.00

Paperback (9781473929456) • £26.99

UNDERSTA

DISABILITY STUDIESAn Interdisciplinary Introduction

Second Edition

Dan Goodley University of Sheffield

Passionate, engaging and challenging, this Second Edition of the

ground-breaking Disability Studies is a contemporary introduction

to this diverse and complex field. Taking an interdisciplinary and critical

approach, the book:

• examines a diverse range of theories and perspectives, engaging with

current debates in the field

• explores key areas of analysis, with chapters devoted to the individual,

society, community and education

• applies a global perspective encompassing examples from the UK,

Australia, Scandinavia, the US and Canada.

Encouraging readers with thought-provoking questions, exercises and

activities, Disability Studies is a rich and rewarding read for students

and researchers of disability across the social sciences.

CONTENTSBeginnings / Politics / Difference / Society / Individuals / Subjectivity / Discourse /

Community written with Rebecca Lawthom, Kirsty Liddiard and Katherine Runswick

Cole / Education / Futures

2016 • 296 pages

Paperback (9781446280683) • £26.99

DISABILIT

Health & Body

11

THE NEW SOCIOLOGY OF SCOTLANDDavid McCrone Edinburgh University

Written by a leading sociologist of Scotland, this groundbreaking new

introduction is a comprehensive account of the social, political, economic

and cultural processes at work in contemporary Scottish society.

At a time of major uncertainty and transformation, The New Sociology of Scotland explores every aspect of Scottish life. Placed firmly in the

context of globalization, David McCrone:

• examines a broad range of topics including race and ethnicity, social

inequality, national identity, health, class, education, sport, media

and culture

• unpicks the ramifications of the Scottish parliament election of

May 2016

• uses learning features such as suggested further reading and

discussion questions to stimulate students to engage critically with

issues raised.

Written in a lucid and accessible style, The New Sociology of Scotland is an indispensable guide for students of sociology and politics.

CONTENTSMaking Modern Scotland / How Do We Understand Scotland Sociologically? / Scotland's

People: Who Are They? / Who 'Owns' Scotland Materially and Culturally? / Who Runs

Scotland? / Power, Poverty and Social Inequality / Making a Living / Social Class and

Social Opportunity / Education and Life Chances / Gendering Scotland / 'Race' and

Ethnicity / Belonging / The Country / Greening Scotland / Social Order / Dying for Scotland

/ Religion: How Have Scots Become a Godless People? / National Identity / Scotland and

England: Making Sense of the Vis-A-Vis / Politics and National Identity / Scottish Culture

and Iconography / Selling the Nation / Consumption and Life Style / Leisure in Scotland

/ Playing for the Nation / Seeing Ourselves / Scotland in the World / 'My Granny was a

McTavish' / Do Small Countries Like Scotland Matter? / The Futures of Scotland

2017 • 500 pages

Hardback (9781473903883) • £85.00

Paperback (9781473903890) • £27.99

new

omic

ogy n the

ocial

edia

n of

and

with

and

and's

Runs

s and

' and

otland

d and

ulture

otland

was a

Our textbooks are supported by companion website, which offers a robust online

environment you can access anytime, anywhere, and features an impressive array of

free tools and resources to keep you on the cutting edge of your learning experience.

This site offers extra resources to students and lecturers alike—assisting lecturers with

planning and supporting student learning. By clicking on the companion website icon

you can access further study resources.

Invaluable resources to help you succeed in your university courses

• Powerpoint slides

• Instructor’s manual

• Teaching notes

• Ideas for essay topics

• Study notes

• Self-test questions

• Case studies and data sets

• Videos and podcasts

• Web resources

RESOURCES FOR

LECTURERS

RESOURCES FOR

STUDENTS

Introductory Sociology

12

CULTURAL STUDIESTheory and Practice

Fifth Edition

Chris Barker University of Wollongong and Emma Jane University of New South Wales

With over 40,000 copies sold, Cultural Studies has been the indispensable guide to

studying culture for generations of students.

Here is everything students need to know,

with all the key concepts, theories and thinkers in one comprehensive,

authoritative yet accessible resource. Teaching students the foundations

of cultural studies - from ideology, representation and discourse to

audiences, subcultures and cultural policy - this revised edition:

• fully explores the ubiquity of digital media culture, helping students

analyze issues surrounding social media, surveillance, cyber-activism

and more

• introduces students to all the key thinkers, from Stuart Hall and Michel

Foucault to Judith Butler and Donna Haraway

• balances the classics with cutting edge theory, including case studies

on e-commerce, the self-help industry, the transgender debate, and

representations of race

• embraces popular culture in all of its diversity, from drag kings and

gaming, to anime fandom and remix cultures

• is re-written throughout with a new co-author, making it a more

enjoyable read than ever.

Unmatched in coverage and used worldwide, this is the essential

companion for all students of cultural studies, culture and society, media

and cultural theory, popular culture and cultural sociology.

CONTENTSPart I: Culture and Cultural Studies / An Introduction to Cultural Studies / Questions

of Culture and Ideology / Culture, Meaning, Knowledge: The Linguistic Turn in Cultural

Studies / Biology, the Body and Culture / Part II: The Changing Context of Cultural Studies

/ A New World Disorder? / Enter Postmodernism / Part III: Sites of Cultural Studies /

Issues of Subjectivity and Identity / Ethnicity, Race and Nation / Sex, Subjectivity and

Representation / Television, Texts and Audiences / Digital Media Culture / Cultural Space

and Urban Place / Youth, Style and Resistance / Cultural Politics and Cultural Policy

2016 • 760 pages

Hardback (9781473919440) • £100.00

Paperback (9781473919457) • £34.99

CULTURAL SUPERCONNECTED: THE INTERNET, DIGITAL MEDIA, AND TECHNO-SOCIAL LIFEMary Chayko Rutgers University

What does it mean to live in a superconnected

society? Superconnected: The Internet, Digital Media, and Techno-Social Life brings together insights about digital

technology and society from the fields of

sociology, communication, psychology,

media and technology studies. The result is a groundbreaking analysis

of contemporary social life as it is influenced by the internet, social

media, and mobile devices.

Individual chapters explore topics such as how digital technology

helped to shape the modern information age; information sharing and

surveillance; digital socialization and development of the self; digital

inequalities; global impacts; and the impact of the internet; and digital

media across social institutions. The author's clear non-technical

discussions and interdisciplinary synthesis make Superconnected

an essential text for courses exploring how social life is affected when

information and communication technology enter the picture.

CONTENTSSuperconnectedness / Creating the Internet Age / Inhabiting a Digital Environment /

Sharing and Surveillance / Global Impacts and Inequalities / Techno-Socialization and

the Self / Friending, Dating, and Relating / The Techno-Social Institutions / More Benefits

and Hazards of 24/7 Superconnectedness / Our Superconnected Future

2016 • 272 pages

Paperback (9781452268798) • $42.00

Media & Culture

Connect with SAGE!

13

THE SECULAR RELIGION OF FANDOMPop Culture Pilgrim

Jennifer Otter Bickerdike Buckinghamshire New University

A timely and of ten provocative

examination of a phenomenon that

has always been with us, and yet feels

suddenly new again. Jennifer Otter

Bickerdike asks why we seek solace,

spiritual fulfillment, and connectedness in spaces that are not

traditionally religious in nature, creating our own sacred spaces

as we go. In the process she paves the way for us to reflect on

how we confer meaning on the everyday via our new sacred

texts, providing an excellent entry into our ongoing conversation

about what constitutes religion in an increasingly secular world

- Katherine Larsen, Editor, Journal of Fandom Studies

CONTENTSIntroduction: Mecca for Muggles / Symbolic Pilgrimage / Mr Mojo Risin' / For the Love of

Blood Suckers / Conclusion: The Mighty Hoards

SAGE SWIFTS

2015 • 120 pages

Hardback (9781473907799) • £45.00

MEDIA, CULTURE AND SOCIETYAn Introduction

Second Edition

Paul Hodkinson University of Surrey

Roundly praised for its accessible style and comprehensive coverage,

this new edition of the bestselling Media, Culture and Society is a

highly engaging introduction to this dynamic field. Key features of the

new edition include:

• new chapters on Advertising & Sponsorship, and Media,

Identity & Difference

• new material on newspaper regulation and fan cultures

• enhanced emphasis on digital media throughout

• updated topical examples and case studies.

Combining a critical survey of the field with a finely judged assessment

of cutting-edge developments, this eagerly-awaited Second Edition cements its reputation as a 'must-have' text for any undergraduate

student of media and communication studies, cultural studies, popular

culture, and the sociology of the media.

CONTENTSIntroduction / Part I: Elements of Media / Media Technologies / Media Industry / Media

Content / Media Users / Part II: Media, Power and Control / Media as Manipulation /

Construction of News / Public Service or Personal Entertainment / Advertising and

Sponsorship / Decline of the National Public: Commercialization, Fragmentation,

Globalization / Part III: Media, Identity and Culture / Identity and Difference in Media

Cultures / Media, Ethnicity and Diaspora / Media, Gender and Sexuality / Fans,

Communities and Subcultures / Saturation, Fluidity and Loss of Meaning

2016 • 344 pages

Hardback (9781473902350) • £80.00

Paperback (9781473902367) • £27.99

MEDIA CU

THE CRISIS OF PRESENCE IN CONTEMPORARY CULTUREEthics, Privacy and Speech in Mediated Social Life

Vincent Miller University of Kent

Focusing on the concept of presence, and

the challenges that our changing presence

poses to our ethics, privacy and public

discourse, Miller illustrates how ubiquitous communication technologies

have created a disjuncture between how we think we exist in the world

and how we actually do exist through our use of devices. He claims the

solution is not to focus exclusively on 'content' and its regulation as much

as it is to examine, understand and resist the alienating aspects of the

media itself. He suggests that such resistance involves several ambitious

revisions in our ethical, legal and technological regimes.

CONTENTSMetaphysical and Technological Presence / Presence, Proximity and Ethical Behaviour

Online / 'Find Love in Canada': Distributed Selves, Abstraction and the Problem of Privacy

and Autonomy / 'Going to Africa…': The Problem of Speech In A World Where We Write

Instead of Talk

SAGE SWIFTS

2016 • 144 pages

Hardback (9781473906570) • £45.00

SOCIAL MEDIAA Critical Introduction

Second Edition

Christian Fuchs University of Westminster

With social media changing how we use and understand everything from

communication and the news to transport, more than ever it is essential

to ask the right kinds of questions about the business and politics of

social media. This book equips you with the critical thinking you need

to understand the complexities and contradictions and make informed

judgements.

This new edition:

• lays bare the structures and power relations at the heart of our

media landscape

• explores the sharing economy of Uber and Airbnb in a brand

new chapter

• takes us into the politics and economy of social media in China

• puts forward powerful arguments for how to achieve a social media

that serves the purposes of a just and fair world.

This book is the essential, critical guide for all students of media

studies and sociology. Readers will never look at social media the same

way again.

CONTENTSWhat is a Critical Introduction to Social Media? / What are Social Media and Big Data?

/ Social Media as Participatory Culture / Social Media and Communication Power / The

Power and Political Economy of Social Media / Google: Good or Evil Search Engine? /

Facebook: Surveillance in the Age of Edward Snowden / Twitter and Democracy: A New

Public Sphere? / Weibo and Chinese Capitalism / The Political Economy of Online Sharing

Platforms in the Age of Airbnb and Uber / WikiLeaks: Can We Make Power Transparent? /

Wikipedia: A New Democratic Form of Collaborative Work and Production? / Conclusion:

Social Media and its Alternatives – Towards a Truly Social Media

2017 • 352 pages

Hardback (9781473966826) • £85.00

Paperback (9781473966833) • £26.99

SOCIAL M

Media & Culture

14

RACE AND SOCIETYTina Patel University of Salford

Race and Society is a thoughtful and critically engaging exploration

of some of the key issues around race and racialization, which have

arisen in what is considered to be a highly diverse and complex society.

With a progressive approach emphasizing the social construction of

race issues within a post-racial era, moving away from essentialist and

polarized explanations of raced interaction, Tina Patel:

• introduces the main concepts and key theories, including their post-

developments

• focuses on the processes and impact of racial categorization in

contemporary society

• highlights the intersectional and multifaceted nature of race and

related conceptualizations

• illustrates how race has morphed into newer forms of categorizations

• is packed with topical examples and international case studies to

engage students, along with chapter summaries, study questions

and further reading.

Race and Society is a highly readable and thought-provoking guide to

the study of race and racialization processes for students of sociology,

criminology and related disciplines.

CONTENTSCategorizing Race / Understanding Society / Representations of Race / Identity and

the Place of Race / The Other 'Isms' / Masking Racism in Society / Race in Social

Institutions and Organizations / Human Rights, Equality and Legislation / Researching

Race and Society

2016 • 200 pages

Hardback (9781446287385) • £75.00

Paperback (9781446287392) • £25.99

OWNING THE WORLD OF IDEASIntellectual Property and Global Network Capitalism

Matthew David Durham University and Debora Halbert University of Hawaii at Manoa

Post-Cold War global network capitalism

is premised upon regulatory structures

designed to enforce deregulation in global

markets and production, but at the same time to enforce global regulation

of property and intellectual property in particular. However, this roll-

out has not been without resistance and limitations. Globalization, the

affordances of digital networks, and contradiction within capitalism

itself - between private property and free markets - promote and undo

global IP expansion.

In this book, David and Halbert map the rise of global IP protectionism,

debunk the key justifications given for IPRs, dismiss the arguments put

forward for global extension and harmonization; and suggest that roll-

back, suspension, and even simply the bi-passing of IP in practice offer

better solutions for promoting innovation and meeting human needs.

SAGE SWIFTS

2015 • 136 pages

Hardback (9781473915763) • £45.00

RESEARCHING RACISMA Guidebook for Academics and Professional Investigators

Muzammil Quraishi and Rob Philburn both at University of Salford

Identifying a need for an empirical guide

to complement the abundant theoretical

literature, this book combines a variety

of practical avenues of advice with

analytical sophistication, without losing

any of the subject matter's complexities...

particularly useful in thinking through projects from start

to completion

- Steve Garner, The Open University

This book offers a one stop guide to the meaning of racism, key studies in

the field, core methodologies and an agenda for research for the future.

Discussing the salient aspects of race and racism in contemporary

society alongside methodological and practical considerations of

qualitative research in the field, Researching Racism is not only an

original textbook but also a crucial guide for anyone beginning their own

research on racism.

2015 • 184 pages

Hardback (9781847875334) • £68.00

Paperback (9781847875341) • £23.99

KEY CONCEPTS IN RACE AND ETHNICITYNasar Meer Strathclyde University

A conceptually power-packed volume that is at once erudite

and accessible, expansive and focused, true to sociological

traditions yet stimulatingly exploratory. Scholars and students

will be served very well by this absorbing, far-reaching enquiry

into ethnicity and race.

- Raymond Taras, Tulane University

This book offers an accessible discussion of both foundational and novel

concepts in the study of race and ethnicity. Each account will help readers

become familiar with how long standing and contemporary arguments

within race and ethnicity studies contribute to our understanding of social

and political life more broadly.

SAGE Key Concepts series 2013 • 176 pages

Hardback (9780857028679) • £63.00

Paperback (9780857028686) • £20.99

Media & Culture / Race & Ethnicity

15

AN ADVENTURE IN STATISTICSThe Reality Enigma

Andy Field University of Sussex

Will Zach find the missing love of his life and

save the world? Statistically speaking, the

odds don't look good...

Once again, bestselling, award-winning

author and teacher Andy Field hasn't just

broken the traditional textbook mould with

his new novel/textbook, he has forged in the fire of his imagination the

only statistics book on the market with a terrifying probability bridge,

zombies and talking cats!

His unique approach introduces students across the social sciences to

the importance and relevance of statistics in a lavishly illustrated format

and style that overcomes traditional anxiety for the subject and dullness

of typical offerings.

As with the immensely successful Discovering Statistics Using IBM SPSS Statistics and Discovering Statistics Using R, his

motives for writing An Adventure in Statistics stem from his desire to

make statistics a bit more pleasant to learn and to counter his negative

experience of textbooks when he was a student.

The medium, the message and the rock-solid statistics coverage combine

to raise the level of attainment of even the most Maths-phobic student

on their first statistics course, covering in more detail, the introductory

content his previous books touch on.

In doing so, it provides an unrivalled launchpad to further study, research

and inquisitiveness about the real world which equips students with the

skills to succeed in their chosen degree and which they can go on to

apply in the workplace.

CONTENTSWhy You Need Science / Reporting Research, Variables and Measurement / Summarizing

Data / Fitting Models (Central Tendency) / Presenting Data / Z-Scores / Probability /

Inferential Statistics: Going Beyond the Data / Robust Estimation / Hypothesis Testing

/ Modern Approaches to Theory Testing / Assumptions / Relationships / The General

Linear Model / Comparing Two Means / Comparing Several Means / Factorial Designs

2016 • 768 pages

Hardback (9781446210444) • £90.00

Paperback (9781446210451) • £32.99

AN INTRODUCTION TO SECONDARY DATA ANALYSIS WITH IBM SPSS STATISTICSJohn MacInnes University of Edinburgh

Many professional, high-quality surveys

collect data on people's behaviour,

experiences, lifestyles and attitudes. The

data they produce is more accessible

than ever before. This book provides students with a comprehensive

introduction to using this data, as well as transactional data and big data

sources, in their own research projects. Students will find all they need

to know about locating, accessing, preparing and analyzing secondary

data, along with step-by-step instructions for using IBM SPSS statistics.

Using case studies and video animations to illustrate each step of the

research process, this book provides the quantitative analysis skills

needed to pass exams, complete a research project and compete in the

job market. Exercises throughout the book and on the book's companion

website provide opportunities to practice, check understanding and work

hands-on with real data as students learn.

2016 • 368 pages

Hardback (9781446285763) • £85.00

Paperback (9781446285770) • £28.99

STATISTICS WITHOUT MATHEMATICSDavid J Bartholomew London School of Economics

Bartholomew brings a wealth of

experience to this book, explaining

all of the most fundamental concepts

in statistics with insight but without

technicalities. This is an excellent read for

the learner or the teacher, to establish or

reinforce a proper understanding of what

statistics is really all about

- Neil Sheldon, Associate Lecturer, RSS Centre

for Statistical Education, Plymouth University

This is a book about the ideas that drive statistics. It is an ideal primer for

students who need an introduction to the concepts of statistics without

the added confusion of technical jargon and mathematical language.

It introduces the intuitive thinking behind standard procedures, explores

the process of informal reasoning, and uses conceptual frameworks

to provide a foundation for students new to statistics. It showcases

the expertise we have all developed from living in a data saturated

society, increases our statistical literacy and gives us the tools needed

to approach statistical mathematics with confidence.

2016 • 192 pages

Hardback (9781473902442) • £75.00

Paperback (9781473902459) • £24.99

SEVEN STEPS TO A COMPREHENSIVE LITERATURE REVIEWA Multimodal and Cultural Approach

Anthony J Onwuegbuzie Sam Houston State University and Rebecca Frels Lamar University

With a key focus on mixed methods,

coverage of the 'why' as well as the 'how', and clear explanation of

the CORE system, this book will be instrumental in helping readers to

produce organized, ethical, insightful and, of course, comprehensive

literature reviews.

2016 • 440 pages

Hardback (9781446248911) • £75.00

Paperback (9781446248928) • £26.99

Research Methods & Methodology

16

Bestsellersin Sociology

MEDIA AND SOCIETYProduction, Content and Participation

Nicholas Carah and Eric Louw both at University of Queensland

A cutting-edge, student focused introduction

to the broad field of media, culture and

society. Louw and Carah critically explore the

emergence of interactive, social and mobile

media, alongside established questions of

production, content and participation.

2015 • 352 pages

Hardback (9781446267684) • £79.00

Paperback (9781446267691) • £25.99

SPORT AND SOCIETYA Student Introduction

Third Edition

Edited by Barrie Houlihan and Dominic Malcolm both at Loughborough University

A long-awaited new edition of this bestselling

exploration of the relationship between sport

and contemporary society. A must-read

for students of sports studies, sports

development and the sociology of sport.

2015 • 608 pages

Hardback (9781446276174) • £90.00

Paperback (9781446276181) • £31.99

MARX, DURKHEIM, WEBERFormations of Modern Social Thought

Second Edition

Ken Morrison Wilfrid Laurier University, Ontario

An excellent introduction to classical

social theory. For most students it is

the only book on the subject that they

will need. The expositions are clear and

comprehensive, outlining with almost

alarming clarity ideas with which many

of us have to struggle

- Alan Bryman,

University of Leicester

2006 • 480 pages

Hardback (9780761970552) • £92.00

Paperback (9780761970569) • £30.99

GENDER AND SEXUALITYCritical Theories, Critical Thinkers

Chris Beasley University of Adelaide

A comprehensive overview and critique of

critical theories and thinkers in feminism,

sexuality studies and men's studies. Chris

Beasley's clear and concise introduction

combines a wide-ranging survey of the

major theorists, perspectives, debates and

key concepts.

2005 • 304 pages

Hardback (9780761969785) • £92.00

Paperback (9780761969792) • £29.99

17

GOVERNMENTALITYPower and Rule in Modern Society

Second Edition

Mitchell Dean University of Newcastle

This Second Edition thoughtfully extends

and develops the original text, offers an

illuminating new introduction and effectively

outlines directions for further study and

analysis. It will be welcomed and valued

by teachers and students addressing

Foucault's work on governmentality and

by those interested in exploring its contemporary relevance.

Undoubtedly it is the key text in its field

- Barry Smart,

Portsmouth University

2010 • 304 pages

Hardback (9781847873835) • £93.00

Paperback (9781847873842) • £29.99

KEY CONCEPTS IN CHILDHOOD STUDIES

Second Edition

Allison James and Adrian James both at University of Sheffield

James and James have produced

a book which will define

Childhood Studies in the coming

years... Indispensable to anyone

interested in studying childhood

- Heather Montgomery,

The Open University


2012 • 160 pages

Hardback (9781446201893) • £68.00

Paperback (9781446201909) • £21.99

THE SOCIOLOGY OF WORKContinuity and Change in Paid and Unpaid Work

Second Edition

Stephen Edgell University of Salford

Explores all aspects of work including paid

and unpaid, standard and non-standard

and unemployment. New material covers

the theories and practices of globalization,

interactive service work, economic crisis,

technological and organizational change,

and trade unions.

2011 • 296 pages

Hardback (9781849204125) • £89.00

Paperback (9781849204132) • £29.99

THE TOURIST GAZE 3.0Third Edition

John Urry Lancaster University and Jonas Larsen University of Roskilde

The Tourist Gaze has been absorbing

its readers for more than two decades.

This expanded Third Edition is a

landmark in its own right; deepening and

broadening its approach to the study of

tourism in the era of the internet, global

warming and peak oil

- Meaghan Morris, Lingnan University

and University of Sydney

PUBLISHED IN ASSOCIATION WITH THEORY, CULTURE & SOCIETY

2011 • 296 pages

Hardback (9781849203760) • £97.00

Paperback (9781849203777) • £30.99

UNDERSTANDING SOCIAL THEORYSecond Edition

Derek Layder University of Leicester

One of the most comprehensive,

incisive and readable treatments

of the macro-micro problem

now available

- Professor Paul Colomy,

University of Denver

2005 • 336 pages

Hardback (9780761944492) • £93.00

Paperback (9780761944508) • £30.99

View all of our bestselling

titles online at

www.sagepub.in

18

THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF SOCIAL MEDIA RESEARCH METHODSEdited by Luke Sloan Cardiff University and Anabel Quan-Haase Western University

The Sage Handbook of Social Media Research Methods is the first book to

cover not only the entire research process

in social media research from question

formulation to the interpretation of research findings, but also to include

specific chapters and examples on how data collection and analysis

takes place on specific social media platforms such as Twitter and

Instagram.

This step-by-step guide to overcoming the challenges of working with

'big and broad data' is organized into eight sections:

• Designing Social Media Research

• Collection & Storage

• Analysis of Qualitative Social Media Data

• Analysis of Quantitative Social Media Data

• Analysis of Mixed Social Media Data

• Analytical Tools

• Platforms

• Theoretical Issues and Debates

The handbook is the single most comprehensive resource for any scholar

or graduate student embarking on a social media project.

2016 • 656 pages

Hardback (9781473916326) • £120.00

SOCIAL MEDIA FOR ACADEMICSMark Carrigan University of Warwick

Social media is an increasingly important

part of academic life that can be a

fantastic medium for promoting your

work, networking with colleagues and for

demonstrating impact. However, alongside

the opportunities, it also poses challenging

questions about how to engage online, and

how to represent yourself professionally.

This practical book provides clear guidance on effectively and intelligently

using social media for academic purposes across disciplines, from

publicizing your work and building networks, to engaging the public with

your research. It is supported by real-life examples and underpinned

by principles of good practice to ensure you have the skills to make the

most of this exciting medium.

CONTENTSSocial Media and Digital Scholarship / Using Social Media to Publicize Your Work / Using

Social Media to Build Your Network / Using Social Media for Public Engagement / Using

Social Media to Manage Information / Professional Identity in an Age of Social Media

/ Communicating Effectively Online / Finding the Time for Social Media / The Future

Landscape of Academic Social Media

2016 • 208 pages

Hardback (9781446298688) • £65.00

Paperback (9781446298695) • £22.99

DOING REAL RESEARCHA Practical Guide to Social Research

Eric Jensen University of Warwick and Charles Laurie

Challenging us to move beyond the formality

and idealized settings of conventional

methods teaching, this pragmatic book offers

frank advice designed to empower students

and researchers working in the real world.

Theoretically robust and with an exhaustive

coverage of key methodologies and methods, it sets out the cornerstones

of social research within a multidisciplinary, international context.

Examples reflect research conducted inside and outside formal

university settings with case studies ranging from the extremes of war-

torn countries to the complexities of school classrooms.

CONTENTSPart I: Laying the Foundations / Research Design: Planning for the Unknowable, the

Unexpected and the Undesirable / How to Do a Literature Review: Using Existing Evidence

and Ideas to Build a Foundation / How to Be an Ethical Researcher / Part II: In the

Field / How to Manage Risk: Protecting Yourself and Your Equipment / How to Find a

Representative Sample / How to Gain Research Participation / Part III: Data Collection

Methods / How to Do Survey Research / How to Do Interviews and Focus Groups / How

to Use Existing Data: Challenges and Opportunities / Part IV: Managing and Analyzing

Data / How to Manage your Data / How to Do Qualitative Data Analysis / How to Do

Quantitative Data Analysis / Part V: Presenting Your Research / How to Write up Your

Research / Concluding Thoughts

2016 • 400 pages

Hardback (9781446273876) • £85.00

Paperback (9781446273883) • £27.99

THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF ONLINE RESEARCH METHODSSecond Edition

Edited by Nigel G Fielding University of Surrey, Raymond M Lee Royal Holloway, University of London and Grant Blank University of Oxford

Online research methods are popular,

dynamic and fast-changing. Following on from the great success of

the first edition, published in 2008, The SAGE Handbook of Online Research Methods, Second Edition offers both updates of existing

subject areas and new chapters covering more recent developments,

such as social media, big data, data visualization and CAQDAS.

Bringing together the leading names in both qualitative and quantitative

online research, this new edition is organized into eight sections:

• The Online Research Environment

• Designing Online Research

• Online Data Capture and Data Collection

• The Online Survey

• Digital Text Analysis

• Virtual Ethnography

• Online Secondary Analysis: Resources and Methods

• The Future of Online Social Research

This is an essential resource for anyone interested in the contemporary

practice of computer-mediated research and scholarship.

2016 • 640 pages

Hardback (9781473918788) • £120.00

THE SAGE


1A

RIGHT TO PASSAGETravels through India, Pakistan and Iran

Zeeshan Khan Journalist, Dhaka Tribune, Dhaka

In 2011, Zeeshan Khan decided to travel from his city Dhaka via India and Pakistan to Iran and on to Europe. This book traces his journey till he left the borders of Iran, a distance he completed in about 60 days. For Khan the journey was about travelling along a historical route steeped in cultures, languages, religions and races, all woven together as a single, indivisible whole. While India represented somewhat familiar terrain, travelling through contemporary Pakistan and Iran was a particular eye-opener for the author. Much of the current realities of the region are reflected in the book, along with Khan’s own commentary about what he observed and encountered. Equally a pleasure to read for the armchair traveller or the seasoned one, the book is a stunning snapshot of life along a well-worn route known for its spiritual depth and philosophical richness.

CONTENTSAcknowledgements / Prologue / I. MOHABHAROT / Full Chakra: Patna, Bodh Gaya / East is East: Rajgir, Nalanda, back to Patna / Golden Temples, Iron Walls: Delhi, Amritsar, Harmandir Sahib and the Sikhs, Wagah and entering Pakistan, back to Delhi / The Shoulders of Giants: Lahore, Taxila / Crosshairs across Worlds: Back in Lahore, Islamabad, Peshawar, Multan, Quetta / II IRANZAMIN / New Familiar Faces: Quetta Airport, Zahedan to Kerman, Rayen, Mashhad / Nothing in my Cloak but God: Neyshabur, Tus / Rise and Rise Again: Yazd, Esfahan, Kashan / A Gate for All Nations: Shiraz, Takht-e Jamshid / Never Too Old: Ahvaz, Chogha Zanbil, Shush, Tehran, Tabriz

SAGE YODA PRESS2016 • 404 pages • Paperback (9789351508946) • ` 595.00

MIGRANTS, REFUGEES AND THE STATELESS IN SOUTH ASIAPartha S Ghosh ICSSR National Fellow, IDSA, New Delhi

This book addresses the concept of migration with the aim of building theory as well as drawing from existing theories to understand South Asian realities. It highlights the less-explored cultural dimensions of migration—music, literature, cinema and art—thereby extending migration research into the realms of security discourse. The author explores how ideas migrate along with people, and the extent to which the process of transformation and adaptation of these ideas is necessitated by social interactions in the adopted society.

CONTENTSPreface / Introduction: Definitional and Theoretical Issues / Mapping the South Asian Scene / The Political Connection / The Security Variable / Relief and Rehabilitation / The Legal Dynamics / Cultural and Psychological Dimensions / Conclusion: Making Sense / References / Subject Index

2016 • 384 pages • Hardback (9789351508540)• ` 995.00

MI

INTERNAL MIGRATION IN CONTEMPORARY INDIAEdited by Deepak K Mishra Professor, Centre for the Study of Regional Development, School of Social Sciences, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi

This volume addresses the impact of migration on society, highlighting the interlinkages between individual and societal aspirations. It interrogates the role of the state and non-state agencies involved in various aspects of the life and livelihoods of migrant workers and provides a critical assessment of the policy frameworks and instruments affecting migration. Focusing on the diverse aspects and types of internal migration, the book studies the exploitation and marginalization of migrants on the basis of class, caste, religion, gender, ethnicity and regional location in post-reform India.

CONTENTSAcknowledgements / Introduction: Internal Migration in Contemporary India—An Overview of Issues and Concerns / Deepak K Mishra / Nature of Migration and Its Contribution to India’s Urbanization / R B Bhagat / Women’s Mobility and Migration: An Exploratory Study of Muslim Women Migrants in Jamia Nagar, Delhi / Meenakshi Thapan, Anshu Singh and Nidhitha Sreekumar / Migration and Marginalization: A Study of North East Migrants in Delhi / Babu P Remesh / Labour Migration in the North East / S Irudaya Rajan and Rikil Chyrmang / Educational Migration among Ladakhi Youth / Elizabeth Williams-Oerberg / Migration in Agrarian Classes: A Study based on Nine Villages in Andhra Pradesh / R. Vijay / Migration from Contemporary Bihar / Amrita Datta / Migration and Punjab: Some Perceptions / Surjit Singh / Seasonal Migration from Odisha: A View from the Field / Deepak K Mishra / Internal Labour Migration in India: Emerging Needs of Comprehensive National Migration Policy / Anjali Borhade / Index

2016 • 364 pages • Hardback (9789351508571) • ` 995.00

INT

Zeeshan Khan is a journalist, currently working

in communications with the International

Organisation for Migration. He was born in

the UK and raised in Bangladesh, but spent a

part of his childhood in Mauritius. He studied

in Canada and Australia and worked in Europe

before returning to Bangladesh, where he

currently resides. He is passionate about

history, religions, cultures and languages, and

has an active interest in mysticism, particularly

in Sufism.

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Sociology & Social Theory

2A

SOCIAL BACKGROUND OF INDIAN NATIONALISMSixth Edition

Late A R Desai Head of Department of Sociology, University of Mumbai

This historically significant text has been referred to for over sixty years as an indispensable body of knowledge for the understanding of the dynamics of Indian nationalism. This book presents a comprehensive study of the transformation of Indian society through a century and a half and the resultant rise of Indian nationalism in various forms—social, cultural, religious, economic and political. It gives a historical, synthetic and systematic account of the genesis of Indian nationalism.

ABRIDGED CONTENTSForeword By Sumit Sarkar / Preface / Prologue / Economy and Culture in Pre-British India / British Conquest of India / Transformation of Indian Agriculture Under British Rule / Social Consequences of the Transformation of Indian Agriculture / Decline of Town Handicrafts / Decline of Village Artisan Industries / Rise and Development of Modern Indian Industries / Modern Means of Transport and Rise of Indian Nationalism / The Role of Modern Education in the Development of Indian Nationalism / Political and Administrative Unification of India Under the British Rule / Rise of New Social Classes in India / The Role of the Press in the Development of Modern Nationalism / Social and Religious Reform Movements as the Expression of National Democratic Awakening / Crusade Against Caste System / Crusade Against Untouchability / Movement for the Emancipation of Women / Religious Reform Movements Among Hindus and Muslims / Rise of Political Movements as the Expression of Indian Nationalism / Problem of Nationalities and Minorities

POPULAR PRAKASHAN SAGE TEXTS2016 • 320 pages • Paperback (9789386042255) • ` 350.00

SOCIAL B

CARING FOR THE ELDERLYSocial Gerontology in the Indian Context

Edited by Tattwamasi Paltasingh Professor, Sardar Patel Institute of Economic and Social Research, Ahmedabad and Renu Tyagi Indian Council of Social Science Research (ICSSR) Postdoctoral Fellow

This book seeks to improve the quality of life of the elderly by means of policy suggestions that can be implemented by the government. Caring for the Elderly focuses on managing various issues confronting the elderly today and the remedial measures that can be taken by care givers and society at large. Contributions from eminent scholars throw light on important concepts, such as population ageing and its associated impacts. In a rapidly changing world, there is a need to discuss issues related to the elderly population and their health and well-being in the social and economic context. Scholars and researchers of gerontology, anthropology, policy studies will find this book useful.

ABRIDGED CONTENTSForeword by Moneer Alam / Preface / UNDERSTANDING GERONTOLOGY / SOCIAL SECURITY AND ECONOMIC ISSUES / HEALTH ISSUES: DIMENSIONS AND STRATEGIES / GENDER AND CULTURE / POSITIVE AGEING: OUTLOOK AND APPROACHES / About the Editors and Contributors / Index

2015 • 308 pages • Hardback (9789351502630) • ` 995.00

YY

SOCIETY IN INDIALate David G Mandelbaum Professor of Anthropology, University of California, Berkeley

Society in India views social relations in the country as systems and subsystems and shows that contrary to belief this is not static or stagnant, but has been continually adapting to changing circumstances mainly on the basis of certain deep-rooted psychological and social themes. This edition combines two volumes. Volume One: Continuity and Change deals with the concepts of social system and caste order and then define the major components of Indian society. Volume Two: Change and Continuity deals mainly with social change and its major types, recurrent and systematic. Key Features:

• This analysis of Indian society is the most comprehensive study that has been done in recent times.

• It brings together the results of modern social research to reveal the regular patterns that underlie social relations throughout the country

• It outlines some of the principal social and regional variations.

• This book discusses the psychological forces and social processes in Indian society and appraise the trends of modern social change

CONTENTSPREFACE / Volume One: Continuity and Change / INTRODUCTION / Task, Concepts, and Scope / The Basic Groups and Groupings Jati / FAMILY AND KINSHIP RELATIONS / Family / Family Roles: Boy and Man / Family Roles: Girl and Woman / Family Cycle: Formation and Maintenance / Family Cycle: Growth and Completion / The Wider Ties of Kinship / RELATIONS AMONG PEOPLE OF DIFFERENT JATIS / The Interdependence of Families and Jatis / Criteria for the Ranking of Jatis / The Social Relevance of Ritual Pollution and Purity / Secular Criteria and the Attribution of Jati Rank / Cultural Variations and the Jati Order / RELATIONS WITHIN THE JATI / Alliances and Sections within the Jati / Opposition and Cohesion within the Jati-group / Maintaining the Jati: Leaders and Panchayats / The Uses of Panchayats / Jati Enterprises and Functions / Volume Two: Change and Continuity / VILLAGE, REGION, CIVILIZATION / Village: Separate Hearths and Common Home / The Village: Internal Regulation / The Wider Ties of Village: Centers and Regions / The Villager and Some Perennial Problems of Civilization / RECURRENT CHANGE THROUGH SOCIAL MOBILITY / Jati Mobility / Cultural Adaptations and Models for Mobility / Mobility Tactics: Overcoming External Opposition / Maintaining Internal Cohesion: Fission and Fusion / Modern Means for Jati Improvement: Associations and Federations / RECURRENT CHANGE THROUGH RELIGIOUS AND TRIBAL MOVEMENTS / Social Regrouping through Indigenous Religions / Social Aspects of Introduced Religions: Muslims / Social Aspects of Introduced Religions: Jews, Parsis, Christians / The Accretion of Tribal Peoples / Direction of Tribal Change / CONTINUITIES AND TRENDS / Psychological Forces, Social Processes, and Systemic Shift / Trends / APPENDIX: THE CONCEPTS OF SYSTEM AND OF STRATIFICATION / Uses of the concepts / What kind of system is a “caste system”? / BIBLIOGRAPHY / INDEX

POPULAR PRAKASHAN SAGE TEXTS 2016 • 484 pages • Paperback (9789386042286) • ` 450.00

SOCIETY I

Recommended for UG and PG students of Political Science, Sociology and History

Recommended for UG and PG students of Sociology, Political Science and History


3A

Studies in Indian Sociology

Series Edited by

Jacob John KattakayamNow available as individual volumes!!

INDIAN SOCIOLOGY: ISSUES AND CHALLENGESEdited by L Thara Bhai

This volume includes 15 chapters and highlights the challenges faced by the present-day sociologists in the context of development and growth of knowledge in other sectors. The selected articles discuss the growth of the sociology discipline over the past 75 years so that one can get a cross-section of the thinking of sociologists towards the growth, issues and challenges faced from time to time.

2013 • 288 pages • Hardback (9788132116219) • ` 850.00

CHANGING CASTE: IDEOLOGY, IDENTITY AND MOBILITY

Edited by Surinder S Jodhka

This volume has a range of select chapters on different dimensions of the caste system in India. These chapters have been divided into three parts. The first part deals broadly with conceptual and theoretical issues. The second part has empirical accounts of different dimensions of caste and the related daily experiences of the changes and continuities, with most of the chapters looking at the patterns of social mobility among individual communities and sections of population.

2013 • 264 pages • Hardback (9788132116226) • ` 850.00

AGRARIAN CHANGE AND MOBILISATIONEdited by B B Mohanty

The chapters in this volume compose a panoramic view of the kinds of changes that have been taking place in agrarian structures and their underlying effects on the other aspects of rural life. They discuss the themes of changes, continuities and challenges in the theoretical perspectives and methodological approaches in critical agrarian change.

2013 • 400 pages • Hardback (9788132116233) • ` 895.00

ON THE MARGINS: TRIBES, CASTES, AND OTHER SOCIAL CATEGORIESEdited by Abhijit Dasgupta

The 11 essays in this volume explore different aspects of marginalization among the scheduled castes, the scheduled tribes, the backward classes, women, workers, refugees, minorities, physically challenged persons and so on.

2013 • 212 pages • Hardback (9788132116240) • ` 850.00

THEMES IN SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATIONEdited by R Indira

This volume is divided into four sections: section one deals with education as a social system; section two focuses on issues and concerns of the education of minorities and women; section three focuses on the key issues that need to be addressed in formation and implementation of educational policies, and the last section examines certain key issues related to the adoption of vernacular language as medium of instruction, and the critical insights into the role of intellectuals.

2013 • 280 pages • Hardback (9788132116257) • ` 850.00

SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL MOVEMENTEdited by D R Sahu

The volume is a collection of chapters on both conventional and new social movements of India and the subcontinent published in the Sociological Bulletin from the 1970s to the present.

2013 • 320 pages Hardback (9788132116264) • ` 850.00

INDIAN SOCIOLOGY OVER THE YEARS: SELECTED PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESSES OF AISC (1967–2010)Edited by Jacob John Kattakayam

This volume is a collection of select presidential addresses of All India Sociological Conferences held between 1967 and 2010. It is the sole comprehensive reader on the changing themes in Indian Sociology.

2013 • 360 pages • Hardback (9788132116271) • ` 850.00

Volume 1

Volume 4

Volume 5

Volume 6

Volume 7

Volume 2

Volume 3


4A

SOCIOLOGY OF HEALTHEdited by Madhu Nagla Maharshi Dayanand University, Rohtak, Haryana

Sociology of Health contains empirical and theoretical articles that apply sociological concepts and methods to the understanding of health and illness and the organization of medicine and healthcare. Further the articles also try to explore the understanding of the process by which social practices and human health are related.

2014 • 396 pages • Paperback (9788132113843) • ` 750.00

SOCIOLOGICAL PROBINGS IN RURAL SOCIETYEdited by K L Sharma Jaipur National University, Jaipur

Sociological Probings in Rural Society focuses mainly on the changing face of rural–urban relations. The papers included in the volume have been arranged in five sections, taking a note of rural–urban relations, rural social stratification, rural profiles, religion and rituals and social change in village India. The volume maps out the structure and process of rural–urban relations, along with divides and gaps between the rural and the urban settings, and the role of urbanization, industrialization, land reforms and development agencies.

2014 • 496 pages • Paperback (9788132113812) • ` 750.00

READINGS IN INDIAN SOCIOLOGYSeries edited by Ishwar Modi, President, Indian Sociological Society

Readings in Indian Sociology, a 10-volume series, is a collection of rare

and invaluable essays on Indian sociology published over the years in the

Sociological Bulletin, the oldest sociology journal in India, published by the

Indian Sociological Society (ISS). The various issues of the journal are a

treasure trove of the most profound and authentic sociological writings and

research, and this series brings to fore some such writings to the notice of the

sociological community in India and elsewhere.

The series focuses on Sociological Theory; Untouchability, Sociology of

Dalits; Rural Society in India; Sociology of Science and Technology in

India; Sociology of Childhood and Youth; Sociology of Health; Sociology

of Environment in India; Political Sociology of India; Cultural Dimensions of

Society in India and Pioneers of Sociology in India.

This series, the third by ISS, marks completion of 60 years of the Society.

Their earlier series, also published by SAGE India, include Studies in Indian

Sociology (2012) and Themes in Indian Sociology (2001–05).

TOWARDS SOCIOLOGY OF DALITSEdited by Paramjit S Judge Guru

Nanak Dev University, Amritsar

Towards Sociology of Dalits provide a panoramic outline of the content of Dalit studies in India over time and space. The location of Dalits has been inseparably linked with the caste and economy of Indian society giving rise to the practice of untouchability duly supported by tradition and religious ideology.

2014 • 280 pages • Paperback (9788132113799) • ` 525.00

SOCIOLOGY OF CHILDHOOD AND YOUTHEdited by Bula Bhadra University of Calcutta, Kolkata

Sociology of Childhood and Youth is one of the first of its kind that provides sociological articulations on the Indian child and young, along with the accompanying multifaceted discourses on childhood and youth situating it in the historical experience

of India.

2014 • 296 pages • Paperback (9788132113829) • ` 525.00

10Volume

Set


5A

CULTURE AND SOCIETYEdited by Susan Visvanathan Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi

Culture and Society shows us that the questions of the nation state must have precise emblems, or facts, by which it is studied. These motifs may be leisure, propaganda, film, theatre, cartoons, ideologies of race and caste, as well as the continuing production of a variety of materials, which inform lay readers as well as trained professionals, how eclectic the subject matter of Sociology is.

2014 • 416 pages • Paperback (9788132113904) • ` 750.00

SOCIOLOGY OF ENVIRONMENTEdited by Sukant K Chaudhury University of Lucknow, Lucknow

Our environment or ecosystem is endangered because of population pressure, migration, technological changes, changes in land use for livelihood practices and depletion and destruction of resources due to mega projects. Today, more than ever, there is greater need for sustainable development. Volume 7, Sociology of Environment, addresses these issues and will be of interest to both researchers and activists in these areas.

2014 • 348 page • Paperback (9788132113881) • ` 650.00

PIONEERS OF SOCIOLOGY IN INDIAEdited by Ishwar Modi President, Indian Sociological Society

It is through the contributions of the pioneering scholars that not only a particular discipline derives its name but also the foundations on which a particular discipline is built and grows. G.S. Ghurye (1893–1983), Radhakamal Mukerjee (1889–1968), D.P. Mukerji (1894–1961) and M.N. Srinivas (1916–1999) are known as

the pioneers of sociology in India.

2014 • 364 pages • Paperback (9788132113911) • ` 650.00

SOCIOLOGY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY IN INDIAEdited by Binay Kumar Pattnaik Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur

Sociology of Science and Technology in India is a collection of 12 articles in Sociology of Science and Technology (SST). It throws light on the major themes of SST, such as, role of science (theoretical), scientific community in India, productivity patterns in Indian Science and Technology (S&T) research, and S&T unleashing social change in India.

2014 • 324 pages • Paperback (9788132113874) • ` 525.00

POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY OF INDIAEdited by Anand Kumar Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi

Political Sociology of India is a selection of essays on polity and society which represents outstanding contributions of three generations of eminent scholars about political sociology of India. The selected authors also include some of the leading lights of the Indian Sociological Society. The papers selected for the volume provide a holistic view of the major concerns and perspectives of eminent post-colonial sociologists as well as the range of diversities in conceptualizing and analyzing the complexities of Indian social formation.

2014 • 468 pages • Paperback (9788132113898) • ` 750.00

CONTRIBUTIONS TO SOCIOLOGICAL THEORYEdited by Vinay Kumar Srivastava University of Delhi

Contributions to Sociological Theory aims to quell the popular belief that sociologists and their journals are shy of making a contribution to theory—they are mere empiricists. The volume introduces the dimensions and trajectories of the multiplicity of theory in its sumptuous Introduction.

2014 • 360 pages • Paperback (9788132113867) • ` 650.00


6A

NURTURING FAMILIES AROUND THE WORLDBuilding a Culture of Peace

Edited by Catherine Bernard President and Director, Service and Research Institute on Family and Children, Chennai and John J Shea Practice Pastoral Care and Counseling, School of Theology and Ministry, Massachusetts

This book aims to offer insight and tools to initiate the healing approach so that the family finds a creative rebirth. Families these days are overwhelmed by the speed, nature, diversity and complexity involved in the process of globalization, in which a great majority of the world are becoming emotionally restricted. Families at many a times are unable to provide for the physical and emotional needs of their members, especially children, and this too at times when the need is greatest to help them cope with the demands of change.

CONTENTSPreface / Introduction / Catherine Bernard / Nurture-Key to the Security of the 21st Century Family / Joan Haliburn / Polishing the Jewels of Humanity: Sharing Responsibility for Children / Victoria Wyszynski Thoresen / Children's Emotional Well-being in the Era of Globalization / Sami Timimi / Intimacy: Stabilizing and Strengthening Family Life / Beverly Musgrave / The Power of the Individual in Building a Culture of Peace / John J Shea / Future of the Family and the Family of the Future: The Unity-based Family and the Advent of a Civilization of Peace / H B Danesh / Index

2014 • 160 pages • Hardback (9788132111351) • ` 625.00

POSTMODERNISM IN A GLOBAL PERSPECTIVEEdited by Samir Dasgupta University of Kalyani, West Bengal and Peter Kivisto Augustana College

During the past three decades, two terms, “postmodernism” and “globalization” have entered not only academic discourse, but everyday discussions outside the groves of academia. This book contains essays assembled with a conviction that both postmodernism and globalization have the potential to be valuable tools for social analysts, this despite the uncertainties and ambiguities that persist.

ABRIDGED CONTENTSAcknowledgments / Introduction: Postmodernism in Global Perspective Samir Dasgupta and Peter Kivisto / I: FRAMING POSTMODERNISM IN GLOBAL TERMS / II: EXPLICATING POSTMODERNISM / III: MANY FACES OF POSTMODERNISM: GENDER, MARKET RELIGIONS, MANAGEMENT PHILOSOPHY, AND CULTURE / Index

2014 • 312 pages • Hardback (9788132113188) • ` 950.00

INSIDE-OUTSIDETwo Views of Social Change in Rural India

B S Baviskar Late of University of Delhi and D W Attwood McGill University, Montreal

The book favours comparative social

research that communicates across

cultural boundaries and encourages

objective research by removing

blind spots and biases...provides

details of extensive research work

in cooperatives and can serve as

reference by sociologists and anthropologists in India

and elsewhere. A very useful book for those involved in

management of public administration.

The Tribune

Poverty in rural India: Is this a permanent condition? Are villagers immobilized by a rigid caste system, limited resources and economic exploitation? This book is about villagers who have done remarkable things with their lives—people who have broken the constraints of poverty and inequality to become innovative and mobile. It is written partly by one villager who found a career doing research on social change. Inside–Outside narrates stories of grassroots change and innovation. These stories are discussed from the combined view of an insider (Baviskar), who grew up in a village in western India, and an outsider (Attwood), who came to study social change in the same region. Telling life stories from people who taught and surprised them, they challenge common stereotypes about Indian villagers—stereotypes of passivity, fatalism, and stagnation.

CONTENTSPreface / Introduction / I: PILKHOD AND BEYOND / Inside the Family (Pilkhod) / Inside the Village (Pilkhod) / High School (Chalisgaon) / College and University (Pune and Delhi) / II: OAK PARK AND BEYOND / Early Days (Oak Park) / Attwoods and Allied Families (USA) / Leaving Home (Deep Springs, Berkeley, Chicago) / Outsider in India (Bichpuri) / III: INSIDE OUT AND BACK AGAIN / Marriage Out (Chalisgaon, Pune, Delhi) / Discovering Sociology (Delhi) / Fieldwork Back Home (Kopargaon Sugar Factory) / IV: FROM OUTSIDE IN / How I Returned to India (Pune District) / I Was Misinformed (Malegaon Village) / Villagers as Agents of History (Nira Valley) / V: INSIDE AND OUT / Outsider in Sanjaya Village (Gujarat) / Outside and Inside the Family (Pilkhod) / VI: THOUGHTS ON COOPERATION, INEQUALITY, AND POINTS OF VIEW / Cooperation and Controversy / Villager Sociology, Economic Inequality, and Poverty / Caste Barriers to Initiative and Innovation / Points of View / Glossary / Bibliography / Index

2013 • 472 pages • Hardback (9788132113508) • ` 1050.00



at www.sagepub.in


7A

CASTE, DISCRIMINATION, AND EXCLUSION IN MODERN INDIAVani Kant Borooah Chair, Applied Economics, University of Ulster, Nidhi S Sabharwal National University of Educational Planning and Administration, New Delhi, Dilip G Diwakar, Vinod Kumar Mishra and Ajaya Kumar Naik Indian Institute of

Dalit Studies (IIDS), New Delhi

This book posits the Scheduled Castes (SCs) and Scheduled Tribes (STs) vis-á-vis their upper-caste Hindu peers and establishes how caste is a lived reality in everyday life in modern India. It explores areas where caste and religious exclusion are most visible, such as human development, inequality, poverty, educational attainments, child malnutrition, health, employment, wages, gender, and access to public goods.

CONTENTSForeword by Sukhadeo Thorat / Preface / Introduction / The Human Development Index / Inequality and Poverty / Educational Attainment / Child Malnutrition / Health Outcomes / Employment and Wages / The Position of Women / Public Policy: Integrated Child Development (Anganwadi) Services / Public Policy: The Rashtriya Swasthya Bima Yojana / Conclusion / References / Index

2015 • 348 pages • Hardback (9789351502678) • ` 995.00

CASTE AND RACE IN INDIAFifth Edition

Late G S Ghurye Professor Emeritus, University of Mumbai

Caste is perhaps the most dominant aspect of Indian society and its study is incomplete without getting into the ramifications of the Hindu caste system. The present edition, an expanded version with five new chapters, elaborates on the evolution of sub-castes, and examines caste, sub-caste and kinship.

Key Feature:

• Elaborates on the evolution of sub-castes, and examines caste, sub-caste and kinship.

• A provocative and thorough analysis of the relationship between caste and politics by drawing examples from Tamil Nadu as experienced over the years

• Caste—whatever it actually is at any given time—is always the momentary outcome of a structured constellation of historical processes.

CONTENTSPreface / Features of the Caste System / Nature of Caste-Groups / Caste Through the Ages—I / Caste Through the Ages—II / Race and Caste / Elements of Caste Outside India / Origins of the Caste System / Caste, Sub-Caste: Fusion or Fission? / Caste, Sub-Caste and Kin / Caste During the British Rule / The Scheduled Castes / Caste and Politics: General / Caste and Politics in Tamil Nadu / A Casteless Society or a Plural Society? / Appendices A to G / Bibliography / Index


CASTE AN AAA

RECASTING CASTEFrom the Sacred to the Profane

Hira Singh York University, Toronto

The book will appeal to anyone

who is interested in understanding

the highly complex phenomenon

of caste and is prepared to go

beyond the “sacred” and look for its

“profane” dimensions.... Its greatest

contribution is that it engages with

and historicises caste.

Frontline

Recasting Caste confronts the mainstream sociology of caste at its root: Louis Dumont’s Homo Hierarchicus and its main source, Max Weber’s distinction between class and status. Conventional wisdom on caste is idealist, and most students of the subject therefore exaggerate ritual homogeneity and deflect attention from intracaste differentiation and inequality. In contrast, by focusing on intracaste differences, Professor Singh demonstrates that caste hierarchy is grounded in a monopoly of land rights and political power supported by religious and secular ideology.

CONTENTSPreface: Growing up in Caste, Studying Caste—A Personal and Professional Story / Introduction / Studying Caste: Ideas, Material Conditions and History / Priest and Prince: Status–Power Muddle / Varna to Caste: Religious and Economic-Political / Caste and Subaltern Studies: Elite Ideology, Revisionist Historiography / Inequalities between and within Castes: Kin, Caste and Land / Changing Land Relations and Caste: View from a Village / Indenture, Religion and Caste: The Twin Myths about Hinduism and Caste / Appendices / Glossary / Bibliography / Index

2014 • 312 pages • Hardback (9788132113461) • ` 895.00

CIVILITY AGAINST CASTEDalit Politics and Citizenship in Western India

Suryakant Waghmore Associate Professor and Chairperson, Centre for Social Justice and Governance, Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai

The book highlights the political

struggles of citizenship by different

groups within the general category

of “Dalit”.

Economic & Political Weekly

Civil society as an analytical concept is increasingly treated with suspicion in the study of politics in postcolonial societies. While engaging with Dalit struggles for civility, this book offers a critique of normative liberal assumptions of civil society and also counters the scholarship that rejects the idea and possibility of civil society in postcolonial societies.

CONTENTSForeword Christophe Jaffrelot / Introduction / Caste and Dalit Politics in the Making of Civil Society / Dalit Movements in the Post-Panther Period: Contextualising the BSP and MHA in Marathwada / Of Peasant Kings and Untouchable Citizens: Caste Violence and Democratisation of Public Spaces / Jameen Aamchya Hakkachi: Politics of Land Rights and Advocacy NGOs / The Imagined “Bahujan”: Caste and Cultural Repertoires of BSP / Beyond Mahar Dominance: The Making of Phule-Ambedkarite Mangs in MHA / Electoral Politics and Dalit Freedoms / Between High Democracy and Low Civility: Why Dalits need a Civil Society? / Glossary / References / Index

2013 • 276 pages • Hardback (9788132113089) • ` 850.00


Sociology

8A

BRIDGING THE SOCIAL GAPPerspectives on Dalit Empowerment

Edited by Sukhadeo Thorat Chairman, Indian Council of Social Science Research, and Former Chairman, University Grants Commission, New Delhi and Nidhi Sadana Sabharwal Director, Indian Institute of Dalit Studies, New Delhi

The book addresses four interrelated issues. It conceptualises exclusion-linked deprivation of excluded and indigenous groups in Indian society and elaborates the concept and meaning of social exclusion in general, and of caste, untouchability and ethnicity-based exclusion in particular. It then presents the status of disadvantaged groups of Dalit and Adivasi and captures inter-social group inequalities in the attainment of human development.

CONTENTSIntroduction / Sukhadeo Thorat and Nidhi Sadana Sabharwal / Exclusion, Deprivation and Human Development: Conceptual Framework to Study Excluded Groups / Sukhadeo Thorat, Arjan de Haan and Nidhi Sadana Sabharwal / Government Policy against Discrimination and for Empowerment / Nidhi Sadana Sabharwal / Exclusion and Discrimination: The Contemporary Scenario / Sukhadeo Thorat and Prashant Negi / Human Development and Human Poverty by Social Groups / Sukhadeo Thorat and S Venkatesan / Levels and Patterns of Consumption Expenditure of Social Groups / Ashwini Deshpande / Levels and Disparities in Poverty / Arjan de Haan and Amaresh Dubey / Literacy and Educational Levels / Sachidanand Sinha / Housing and Household Amenities / Sachidanand Sinha / Health and Nutritional Status / Vijay Kumar Baraik and P M Kulkarni / Occupational Pattern / M Thangaraj / Access to Agricultural Land and Capital Assets / R S Deshpande and Motilal Mahamallik / Employment and Unemployment Situation: Rural and Urban / Sukhadeo Thorat and Chittaranjan Senapati / Reservation and Share in Public Employment / Sukhadeo Thorat and Chittaranjan Senapati / The Road Ahead: Dalits in the New Millennium / Sukhadeo Thorat and Nidhi Sadana Sabharwal / Bibliography / Index

2014 • 308 pages • Hardback (9788132113119) • ` 1050.00

LIFE AS A DALITViews from the Bottom on Caste in India

Edited by Subhadra Mitra Channa Scholar-in-Residence, University of South Carolina and Joan P Mencher

Chair, The Second Chance Foundation

Life as a Dalit looks at caste society from the point of view of the Dalits, focusing on their worldview, emotions, and critical appraisal of their own position and of the higher groups. It is a volume based on the critical perspectives provided by scholars who have turned around the more acclaimed and accepted theories of caste society privileging the Brahmanical and textual interpretations of casts.

ABRIDGED CONTENTSIntroduction: Looking Up at Caste: Discrimination in Everyday Life in India THEORIZING MARGINALITY / DOING FIELDWORK AMONG THE DALITS / RELIGION AND GENDER / FIGHTING THE SYSTEM: DALIT RESPONSES TO OPRESSION / Conclusions / Joan P Mencher / Index

2013 • 492 pages • Hardback (9788132111238) • ` 1550.00

FROM THE MARGINS TO THE MAINSTREAMInstitutionalising Minorities in South Asia

Edited by Hugo Gorringe Senior Lecturer in Sociology, University of Edinburgh, Roger Jeffery Professor of Sociology of South Asia, University of Edinburgh and Suryakant Waghmore Associate Professor and Chairperson, Centre for Social Justice and Governance, Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai

This book is a brilliant analysis of the socio-political processes that help us understand the challenges faced by marginalized populations for representation and recognition in India. The premise of democratic politics is that all citizens are equal and have an equal right to a say in national politics. This definition of democracy, however, is observed far more in the breach than in practice. Muslims, Dalits and Adivasis continue their struggle to seek entry into the institution from which they seem to be barred.

CONTENTSForeword by James Manor / Preface / Acknowledgements / Introduction: Institutionalising Marginal Actors in South Asia—Processes, Policies, Practices and Pitfalls / Hugo Gorringe, Roger Jeffery and Suryakant Waghmore / Identity, Citizenship and Hindu–Muslim Conflict in India / Abdul Shaban / Political Power and Democratic Enablement: Devaraj Urs and Lower Caste Mobilisation in Karnataka / Valerian Rodrigues / ‘We Are Still Junglis to Them’: Institutionalising Marginalities amongst the Adivasis in Dooars / Supurna Banerjee / Rise of Adivasi Janajati Movement and Nepal’s Political Interregnum / Jeevan Raj Sharma / Institutionalising Marginal Actors in Uttar Pradesh and Tamil Nadu: Insights from Dalit Electoral Data / Roger Jeffery and Hugo Gorringe / From the Cheris to Chennai: Dalit Politics in Tamil Nadu / Hugo Gorringe / Challenging Normalised Exclusion: Humour and Hopeful Rationality in Dalit Politics / Suryakant Waghmore / Contentious Spaces: Guru Pujas as Public Performances and the Production of Political Community / D Karthikeyan / Institutionalising Peace? Mohalla Committees in Contemporary Mumbai / Qudsiya Contractor / Institutionalising Informal Socialities: Dalit Urban Poor in Dharavi / Martin Fuchs / India and the Management of Ethnic Diversity: The Unfinished Business of Accommodation / Wilfried Swenden / Glossary and Abbreviations / Index

2016 • 332 pages • Hardback (9789351506232) • ` 950.00

BECOMING MINORITYHow Discourses and Policies Produce Minorities in Europe and India

Edited by Jyotirmaya Tripathy and Sudarsan Padmanabhan Department of Humanities and Social Sciences,

Indian Institute of Technology, Madras

This book will make you revisit the ‘minority question’ as it has been understood, conventionally. It subjects to scrutiny some of the well-established social science concepts such as minority, ethnicity, inclusion, exclusion, and self-determination, among others. The purpose of the enquiry is neither to debunk these concepts nor to highlight their relevance / irrelevance, but merely to guard against their unselective usage by scholars.

ABRIDGED CONTENTSPreface / THE MAKING OF MINORITY / THE EUROPEAN EXPERIENCE / THE INDIAN EXPERIENCE / Index

2014 • 376 pages • Hardback (9789351500353) • ` 1050.00

Dalit Sociology / Ethnic & Minority Studies

9A

HINDUISM IN INDIAModern and Contemporary Movements

Edited by Will Sweetman Associate Professor of Asian Religions, University of Otago and Aditya Malik Professor and Dean, School of Historical Studies, Nalanda University, Bihar

Series Editor: Geoffrey A Oddie

This book responds to debates surrounding Hinduism in the colonial and contemporary periods. It emphasizes on Hinduism as it arose and developed in the subcontinent itself—an approach which facilitates greater attention to detail and an understanding of the specific context in which new movements and changes have taken place.

CONTENTSIntroduction: Hinduism in India / Acknowledgments / The Emergence and Significance of the term “Hinduism” / Geoffrey A. Oddie / Hinduism and Modernity / Will Sweetman / Hinduism and Law / Timothy Lubin / Hinduism and Economics / Thomas Birtchnell / The Sacred in Modern Hindu Politics: Historical Processes Underlying Hinduism and Hindutva / Robert Eric Frykenberg / Media Hinduism / Ursula Rao / Modern Hindu Guru Movements / Michael James Spurr / Folk Hinduism: The Middle Ground? / Aditya Malik / Hinduism and Healing / Fabrizio Ferrari / Possession / Elizabeth Schömbucher / The Urban Hindu Arranged Marriage in Contemporary Indian Society / Reshmi Lahiri-Roy / On Hinduism and Caste / Vinay Kumar Srivastava / Index

HINDUISM IN INDIA2016 • 356 pages • Hardback (9789351500995) • ` 795.00

HIN

HINDU SOCIAL ORGANIZATIONA Study of the Socio-Psychological and Ideological Foundations

Fourth Edition

Late Pandharinath H Prabhu First Director of School of Psychology, Education and Philosophy,

Gujarat University

This comprehensive, systematic and integrated exposition of Hindu social psychology and institutions provides a vivid understanding of the difficult subject. The author has shown with remarkable clarity and lucidity how Hindu civilization has influenced society to form a distinct cultural pattern of its own. Hindu Social Organization has been received with acclaim by a number of very important social scientists in India as well as in Europe and America.

CONTENTSForeword by Dr S Radhakrishna / Extracts from Preface to the First Edition / Extracts from Preface to the Second Edition / Preface to the Third Edition / A Word on the Fourth Edition / Prologue / The Bases of Human Relations—The Problem of Existence and Its Implications / The Social Psychology of the System of the Four Asramas / The Social Psychology of Education / Marriage / The Family / Attitude towards the Woman—And Her Place in the Society / The Four Varnas / Epilogue / Bibliography / Index

POPULAR PRAKASHAN SAGE TEXTS2016 • 272 pages • Paperback (9789386042231) • ` 350.00

HINDU S

PUBLIC HINDUISMSEdited by John Zavos Manchester University, Pralay Kanungo School of Social Sciences, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, Deepa S Reddy University of Houston-Clear Lake, USA and Director, India Outreach Programs, University of Houston System, Maya Warrier University of Wales, Trinity St David and Raymond Williams Wabash College

Public Hinduisms critically analyses the way in which Hinduism is produced and represented as an established feature of modern public landscapes. It examines the mediation, representation and construction of multiple forms of Hinduism in a variety of social and political contexts, and in the process establishes it as a dynamic and developing modern concept. The essays in this volume are divided into themes that address different aspects of the processes that form modern Hinduism. The book includes discussions on topics such as ecumenical initiatives, the contemporary interpretation of particular sampradaya and guru traditions, modes of community mobilisation and the mediation strategies of different groups. It also provides India and diaspora-focused case studies as well as 'Snapshot' views elaborating on different themes.

CONTENTSPreface / PART 1: RESEARCHING PUBLIC HINDUISMS / John Zavos / Public Hinduisms: An Introduction / John Zavos / Will the Real Mango Please Stand Up? Reflections on Defending Dharma and Historicising Hinduism / Shana Sippy / Engaging the 'Practitioner': Boundary Politics in the Academic Study of Hinduism / Maya Warrier / Snapshot: Scholars and Practitioners, A Personal Reflection / Raymond Brady Williams / PART 2: ECUMENICAL CONSTRUCTIONS / Raymond Brady Williams / Ecumenical Constructions: An Introduction / Raymond Brady Williams / Hindu Organisation and the Negotiation of Public Space in Contemporary Britain / John Zavos / What Is American about American Hinduism? Hindu Umbrella Organisations in the United States in Comparative Perspective / Prema Kurien / Snapshot: Devotional Fandom: The Madhuri Dixit Temple of Pappu Sardar / Shalini Kakar / Fusing the Ideals of the Math with the Ideology of the Sangh? Vivekananda Kendra, Ecumenical Hinduism and Hindu Nationalism / Pralay Kanungo / Sathya Sai Baba: At Home Abroad in Midwestern America / Chad Baumann / Snapshot: 'Practising Hindus', Hindutva and Multiculturalism / Balmurli Natrajan / PART 3: TRADITIONS AND TRANSFORMATIONS / Maya Warrier / Traditions and Transformations: An Introduction / Maya Warrier / Representations of Swaminarayan Hinduism / Raymond Brady Williams / Praying for Peace and Amity: The Shri Shirdi Sai Heritage Foundation Trust / Karline McLain / Who Are the Madhvas? A Controversy Over the Public Representation of the Madhva Sampradaya / Kiyokazu Okita / Snapshot: The California Textbook Controversy / Deepa S. Reddy / The Power of Boundaries: Transnational Links among Krishna Pranamis of India and Nepal / Gérard Toffin / Snapshot: Rethinking Social Movements / Rethinking Hindu Nationalism / Amrita Basu / PART 4: COMMUNITY MOBILIZATION / Pralay Kanungo / Community Mobilisation: An Introduction / Pralay Kanungo / Hindutva's Hinduism / Tanika Sarkar / From Jauhar to Jijabai: Samiti and Sena Women in Mumbai, and the Reconfiguring of 'History' / Namrata Ganneri and Atreyee Sen / Snapshot: Work-in-Progress: The BAPS Swaminarayan Sanstha on the Web / Hanna Kim / Hindu Trans-nationalisms: Organizations, Ideologies, Networks / Deepa S Reddy / American Hindu Activism and the Politics of Anxiety / Arun Chaudhuri / 'Does This Offend You?' Hindu Visuality in the United States / Ritu Khanduri / PART FIVE: MEDIATING HINDUISMS / Deepa S. Reddy / Mediating Hinduisms: An Introduction / Deepa S. Reddy / Modern Guru and Old Sampradaya: How a Nath Yogi Anniversary Festival Became a Performance on Hinduism / Veronique Bouillier / Snapshot: The Sangh Parivar and Bhutanese Refugees: Constructing a Hindu Diaspora in the United States / Sanjeev Kumar / Media Savvy or Media Averse? The Ramakrishna Math and Mission's Use of the Media in Representing Itself and a Religion Called 'Hinduism' / Gwilym Beckerlegge / The BAPS Swaminarayan Temple Organisation and its Publics / Hanna Kim / The Perfect World of BAPS: Media and Urban Dramaturgies in a Globalised Context / Christiane Brosius / Krishna Consciousness, Hinduism and Religious Education in Britain / Maya Warrier / Index

2012 • 536 pages • Hardback (9788132107408) • ` 995.00


Sociology of Religion

10A

THE PARSIS OF INDIAContinuing at the Crossroads

Four-Volume Set

Series Edited by Armaity S Desai Chairperson, University Grants Commission, Delhi (1995-99) and Director, Tata Institute of social Sciences, Mumbai (1982-95), and Principal, College of Social Work, Mumbai University (1969-1982) and Shalini Bharat Dy Director (Academic) & Professor, Centre for Health & Social Sciences in the School of Health Systems Studies, Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai

The Parsis of India, a four-volume Series, is the first comprehensive socio-psycho-demographic analysis of the Parsi community with a pan-India focus. It brings together scholarly articles and empirical work carried out simultaneously in multiple site locations using mixed research approach. It is a book that is meant not only for academicians, researchers and policy-makers interested in the Parsi community, and in minority communities more generally, but also for the community people and its leadership. The study includes data regarding the socialisation patterns of the Parsi youth, questions related to their family, neighbourhood interactions; experiences related to education and work; perceptions about marriage; lifestyle expressions; practice of religion; their Zoroastrian identity within the larger Indian identity; and challenges faced by the Parsi community. This major study has been helmed by TISS, Mumbai and PARZOR Foundation.

Vol 1: The Indian Parsis: Themes Old and New edited by Shalini Bharat and Armaity S Desai

A comprehensive multi-disciplinary review and analysis of the historical, socio-economic, demographic and socio-psychological dimensions of the Parsi community, an ethno-religious minority of India, in the backdrop of its demographic decline. This is the first of a four-volume series on the Parsis of India.

Vol 2: Contemporary Parsis: Marriage, Family and Community by Shalini Bharat

This volume explores the socio-cultural dimensions of the Parsi demographic decline from the community’s perspective. The volume presents insights into how the rapidly declining ethno-religious minority community of Parsis perceives and understands its demographic challenges and opportunities for survival. The volume will be of interest to students and academics in the fields of Sociology, Psychology, Family Studies, Human Development, Minority Studies, and Research Methodology. As the primary stakeholders the volume will also interest Parsis and Zoroastrians worldwide.

Vol 3: The World of Indian Parsi Youth: Status and Perceptions by Lata Narayan

The study on Parsi youth is a national-level study conducted across 14 locations, to study the Parsi youth's perspective and their attitudes on aspects related to their life goals and the factors which contribute to their ethnic identity, including the socialisation patterns, questions related to their family and neighbourhood interactions; experiences related to education and work; perceptions about marriage; lifestyle expressions; practice of religion; Zoroastrian identity within the larger Indian identity; and challenges faced by the Parsi community. The overall goal was to study the Parsi youth's perceptions and attitudes on aspects related to their life goals, and to identify the factors that contribute to their ethnic identity.

Vol 4: The Parsi Elderly: To Live with Dignity by S Siva Raju

This volume is the first comprehensive national-level study focusing on a situational analysis of the elderly in the Parsi community. It

addresses the knowledge gap by using a national sample survey and case studies for a situational analysis of elderly Parsis in the community. It helps understand the Parsi elderly's living conditions, their status in the family and the community, the nature of support systems that exist for their well-being and their views and preferences for various services, and views of institutionalised elderly were also elicited with regard to their perceptions towards varied dimensions of their living conditions. Based on the findings, a detailed action plan has been provided by keeping in mind various stakeholders associated with the well-being of the Parsi elderly in India.

CONTENTSVOLUME 1: THE INDIAN PARSIS: THEMES OLD AND NEW / Acknowledgements / Contents / Foreword S. Parasuraman / Preface Shernaz Cama / List of Tables and Figures / INTRODUCTION / The Parsis of India: Continuing at the Cross Roads Armaity S. Desai and Shalini Bharat / SECTION I: PARSI HISTORY, DEMOGRAPHY AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC DIMENSIONS / The Rise, Prominence and History of the Parsis Jesse S. Palsetia / Population Dynamics: The Demographic Decline of the Parsis S. Siva Raju and D.P. Singh / Lowest-low Fertility (LLF) and the Parsis: Commonalities and Differences with other LLF Countries Shalini Bharat / The Economically-Vulnerable Parsis: A Study of Beneficiaries of Charity Anita Rath and Rakhshandah A. Hani / Dynamics of Charity in the Parsi Community Anita Rath / Issues in Studying a Minority Community: Field Notes from Studies on Parsi Youth and the Elderly Lata Narayan and S. Siva Raju / SECTION II: SOME MYTHS AND REALITIES OF THE PARSI ZOROASTRIAN COMMUNITY: SYNTHESIS OF RESEARCH EVIDENCE / A Profile of the Family, Youth and the Elderly Armaity S. Desai / Marriage, Family, Reproduction: Implications for Demographic Decline Armaity S. Desai / Issues and Concerns: Community Perceptions Armaity S. Desai / Beyond The Cross-Roads: A Forward Look Armaity S. Desai / List of Abbreviations / References / About the Editors and Contributors / Index

VOLUME 2: CONTEMPORARY PARSIS: MARRIAGE, FAMILY AND COMMUNITY / Preface / Foreword / Acknowledgements / List of Tables / List of Figures / Introduction- The Indian Parsis: Narratives of Change and Continuity / The Study: Design, Strategy and Participants’ Profiles / Contemporary Parsis: Housing, Migration and Charity Utilisation / Contemporary Parsis: Religion, Culture and Identity / Community ‘flashpoints’: Debates and Dialogues / Marriage: Significance, Patterns and Dynamics / Understanding Marital Delays and Non-Marriage / Marrying out: Attitudes, Experiences and Implications / Family: Significance, Patterns and Formation / Through the Looking Glass: Refashioning Future / References

VOLUME 3: THE WORLD OF INDIAN PARSI YOUTH: STATUS AND PERCEPTIONS / Acknowledgements / Foreword / Preface / Introduction / Socialisation of Parsi Youth and Influences on Social Identity: An Introduction / The Parsis: From Persia to India / Factors Influencing Personal Identity - A Profile of the Respondents / Education / Work and Occupation / Family / Culture and Lifestyle / Youth and Identity / Issues and Concerns / The World of Parsi Youth in India – Reflections and Recommendations / References / Appendix I: Contact Persons and Key Persons in Different Cities

VOLUME 4: THE PARSI ELDERLY: TO LIVE WITH DIGNITY / Foreword / Preface / Introduction / Acknowledgements / Population Aging Among Parsis / Methodology / Demographic Information / The Family / Health Factors / Economic Condition / Social Factors / Cultural Symbols / Traditional Beliefs / Genealogy / Information on Institutional Stay / Determinants of Perceived Loss of Confidence / Case Vignettes / Summary and Implications / List of Supporting Tables / Tables: Chapters 3 – 10 / Interview Schedule: Community Elderly / Interview Schedule: Old Age Homes / References

2016 • 1400 pages • Hardback (9789386042927) • ` 9900.00 (tent.)

THE PARSIS


11A

SAGE Knowledge is the ultimate social sciences digital library for students, researchers, and faculty. Hosting over 5,000 titles, it includes an expansive range of SAGE eBook and eReference content, including reference works, academic books, handbooks, series, professional development titles, and streaming video.

The platform allows researchers to cross-search and seamlessly access a wide breadth of must-have SAGE book and reference content from one source.

sk.sagepub.com

Key Features and Benefits• New streaming video collections alongside book and

reference content

• "SAGE Recommends" connecting users to related SAGE Journals and SAGE Research Methods content

• Visually enhanced display for all mobile phones and tablets

• Modern, usable design

• Chapter print and PDF download

• Multiple citation options

• MARC Records and COUNTER reports

• Unlimited simultaneous usage of content

Flexible Purchasing Options!Choose the SAGE Knowledge Collection that fits your budget

and your needs! SAGE Knowledge offers flexible pricing models

within collections. Purchase Book, Reference and SAGE Navigator

collections across 10 subject areas. Reference titles are also

available to purchase individually.

Contact [email protected] for the title lists or to learn how

SAGE can help you build your online reference and book collection.

We offer a wide variety of content to fit your budget and research

needs across the disciplines:

• Business & Management

• Counseling

• Criminology

• Education

• Geography

• Health & Social Care

• Media & Communication

• Politics & International Relations

• Psychology

• Sociology

12A

LIVING THE QUR'AN IN OUR TIMESJamal Khwaja Former Dean, Faculty of Arts, Aligarh Muslim University

A book of divine revelation...[The

book] is an excellent starting point,

not that it would teach you all about

the Qur’an, but it will certainly teach

you the way to read it.

The Tribune

In a world where powerful lobbies are vilifying the Qur'an as the underlying cause of conflicts-conflicts that are actually rooted in greed and the self-serving secular politics of oil, occupation and social injustice-how can non-Muslims discover the authentic teachings of the Qur'an? How can they work with Muslims to overcome mutual suspicions, stereotyping, and self-serving propaganda? A starting point is would be to recognize that Muslims worldwide are engaged in diverse and robust internal debates. While it is an integral part of the Islamic faith that the Qur'an is the infallible "Word of God," the plain fact is that there is significant disagreement among the faithful over what the revealed texts mean or imply on a host of issues. In Living the Qur'an in Our Times, the author combines theological insight and philosophical erudition to delve into the semantics of the Qur'an and its vision.

CONTENTSPreface / Introduction / Perennial Islam: A Qur'an Based Paradigm / The Qur'an as a Revealed Book: Some Issues / The Semantics of the Qur'an: Some Basic Aspects / The Vision of the Qur'an: Selected Texts / The Piety of the Qur'an: Selected Texts / The Injunctions of the Qur'an / The Perennial Message of the Qur'an and the Human Situation / Afterword / Notes / Annotated Glossary of Key Concepts / Resources / Index of Names / Index of Subjects

2012 • 240 pages • Hardback (9788132110460) • ` 695.00

REFRACTIONS OF ISLAM IN INDIASituating Sufism and Yoga

Carl W Ernst Kenan Distinguished Professor of Islamic studies, Department of Religious Studies, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill

The essays in this book explore Sufism as it developed in the Indian subcontinent, including translations of previously unavailable texts, and revealing unexpected insights into the lives, practices, and teachings of Indian Muslims over nearly a thousand years. They also trace remarkable moments in the history of Muslim engagement with Indian religious and cultural practices. This includes not only Muslim participation in Indian art and literature, but also the extraordinary role that Sufis have played in the practice of yoga. Employing new approaches to religious studies that avoid essentialism and ideological concepts of religion, and shorn of unnecessary jargon, these compelling essays will be easily accessible to a larger audience.

CONTENTSPreface / Acknowledgments / Sufism and Islam in South Asia / From Hagiography to Martyrology: Conflicting Testimonies to a Sufi Martyr of the Delhi Sultanate / Forgotten Sources on Islam in India / The Interpretation of the Classical Sufi Tradition in India: The Shama'il al-atqiya' of Rukn al-Din Kashani / Persecution and Circumspection in the Shattari Sufi Order / The Daily Life of a Saint, Ahmad Sirhindi (d. 1624), by Badr al-Din Sirhindi / Islam and Sufism in Contemporary South Asia / Reconfiguring South Asian Islam: From the 18th to 19th Century / Sufism, Yoga and Indian Religions / Sufism and Yoga According to Muhammad Ghawth / Admiring the Works of the Ancients: The Ellora Temples as Viewed by Indo-Muslim Authors / The Islamization of Yoga in the Amrtakunda Translations / Muslim Studies of Hinduism? A Reconsideration of Persian and Arabic Translations from Sanskrit / Situating Sufism and Yoga / Two Versions of a Persian Text on Yoga and Cosmology: Attributed to Shaykh Mu`in al-Din Chishti / Fragmentary Versions of the Apocryphal “Hymn of the Pearl” in Arabic, Turkish, Persian, and Urdu / Accounts of Yogis in Arabic and Persian Historical and Travel Texts / Fayzi's Illuminationist Interpretation of Vedanta: The Shariq al-ma‘rifa / Being Careful with the Goddess: Yoginis in Persian and Arabic Texts / The Limits of Universalism in Islamic Thought: The Case of Indian Religions / A 14th-Century Persian Account of Breath Control and Meditation / Traces of Shattari Sufism and Yoga in North Africa / Indian Lovers in Arabic and Persian Guise: Azad Bilgrami’s Depiction of Nayikas / A Persian Philosophical Defense of Vedanta / Bibliography of the Publications of Carl W. Ernst / Index

SAGE YODA PRESS2016 • 520 pages • Hardback (9789351508915) • ` 995.00

RE STATE FORMATION AND THE ESTABLISHMENT OF NON-MUSLIM HEGEMONYPost-Mughal 19th-century Punjab

Rishi Singh School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London

This book explores one of the most crucial factors leading to the non-Islamic paradigm in the political and social fabric of Punjab—the emergence of a Sikh ‘space’ from the time of advent of the gurus. It examines the Punjab state under Maharaja Ranjit Singh and his rightful domination over the majority Muslim subjects. The conversion of Punjabis both from Hindu and Muslim backgrounds to Sikhism began to create problems for the Muslim elites in Punjab, even though Muslim and Sikh leaderships engaged with each other.

CONTENTSAcknowledgements / Introduction / Emergence of Sikh Space and Contesting Religious Identities / Emergence of Sikh Hegemony and Its Legitimacy Over Muslim Elites in 18th-century Punjab / The Process of Change: From Muslim Elites to Non-Muslim Elites in 19th-century Punjab / State Formation: The Issue of Legitimacy among Muslim Subjects / Conclusion / Appendices / Glossary / Bibliography / Index

2015 • 248 pages • Hardback (9789351500759) • ` 895.00

Carl W Ernst is the William R. Kenan, Jr.,

Distinguished Professor of Islamic studies at the

Department of Religious Studies (2005–) and

Co-director of the Carolina Center for the Study

of the Middle East and Muslim Civilizations at

the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill,

USA.

Professor Ernst has received research

fellowships from the Fulbright program, the

National Endowment for the Humanities.

ABOUT THE AUTHOR


13A

ON WORLD RELIGIONSDiversity, Not Dissension

Edited by Anindita N Balslev Philosopher, India and Denmark

Swamiji attended the World Parliament

of Religions at Chicago in 1893 as a

true representative of his country and

religion. Through his speeches at

Chicago, and his subsequent work in

America and England, [he] showed the

universal relevance and significance of

India’s ancient philosophy and spiritual

culture in solving many of the problems

associated with modern living.

Shri Pranab Mukherjee, The President of India

This book presents a brief survey of various approaches to religion and offers different perspectives of religious diversity. Scholars and philosophers of many religious traditions examine the social and cultural issues that lie at the interstices of this religious diversity. The volume throws light on several mega trends—knowledge revolution, a new kind of humanism stressing on the rights of underprivileged people, equality of gender, and protection against all forms of exploitation, injustice along with the awareness toward environmental concerns, as well as spiritual revolution—all characteristics of a new age.

ABRIDGED CONTENTInaugural Address Shri Pranab Mukhherjee, President of India / Foreword Karan Singh / Introduction Anindita N Balslev / I: TEACHINGS AND TRADITIONS / II: SOME ISSUES IN THE CONTEXT OF RELIGIOUS DIVERSITY / III: CONVERSATIONS WITH EMINENT PERSONALITIES / About Cross Cultural Conversation / About Indian Council for Cultural Relations

2014 • 320 pages • Hardback (978813211834-3) • ` 995.00

MUSLIM BACKWARD CLASSESA Sociological Perspective

Azra Khanam Jamia Millia Islamia,

New Delhi

This book presents the sociological perspectives on Muslim OBCs as a category determined by the Indian State. Although Muslims constitute an important part of the population and are the second largest religious community in the world, as well as in India, social scientists rarely undertake this community to analyze their socioeconomic and educational development. Muslim Backward Classes provides a comprehensive explanation of the origin and meaning of the term “backward class,” followed with the historical perspectives of Muslim backwardness in India.

CONTENTSPreface / Introduction / An Overview of Muslims in India / Origin of Backward Classes / Muslim Backwardness in India / Stratification among Muslims in India: A Caste, Class Debate / Sociological Dimensions among Muslim OBCs / Internal Dynamics among Muslim OBCs: An Interpretation / Millennium Development Goals and Muslim OBCs / Conclusion / Appendix 1: India’s MDG Framework: Goals, Targets, and Indicators / Appendix 2. The Central Government Schemes and Commissions for the Minorities / Appendix 3. Central List of OBCs for the State of Uttar Pradesh / Appenidix 4. Questionnaire / Bibliography / Index

2013 • 316 pages • Hardback (9788132111672) • ` 850.00

A MOVING FAITHMega Churches Go South

Edited by Jonathan D James Edith Cowan University, Perth

"In A Moving Faith by Dr Jonathan

James, we see for the first time

in a single coherent volume, not

only that global Christianity in the

mega church is on the rise, but

in a concrete way, we are able to

observe in detail what this looks like

across a wide variety of locations,

cultures, and habitus."

Virginia Garrard-Burnett

University of Texas, Austin

A Moving Faith captures the dynamic shift of Christianity to the South and portrays a global movement that promises prosperity, healing, empowerment, and gender equality by invoking neo-Pentecostal and Charismatic resources. It postulates that neither North America nor Europe is the current center of the Christian faith. The book provides a detailed overview of how migration of Christians from the South enriches the North, for instance, Pope Francis brings newness, freshness, and the vigor characteristic of the South.

ABRIDGED CONTENTList of Abbreviations / Foreword Virginia Garrard-Burnett / A Moving Faith: An Introduction Jonathan D James / I: UNDERSTANDING SOUTHERN CHRISTIANITY / II: MEGA CHURCHES IN AFRICA / III: MEGA CHURCHES IN ASIA AND THE PACIFIC / IV: MEGA CHURCHES IN LATIN AMERICA / Index

2014 • 260 pages • Hardback (9789351500582) • ` 850.00

BEING MUSLIM AND WORKING FOR PEACEAmbivalence and Ambiguity in Gujarat

Raphael Susewind University of Bielefeld and University of Oxford

Adds to the academic discourse by

focussing on Muslim peace workers

and activists in the state of Gujarat....

the book is a rare collection of brave

accounts of people, asserting different

identities. It may inspire people in

various capacities to engage with the society and work for

peace...the author definitely takes the subject beyond the

contour of religion and makes a sociological contribution of

great significance.

The Statesman

Being Muslim and Working for Peace explores various ways in which religious beliefs, ritual practices and dynamics of belonging impact the politics of Muslim peace activists in Gujarat, and traces how their activism in turn transforms their sense of being. It challenges popular notions about Muslims in India and questions ill-conceived research designs in the sociology of religion. More than a decade after the 2002 riots in Gujarat, this empirical typology sheds light on the diversity of Muslim civil society and Muslims in civil society.

CONTENTSReligion in Conflict / Why Individuals Matter / Faith-based Actors / Secular Technocrats / Emancipating Women / Doubting Professionals / Ambivalence and Ambiguity / Epilogue: An Activist's Comments / References / Index

2012 • 180 pages • Hardback (9788132110422) • ` 650.00


14A

A Journey through India’s Art and Culture

Foreword by Ustad Zakir Hussain

6Volume

Set

Edited by Devina Dutt Corporate Communications Consultant, Writer and Editor and

Mukta Rajadhyaksha Theatre Critic, Media Person and Columnist

Pathfinders is an invaluable collection that traces the evolution of different art forms in India. Featuring in-depth and visually rich narratives

on both the history and the history makers of Indian art forms since 1950, the set contains six dedicated volumes on Music, Visual Arts,

Dance, Literature, Theatre and Cinema.

Each volume contains an ‘introductory piece’ describing the evolution of the particular art form, and an ‘end piece’ which discusses its

contemporary relevance. There are exclusive interviews with legends from their fields interspersed with biographies of exponents of a particular

art form. The narrative is rich with facts and interesting anecdotes, while a rare collection of photographs add grandiose to the entire set.

2015 • 848 pages • Paperback (9788132118947) • ` 15000.00

VOLUME I: MUSICIt is said of music that it is something like the dripping of water from a pitcher; as one drop falls, another gathers to fall. It is neither sudden nor

coincidental but part of a well-knit design. This book brings to you these drops, these musicians, the gharanas and their khayal. From Ustaad Bade

Ghulam Ali Khan to Kumar Ghandharva and from Pt. Ravi Shankar to A.R. Rahman, the volume charts out the journey of music in independent

India through the lives and works of its most talented practitioners and patrons.

This book is an attempt to capture moments from recent history that have shaped Hindustani music as we know it today. Open its pages to

celebrate the symphony and silences of ‘Music’.

CONTENTS: Note from Shashi Vyas / Note from the Editors Devina Dutt and Mukta Rajadhyaksha / Foreword Zakir Hussain / Introduction: Aroon Tikekar / Music from

North India: The Dynamics of Changing Traditions and Trends Aneesh Pradhan / Carnatic Music from 1950–2010: Modern Interpretations of An Ancient Art Chitravina

N Ravikiran / Kumar Gandharva in Conversation with Ashok Vajpeyi / Pandit Ravi Shankar in Conversation with Satish Vyas / Profiles / Ariyakudi Ramanuja Iyengar /

Ustad Bade Gulam Ali Khan / Pandit Jagannathbua Purohit / Semmangudi Srinivasa Iyer / G N Balasubramaniam / Pannalal Ghosh / Tanjavur Brinda / Palaghat T S Mani

Iyer / Ustad Amir Khan / Bismillah Khan / M S Subbulakshmi / Ustad Allarakha / D K Pattammal / C R Vyas / Ali Akbar Khan / Bhimsen Joshi / T R Mahalingam / Tanjore

Viswanathan / Ustad Vilayat Khan / Pandit Jasraj / Kishori Amonkar / Jitendra Abhisheki / Shivkumar Sharma / Hariprasad Chaurasia / Amjad Ali Khan / Zakir Hussain /

Hindi Film Music: A Post-Republic Retrospective Hrishikesh Dixit / Glossary

VOLUME II: VISUAL ARTSWhat constitutes visual art?

Is it only painting, sculpture and drawing or also the inclusion of a wide range of media, including photography, video, the installation, the social

project and public art in which artists and audience collaborate to produce a work of art?

The book traces this journey from the 1940s till the current decade, offering an interesting visual story of each decade. This story is not only about

artists, but also about critics, theorists, curators, gallerists, collectors and institution-builders, all of whom have played their role in the growth of

contemporary Indian art. Encyclopaedic in its scope and miniaturist in detailing, the volume is a must have for connoisseurs of visual art in India.

CONTENTS: The Artist’s Journey: A Story of Six Decades Ranjit Hoskote / Sudhir Patwardhan in Conversation with Ranjit Hoskote / Navjot Altaf in Conversation with

Nancy Adajania / Profiles / Benode Behari Mukherjee / Ramkinkar Baij / K C S Paniker / K K Hebbar / Chittaprosad Bhattacharya / M F Husain / K G Subramanyan /

V S Gaitonde / F N Souza / Tyeb Mehta / J Swaminathan / Akbar Padamsee / Bhupen Khakhar / Nasreen Mohamedi / Gulam Mohammed Sheikh / Vivan Sundaram /

Nalini Malani / Anita Dube / Bose Krishnamachari / Atul Dodiya / Subodh Gupta / The Third Field of Indian Art Ranjit Hoskote

Cultural Studies

15A

VOLUME III: DANCEWhen she made her first move, she created an art form. Dance first came out of the temples of devadasis and evolved into a form combining

literature, music and theatre.

But was it easy for this initially unsophisticated art form to be accommodated in the social milieu of the day?

How did Bharatanatyam, Kathak, Kuchipudi and Manipuri become an acceptable form of artistic expression?

This book is the story of evolution of the dance forms in India. From its traditional custodians to its latest globalised avatar, the volume

choreographs the journey of abhinaya and brings to life for the readers, one of our most cherished performing arts—dance.

CONTENTS: A Rich and Fragmented Heritage by Devina Dutt and Prakriti Kashyap / Birju Maharaj in Conversation with Anjana Rajan / Padma Subrahmanyam in

Conversation with Gowri Ramnarayan / Profiles / Uday Shankar / Guru Paimkulam Rama Chakyar / Pandit Shambhu Maharaj / Rukmini Devi Arundale / T Balasaraswati /

Mrinalini Sarabhai / Guru Bipin Singh and The Jhaveri Sisters / Kelucharan Mohapatra / Chandralekha / Vempati Chinna Satyam / Kumudini Lakhia / Kumari Kamala /

Kalamandalam Gopi / Yamini Krishnamurti / Sathyabhama and Bharati Shivaji / Sanjukta Panigrahi / Sonal Mansingh / Astad Deboo / Pandit Durga Lal / Sucheta Bhide

Chapekar / Forgotten Rhythms Prakriti Kashyap / Glossary

VOLUME IV: LITERATURELiterature narrates the nation.

Indian literature, it is said often, narrates not one but multiple nations. This book captures the history of Indian literary genres of poetry, fiction and

drama. It looks at the progression of Indian literature after Independence as a series of responses to the postcolonial situation. It highlights the need

to go beyond the established norms of literature and accept an alternative body of work.

Experience literature in India through the writers—Firaq, Manto, Chugtai, Mahasweta Devi and many others—the works they inked, the movements

they inspired and how the nation changed thereafter.

CONTENTS: Negotiating Heterogeneity: Indian Literature after Independence by K Satchidanandan / Krishna Baldev Vaid in conversation with Nirupama Dutt / Dr U R

Ananthamurthy in conversation with Gowri Ramnarayan / Profiles / Firaq Gorakhpuri / Tarashankar Bandopadhyay / Jibanananda Das / Dr K Shivarama Karanth / Vaikkom

Mohammad Basheer / B S Mardhekar / Ashapurna Devi / Agyeya / Umashankar Joshi / Ismat Chughtai / Saadat Hasan Manto / Thakazhi Sivasankara Pillai / Sachi

Routray / Gajanan Madhav Muktibodh / Gopalakrishna Adiga / Suresh Joshi / Vinda Karandikar / Harbhajan Singh / Phanishwarnath Renu / Krishna Sobti / Mahasweta

Devi / Qurratulain Hyder / Nirmal Verma / O V Vijayan / K Ayyappa Panikar / Jayakanthan / Sujatha (S Rangarajan) / Holding a Mirror to Shifting Equations by Nina Martyris

VOLUME V: THEATREEvery now and then it is declared that theatre will be dead. And every time it has survived this morbid prophecy. This book brings together the

important question of what is theatre, or rather what should be theatre, and finds the answer to its survival.

From traditional performances in temples to folk expression, the book looks at the evolution of theatre to its modern avatar and discovers that at

each stage, theatre has been honest to its time.

Be it Nautanki, Tamasha or as a progressive mass mobilization medium, theatre lives in its immediacy and intimacy. It is this magic of theatre which

this book captures, through its many characters and artistes who when the curtain is drawn become ‘one’—performers.

CONTENTS: The Collective Theatres of India: A Celebration of Style and Content by Shanta Gokhale / Vijaya Mehta in Conversation with Mukta Rajadhyaksha / Girish

Karnad in Conversation with Gowri Ramnarayan / Profiles / Sombhu Mitra / P L Deshpande / Habib Tanvir / Ebrahim Alkazi / Badal Sircar / Mohan Rakesh / Vijay Tendulkar /

Kavalam Narayana Pannikar / Utpal Dutt / B V Karanth / K V Subbanna / Satyadev Dubey / Mahesh Elkunchwar / Heisnam Kanhailal / Jabbar Patel / Amol Palekar /

Usha Ganguli / Ratan Thiyam / Satish Alekar / Neelam Mansingh Chowdhury / B Jayashree / Naseeruddin Shah / Marathi Theatre: A Confluence of Genres by Mukta

Rajadhyaksha/ About the Editors and Contributors

VOLUME VI: CINEMAA ‘real’ life story of the ‘reel’.

This book encapsulates the history of Indian cinema from its humble origins in the silent era to its contemporary and technology-driven age.

Frame by frame it discovers cinema—popular and parallel, mainstream and regional. With cinema being the newest art form, mixing technology with

classical and folk traditions, this volume culminates in analysing one of the largest film industries in the world, the Hindi film industry.

By scouring through the pages of this book the reader is transported to the extraordinary world of 70 mm.

CONTENTS: A Kaleidoscope of Forms by Maithili Rao / Shyam Benegal in Conversation with Mukta Rajadhyaksha and Devina Dutt / Aparna Sen in Conversation with

Devina Dutt and Dr Shoma A Chatterjee / Profiles / V Shantaram / Mehboob Khan / Guru Dutt / Bimal Roy / Satyajit Ray / Hrishikesh Mukherjee / Mrinal Sen / Tapan Sinha /

K Balachander / Raj Kapoor / Ritwik Ghatak / Vijay Anand / G Aravindan / Gulzar / Sai Paranjpye / Adoor Gopalakrishnan / Girish Kasaravalli / Mani Ratnam / Saeed Mirza /

Mira Nair / Rituparno Ghosh / The Magic of the Movies: The Hindi Film Industry by Deepa Gahlot

Devina Dutt is a Mumbai-based corporate communications consultant, writer and editor She has translated film scripts by Gulzar and Shyam

Benegal into English She writes on the arts and is a regular contributor to The Hindu

Mukta Rajadhyaksha is a Mumbai-based theatre critic and media person who has been a regular contributor to the Times of India, Mumbai

A translator from Marathi to English, she has translated the play Mahatma Vs Gandhi and has also co-directed a three-part television serial

on Marathi theatre after 1947

ABOUT THE EDITORS

Cultural Studies

16A

PERFORMING SHAKESPEARE IN INDIAExploring Indianness, Literatures and Cultures

Edited by Shormishtha Panja Director, Institute of Lifelong Learning, University of Delhi and Babli Moitra Saraf Principal, Indraprastha College for Women, University of Delhi

Even while a conscious dismantling of colonization was happening since the 19th century, the Indian literati, intellectuals, scholars and dramaturges were engaged in deconstructing the ultimate icon of colonial presence—Shakespeare. This book delves into what constitutes Indianness in the postcolonial context by looking into the text and sub-text of the Bard of Avon’s plays adapted in visual culture, translation, stage performance and cinema. The book is an important intervention in the ongoing explorations in social and cultural history, as it explores how Shakespeare has impacted the emergence of regional identities around questions of language and linguistic empowerment in various ways. It reveals an extraordinary negotiation of colonial and postcolonial identity issues—be it in language, in social and cultural practices or in art forms.

CONTENTSAcknowledgements / Introduction / Shormishtha Panja and Babli Moitra Saraf / SHAKESPEARE AND INDIAN VISUAL CULTURE / “To Confine the Illimitable”: Visual and Verbal Narratives in Two Bengali Retellings of Shakespeare / Shormishtha Panja / CONTEMPORARY SHAKESPEARE PERFORMANCE ON STAGE IN INDIA AND THE DIASPORA / Urban Histories and Vernacular Shakespeares in Bengal: Kolkatar Hamlet, Hemlet and Hamlet 2011 / Paromita Chakravarti / Shakespeare and the Re/vision of Indian Heritage in the Postcolonial British Context / Claire Cochrane / Indian Shakespeare in the World Shakespeare Festival / Thea Buckley / SHAKESPEARE AND INDIAN FILM / The Othello-figure in Three Indian Films: Kaliyattam, Omkara and Saptapadi / Trisha Mitra / Shakespeareana to Shakespeare Wallah: Selling or Doing Shakespeare in India / Paramita Dutta / TRANSLATION AND ISSUES OF LANGUAGE AND POLITICS IN REGIONAL SHAKESPEARES / Mapping Shakespearean Translations in Indian Literatures / T S Satyanath / “Murmuring Your Praise”: Shakespearean Echoes in Early Bengali Drama / Sayantan Roy Moulick and Sandip Debnath / A Future Without Shakespeare / Jatindra K Nayak / IDENTITY AND THE POLITICS OF LANGUAGE / Does Shakespeare’s Text Even Matter? / Preti Taneja / Utpal Dutt and Macbeth Translated / Naina Dey / SHAKESPEARE AND INDIAN ICONS / Tagore and Shakespeare: A Fraught Relationship / Radha Chakravarty / Mapping Shakespeare and Kalidasa: Early Indian Translations / Himani Kapoor / Glossary / Bibliography / Index

2016 • 280 pages • Hardback (9789351509745) • ` 750.00

PE

Shormishtha Panj is Professor of English and

Director, Institute of Lifelong Learning, University

of Delhi. She received her BA in English (Hons.)

from Presidency College, Kolkata, and her PhD

from Brown University, where she was awarded

the Jean Starr Untermeyer Fellowship.

Babli Moitra Saraf is the Principal of

Indraprastha College for Women, University of

Delhi, where she is an Associate Professor in the

Department of English and heads the department

of Multimedia and Mass Communication. She

received her MPhil degree in English and PhD

in Sociology.

ABOUT THE EDITORS

Q. Any specific reason why you chose the most intriguing playwright - Shakespeare?

A. 2016 is the 400th death anniversary of Shakespeare and events and publications are happening on a global scale. We felt it was opportune to publish a work that dealt exclusively with Shakespeare and India, a little-explored area, with regard to perfor-mance, cinema, illustration, translations and linguis-tic and cultural debates about Indianness. Hence the book. The insight we gained was that the reception of Shakespeare in India is an entry point into a multi-layered discourse on identity, language, power and cultural forms in India.

Q. What is your perspective on the presence of Shakespeare in Indian cinema?

A. Shakespeare is now ubiquitous not just in Hindi cine-ma but also in regional cinema. Bengali cinema alone has produced three filmsbasedon Shakespeare’s plays in the last year. While the plots of Shakespear-ean drama have leant themselves to the cinematic treatment of Bollywood, regional adaptations have brought out finer nuances such as the question of caste rather than race in Kaliyattam (Othello) and the combination of Hindu folk baul and Muslim zenana culture in (Romeo and Juliet). Shakespeare is a site that lends itself to expressiong the genius of Indian film-makers. Adapting Shakespeare to India is a dis-covery less of universal values and more of the par-ticular and the niche in Indian culture.

Q. What impact can this book bring into visual realm of literature?

A. The visual includes stage spectacle, cinema and art. Plays are always meant to be staged and stag-ing involves multi-media in the form of light, sound, costumes, backdrops, props and so on. The visual realm is ever present. There are multiple essays in the book on Indian and diasporic stsge productions of Shakespeare and on contemporary indian films, mostly regional, based on Shakespeare. The essays and explorations in the book may lead other readers and researchers to explore yet uncharted territory by experimenting with newer methods of visual rep-resentation. Or, as in the case of Shormishtha’s re-search, it may help to focus on paintings and visual representations of Shakespeare in India which are still waiting to be explored.

SecondsShormishtha Panja and Babli Moitra Saraf

with

Cultural Studies

17A

BADAL SIRCARTowards a Theatre of Conscience

Anjum Katyal Consultant (Publications), Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies (MAKAIAS), Kolkata and Co-Director, Apeejay Kolkata Literary Festival

An engrossing new biography of

Kolkata’s theatre legend. Lucidly written

study on a man who displayed the kind

of mettle, passion and morality rarely

available in individuals.

Mint

A critical look at Badal Sircar’s oeuvre fills an important gap in

the history of Indian theatre...Katyal’s book, which explores new

ground by devoting entire chapters to gender and technique

in Sircar’s theatre, is perhaps the most comprehensive critical

work on him. It will appeal to theatre scholars and practitioners

alike-not only for its rigorous scholarship but also because of

the fascinating stories it narrates.

Business Standard

A theatre lover needs to read this book. Those studying this

art, it will complement and supplement their learning. But for

ardent admirer’s of Badal Sircar’s craft, it is a must.

The Hindu

[The book] throws light on a generous and unusual man and

his unwavering commitment to his work Sircar’s life and work

not only inspires those involved in the theatre and the other

arts but lay readers as well.

FrontLine

The first full-length study of Badal Sircar, who brought theatre to the streets and to the masses in India! Badal Sircar (1925-2011) is one of the most important and influential figures in the history of post-independence Indian theatre. As a playwright, he contributed seminal texts which have inspired the country’s leading directors and continue to be produced by younger groups. In terms of form, he was responsible for Third (later called Free) Theatre, an urban theatre which was alternative, non-proscenium, mobile and very physical. As a theorist and philosopher of Indian theatre, he opened up the discourse to include concerns with democratic human interaction and a search for a more just and equitable society. As a teacher and mentor, he traveled widely across the country holding workshops which had a deep impact on hundreds of theatre workers, including some major directors. This book is a full-length, detailed study of Badal Sircar’s life and work, with its three distinct phases: the playwriting for the proscenium stage, with path-breaking texts like Evam Indrajit, Pagla Ghoda and Baki Itihas; the departure to non-proscenium physical theatre focused on the actor, with its social critique and commitment to conscientisation; and the dissemination phase of extensive workshops and mentoring.

CONTENTSForeword by Amol Palekar / Acknowledgements / Introduction / Bitten by the Bug / The Early Years / Ebong Indrajit : The Game Changer / A Creative Year / Nigerian Interlude / An Established Playwright / Proscenium Farewell / Indoors and Outdoors / The Third Theatre / Devised Theatre / The Workshop Way / The Woman Question / Talking Politics / The Final Years / Appendix: List of Plays / Select Bibliography / Index

2015 • 308 pages • Hardback (9789351503705) • ` 995.00

HABIB TANVIRTowards an Inclusive Theatre

A n e ngag ing and e r ud i te

comprehensive literary biography

of Habib Tanvir, the iconic Hindi

and Urdu playwright, actor, director,

journalist, manager, poet who strode

the Indian theatre like a colossus....

Anjum Katyal’s stimulating study

explores in great detail the various

aspects of Tanvir’s theatre and his

sense of purpose that led him in

one direction—building an inclusive

theatre that would address social

issues from a truly Indian point

of view.

The Hindu

Habib Tanvir: Towards an Inclusive Theatre explores various important aspects of Tanvir’s theatre philosophy and practice as he experimented with content rather than form. Starting with his early life and work, Katyal charts his entire professional trajectory from Agra Bazaar to Gaon Ka Naam Sasural, when he was searching for his true form, to Charandas Chor, which portrayed the eventual maturing of his style.

CONTENTSForeword / Anuradha Kapur / Introduction: Making Space for the Oral Tradition in Indian Theatre Today / Growing Up in Raipur, and Early Influences / The Bombay Years / New Directions: Delhi and Agra Bazaar / England, Europe and Brecht / Coming Home to Mitti Ki Gadi / Naya Theatre and Other Milestones / Charandas Chor / Working with the Chhattisgarhis / The Classics and Literature / Connecting with the Folk / Music, Song and Dance / The Political Habib Tanvir / Appendices / List of Plays by Naya Theatre and Habib Tanvir / Awards, Honours and Milestones / Index

2012 • 248 pages • Hardback (9788132109518) • ` 650.00

Anjum Katyal is a Consultant (Publications),

Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian

Studies (MAKAIAS), Kolkata and Co-Director,

Apeejay Kolkata Literary Festival. She has a

background in education and teacher training.

A published poet, she also sings the blues, and

writes on theatre and the visual arts.

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Also by the same Author!

Cultural Studies

18A

PERFORMING HERITAGEArt of Exhibit Walks

Navina Jafa Director, Indian Cultural Heritage Research

A pioneering work on the technique

and art of cultural representation

through the medium of heritage walks!

The Hindu

Centred in academic theory in the area of exhibiting culture, this book seeks to explore the art and politics of cultural representation. While thus far this discussion has been restricted to the closed spaces of museums, exhibitions, cultural festivals and the like, here, this densely interdisciplinary problematic is approached through the unique and increasingly popular medium of Heritage Walks. Focusing on the idea of the living exhibit, the author employs her decades-long career in the field of academic cultural tourism and the performing arts to develop a uniquely critical frame and methodology for engaging with cultures in a dynamic and performative manner.

CONTENTSForeword Richard Kurin / Preface / Introduction / Debating and Speculating Heritage / Functionality, Designing and Executing Walking Tours / Making of a Study Leader / Walking Tours: Aspects of Economics and Culture / Walking Exhibits as Brokering Culture / Conclusion / Glossary / Bibliography / Index

2012 • 256 pages • Paperback (9788132106999) • ` 550.00

ON INDIASelf-image and Counter-image

Edited by Anindita N Balslev Philosopher, India and Denmark

On India: Self-image and Counter-image looks at the philosophical and religious as well as the sociopolitical forces that are at work in the Indian cultural soil shaping multiple aspects of the lives of millions. The principal focus is on some images construed both by insiders and outsiders reflecting various aspects that are relevant for comprehending India. The essays address two major concerns: one is about how cross-cultural conversation on India should proceed today, noting some of the primary issues and concerns; the other is with regard to whether India has a core cultural image identifiable among the range of competing images, and if so, how to conceptualize its counter-image.

CONTENTSForeword / Karan Singh / Introduction / Is There a Core Cultural Self-Image of India? / Anindita N Balslev / Two Indias: Gandhiji and Modern India / J Galtung / Time, Space and Self-Image in Indian Culture / Lokesh Chandra / Three Images of India / Balmiki Prasad Singh / Cross-Cultural Conversation and Diplomacy / Shyam Saran / Politics of Democracy and the Politics of Religion in a Post-Secular Age / Ashis Nandy / Reviewing Images of India / Madhu Purnima Kishwar / Conceptualising India - the Given and the Borrowed / Kapil Kapoor / India as the Other in Partition Literature / Sukrita Paul Kumar / Ensuring Harmony in a Pluralistic Society - Role of Government / D R Kaarthikeyan / Negotiating Compromises in Cross-Cultural Conversations / Dietmar Rothermund / Indias Image through the Lens of Italian Travellers, from 1st Century AD to XX Century / Ugo Astuto / Index

2013 • 200 pages • Hardback (9788132110927) • ` 750.00

TAGORE AND THE FEMININEA Journey in Translations

Edited by Malashri Lal University of Delhi

This book presents a range of Rabindranath Tagore’s creative works, including translations of short stories, essays, poems, memoirs, songs and plays from his vast corpus to show his conception of the feminine and gender identity that are relevant even today.The editor establishes the search for Tagore’s engagement with the feminine as subject and agency, character and voice, philosophy and politics in this book. There is rich cultural interplay as Tagore muses over the contrasting social position of women in the ‘East’ and the ‘West’. He relies on Indian traditions to understand them in the context of domestic ethics, marital institutions, parenting, empowerment, aesthetics and gender politics. The book includes new translations while presenting fresh insights into previously published works.

CONTENTSAcknowledgements / Introduction / Malashri Lal / Re-writing Tagore: Translation as performance / Radha Chakravarty / MEMOIRS / Childhood (from Chhelebela) / Dipannita Datta / My life in my words (from Jeevansmriti) / Uma Dasgupta / LETTERS / To Mrinalini Debi / Malashri Lal / To Victoria Ocampo / Ketaki Kushari Dyson / To Indira Devi Chaudhurani, Sarojini Naidu, Maria Montessori and Margaret Sanger / Krishna Dutta and Andrew Robinson / FROM GITANJALI / The child who is decked with prince’s robes (No. 8) / Where dost thou stand behind (No. 41) / I thought I should ask of thee (No. 52) / On the slope of the desolate river (No. 64) / She who ever had remained in the depth of my being (No. 66) / In desperate hope I go and search for her (No. 87) / POEMS / Bodily union (Deher Milan) / Malashri Lal / Woman unclothed (Bibashana) / Malashri Lal / Breasts (Staun) / Malashri Lal / The kiss (Chumban) / Malashri Lal / Elder sister (Didi) / Malashri Lal / Dream (Swapna) / Ketaki Kushari Dyson / When the ocean of creation (Kon kshane srijaner samudramanthane) / Soham Pain / Freedom (Mukti) / Sanjukta Dasgupta / Getting lost (Hariye jaoa) / Sanjukta Dasgupta / Remembering (Mone pora) / Uma Dasgupta / Last spring (Shesh basanta) / Charu Chowdhury / The image (Chhabi) / Charu Chowdhury / The guest (Atithi) / Soham Pain / Woman empowered (Sabala) / Sukanta Chaudhuri / Ordinary woman (Sadharan meye) / Jadu Saha / Santhal girl (Saontal meye) / Malashri Lal / The earth (Prithibi) / Joyasree Mukerji / SONGS / She sits by the window (O janalar kachhe boshe) / Aruna Chakravarti / Friend, dear friend (Olo sai) / Aruna Chakravarti / The sky resounds to our Mother’s call (Amra milechhi aj mayer dake) / Aruna Chakravarti / Whosoever may abandon you (Je tomay chhare chharuk) / Sanjukta Dasgupta / Mother, will you send your own son (Ma, ki tui porer dware pathabi) / Sanjukta Dasgupta / O auspicious bride (Sumangali badhu) / Malashri Lal / Krishnakali (Krishnakali) / Soham Pain / I am Chitrangada (Ami Chitrangada rajendro nondini) / Reba Som / She who dwelt in secret (Ei sharat alo-r kamol bane) / Aruna Chakravarti / EPICS AND MYTHOLOGY / A vision of India’s history / Rabindranath Tagore / Urbashi (Urbashi) / Charu Chowdhury / Dialogue between Kama and Kunti (Karna–Kunti sambad) / Ketaki Kushari Dyson / Kacha and Devayani (Bidaay abhisaap) / Rabindranath Tagore / The mother’s prayer (Gandharir abedan) / Rabindranath Tagore / PLAY / Chitra (Chitra) / Rabindranath Tagore / SHORT STORIES / Profit and loss (Denapaona) / William Radice / The housewife (Ginni) / Soham Pain / Kabuliwala (Kabuliwallah) / Malobika Chaudhuri / Mahamaya (Mahamaya) / Malashri Lal / The girl between (Madhyabartini) / Krishna Dutta and Mary Lago / Giribala (Manbhanjan) / Rabindranath Tagore / The visitor (Atithi) / Malobika Chaudhuri / False hope (Durasha) / William Radice / The wife’s letter (Streer patra) / Supriya Chaudhuri / Haimanti (Haimanti) / Joyasree Mukerji / The story of the Muslim woman (Musalmanir galpa) / Swapan Kumar Banerjee / ESSAYS, LECTURES AND LETTERS TO THE EDITOR / The Indian ideal of marriage / Rabindranath Tagore / Woman (from Personality) / Rabindranath Tagore / Woman and home / Rabindranath Tagore / TRAVELOGUES / Epistles from Europe (Europe-probashir patra) / Soham Pain / Travel Diary from Japan (Japan jatrir diary) / Soham Pain / EPILOGUE / The path of your creation (Tomar srishtir path) / Supriya Chaudhuri / Index

2015 • 372 pages • Paperback (9789351500674) • ` 1050.00

Cultural Studies

19A

CONSUMER CULTURE, MODERNITY AND IDENTITYEdited by Nita Mathur Professor of Sociology, Indira Gandhi National Open University, New Delhi

A useful addition to the shelf of both the

preacher and practitioner of marketing

management..ritten by scholars are

experientially familiar with, and hence,

authentic in the subject.... The variety

of themes on consumer culture as the

common and central issue brings ample credit to the editor’s

sourcing skills.

The Hindu

This book offers analysis of articulation of consumer culture and modernity in everyday lives of people in a transnational framework. It pursues three broad themes: lifestyle choices and construction of modern identities; fashion and advertising; and subaltern concerns and moral subjectivities. It juxtaposes empirical studies with theoretical traditions in addressing questions such as: How do people imagine modernity and identity in consumer culture? What does modernity or ‘being modern’ mean to people in different societies? Are modernity and tradition antithetical to or develop an interface with each other? The chapters in the book trace manifestations and trajectories of consumer culture and modernity as they connect to develop a sense of renewed identity.

CONTENTSIntroduction / I: LIFESTYLE CHOICES AND CONSTRUCTION OF MODERNIST IDENTITIES / The Rich and the Super-Rich: Mobility, Consumption and Luxury Lifestyles / Mike Featherstone / Shop Talk: Shopping Malls and Their Publics / Sanjay Srivastava / Consumer Agency of Urban Women in India / Shelly Pandey / Modernity, Consumer Culture and Construction of Urban Youth Identity in India: A Disembedding Perspective / Nita Mathur / Imagining Identity in the Age of Internet and Communication Technologies / Robert Rattle / II: GLOBAL MARKETS, LOCAL NEEDS: FASHION AND ADVERTISING / Structural Changes Rather than the Influence of Media: People's Encounter with Economic Liberalization in India / Steve Derné, Meenu Sharma and Narendra Sethi / Fashion, Advertising and Identity in the Consumer Society / Douglas Kellner / Cultural Politics of Branding: Promoting ‘KamaSutra’ in India / William Mazzarella / Shopping for Fashions in Post-socialist Russia / Olga Gurova / Sales Tours or How Czech Seniors Learned to Love Capitalism / Marketa Rulikova / III:SUBALTERN CONCERNS AND MORAL SUBJECTIVITIES / Politics of Consumption, Politics of Justice: The Political Investment of the Consumer / Roberta Sassatelli / Ethical Consumption in the Global Age: Coffee’s Promise of a Better World / Nicki Lisa Cole / Consumer Culture and Turkish Poor Youth’s Identity: Issues of Vulnerability and Exclusion / Melike Aktas Yamanoglu / Index

2013 • 444 pages • Hardback (9788132111276) • ` 995.00

INFLUXContemporary Art in Asia

Edited by Parul Dave Mukherji, Naman P Ahuja and Kavita Singh School of Arts and Aesthetics, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi

A pleasure to browse..t defines a lifetime

of service and thought. It can stimulate

our minds, footnotes and ambition....

beautifully designed...the images are

uniformly well reproduced...provides an

intriguing glimpse into three important

stands in the growing discourse on

contemporary art as it churns in India, challenging readers

to come to terms with the concerns central to this vibrant

scholarly discussion.

South Asian Studies

InFlux: Contemporary Art in Asia brings together essays by leading critics and curators to examine modern and contemporary art practice and its discourses in Asia. Covering diverse regions spanning China, India, Thailand, Iran, West Asia, Pakistan, Kazakhstan, Hong Kong, Tibet, and Cambodia, the book examines their multiple modernities and the arrival of many Asias upon the contemporary art scene.

CONTENTSGeneral Introduction / Geeta Kapur / I: CONTESTED TERRAINS AND CRITICAL RE-IMAGININGS / Parul Dave Mukherji / The Illusions and Antagonisms of Civilizational Exchange: Critical Reflections on Dismantling Asian Empires / Rustom Bharucha / The Elephant and The Ant: Chinese and Thai Art in the 1980s and 1990s / John Anthony Clark / Worlding Asia: A Conceptual Framework for the First Delhi Biennale / Arshiya Lokhandwala / Cartographic Necessities: Contemporary Practices and the Making of a Brave New World / Gayatri Sinha / Curating Barbarians: Descriptions of a Visual Practice / Marian Pastor Roces / II: TROPES AND PLACES / Naman P Ahuja / Miniature, Monster, and Modernism : Curating Terror or Terror of Curating / Quddus Mirza / An Honest Engagement with the Pitfalls (and Perks) of the Ethnic (Rubric) / Negar Azimi / Retrieving the Far West: Toward a Curatorial Representation of the House of Islam / Ranjit Hoskote / Interrogating the Sacred: Storylines for the Self / Nancy Adajania / The Art of Kazakhstan as a Political Project / Valeria Ibraeva / III: INTERVENTIONS IN THE PUBLIC SPHERE / Kavita Singh / Curating Across Agnostic Worlds / Geeta Kapur / The Untold (the Rise of) Schisms / Shaheen Merali / Mapping the Trajectories of Minoritarian Aesthetics and Cultural Politics / Santhosh S / Excavating the History of the Present: Caste as Pictorial Sign in the Works of Savi Sawarkar / Y S Alone / Curatorial Work as Collective Fabrication / Oscar Ho Hing Kay / Archival Malpractice and Counter Strategies / Charles Merewether / Index

2013 • 288 pages • Paperback (9788132115977) • ` 2495.00

Connect with SAGE!

Cultural Studies

20A

MADRAS STUDIOSNarrative, Genre, and Ideology in Tamil Cinema

Swarnavel Eswaran Pillai Michigan State University

This book is a necessary read for

anyone who wishes to understand

not just Tamil cinema but the politics

and culture which shaped it.

Venkatesh Chakravarthy The preeminent Tamil cinema scholar,

independent filmmaker, and Director of L.V. Prasad Film & TV

Academy

This book documents the history of Tamil cinema, one of the most colossal film industries in the world, and studies the major studios of Madras, the largest outside classical Hollywood in the private sector.It engages with five major studios of Madras—Modern Theatres, AVM, Gemini, Vijaya-Vauhini, and Prasad— through the origins of their founders, and explicates how their history influenced the narratives, genre, and ideology of the canonical films made in Madras studios, arguing for their lasting influence on Tamil cinema.

CONTENTSPreface / Introduction / A Multiplicity of Influence: Modern Theatres and Its Films / AVM and Gemini Studios: The Dravidian Movement and the Competing Narratives / Vijaya-Vauhini and Prasad: The Other Narratives / Traces of the Studio System: A Certain Tendency of the Tamil Cinema / Dravidian Utopia and Dystopia: Canonical and Contemporary Tamil Cinema / Bibliography / Filmography / Index

2015 • 372 pages • Hardback (9789351501213) • ` 1295.00

THE IMAGE TRAPM.G. Ramachandran in Film and Politics

M S S Pandian Late of Centre for Historical Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi

[This] is by far the most convincing

study of the subject. The book is a work

of sound scholarship and will no doubt

lure researchers to this fascinating field

of popular culture and politics. Pandian

has offered a splendid model. The

added attractions in the book are an

exhaustive bibliography and a complete filmography of MGR,

which includes films like Thasipenn (1943), invariably omitted

in such lists.

S Theodore Bhaskaran The Hindu

The Image Trap analyses the phenomenon of M.G. Ramachandran (MGR), the legendary film star-cum-politician of Tamil Nadu, as a modern-day political myth. This book offers fascinating details about the extent to which MGR was successful in creating a stereotypical cinematic persona, and what repercussions it had on Tamil Nadu. Delineating the cultural elements that were meticulously mobilised to constitute MGR’s on-screen image, it analyses the popularity he enjoyed among the poor whose interests he constantly violated.

CONTENTSPreface / Acknowledgements / The Image Trap / Appendix I: A Brief Chronology of MGR’s Life / Appendix II: MGR’s Filmography / Appendix III: Electoral Performance of the AIADMK in Tamil Nadu / Bibliography / Index

2015 • 196 pages • Hardback (9789351500667) • ` 675.00

INDIA’S FILM SOCIETY MOVEMENTThe Journey and its Impact

V K Cherian Film society activist and communications professional based in New Delhi

First comprehensive account of the seven-decade long journey of Film Society movement in India, and how it helped Indian cinema come into its own. Till 1950s, 80 % of the films screened in India were from Hollywood. Today, only 10 % films shown in India are of foreign origin. One of the main factors that aided in bringing about this massive transformation was the formation of Film Societies in India. They soon became a catalyst to a new film culture, impacting quality of Indian films, both in technology and content. This book studies this historic Film Society movement, from its origin, to the crisis of its identity in the 80s and 90s to its revival in 2000s. It not only narrates the history, the heroes, the institutions, crises, technological changes and the transformation of the Film Society Movement but also debates on the future of this movement.

CONTENTSForeword by Adoor Gopalakrishnan / Preface / A Nation Awaits a Pather Panchali / The Growth Path: From Calcutta Film Society to the Federation of Film Societies of India / Visionaries of the Film Society Movement and the New Film Culture / The Networks of Films and Film Buffs / The Driving Forces behind the Film Society Movement / The Great Fall and Resurgence through Digital Mode / The Star Film Societies and the Survivors / The Policy Shift and Waning Political Patronage / Towards a New Film Culture: From Crass to Class! / Genesis of Indian Films / The Memorandum of Association of Federation of Film Societies of India / Index

2016 • 252 pages • Hardback (9789385985638) • ` 850.00

IND

V K Cherian grew up as a film society member

and as an activist with the celebrated filmmaker

Adoor Gopalakrishnan’s “Chitralekha Film

Society” from 1976 - 80 at Thiruvananthapuram.

A regular visitor to the various International Film

Festivals for over 35 years, he is an ardent film

enthusiast who has been engaged with the

film fraternity as a writer and promoter of good

cinema.

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Film & Theatre Studies

21A

FILMING HORRORHindi Cinema, Ghosts and Ideologies

Meraj Ahmed Mubarki Assistant Professor, Department of Mass Communication and Journalism, Maulana Azad National Urdu University, Hyderabad

Filming Horror: Hindi Cinema, Ghosts and Ideologies bridges the gap that currently exists in the field of genre studies in Hindi cinema. Analyzing more than 80 horror films from Mahal (1949) to Ragini MMS 2 (2014), the book uncovers narrative strategies, frames unique approaches of investigation, and reviews the revolutions taking place within this genre. The book argues that Hindi horror cinema, which lies at the intersection of myths, ideology and dominant socio-religious thoughts, reveals three major strands of narrative constructs, each corresponding to the way the nation has been imagined at different times in post-colonial India.

CONTENTSPreface / Acknowldgements / INDIAN CINEMA AND IDEOLOGY / Hindi Cinema and Ideology / Cinema in the Colonial Context / GENRE, CODES AND THE HORROR CINEMA / Genre and Its Functionality / Horror Genre and Spectatorship / Freud and the Uncanny / Robin Wood’s Return of the Repressed / Julia Kristeva and the Abject / Generic Codes of the Hindi Horror / Conjunctions and Departures with Hollywood / Generic Features of the Hindi Horror / Horror Cinema as Project of / for the ‘Nation’ / Nature of the Hindi Horror Genre / SECULAR CONSCIOUS NARRATIVE / Secularism in the Indian Context / Mahal: The Inaugural Moment of the Secular Consciousness / Madhumati / Kohraa / Bhool Bhulaiyaa / RETURN OF TRADITIONAL–CULTURAL NARRATIVE / Jadu Tona / Gehrayee / Phoonk / The Horror in Science Fiction: Between Morals and Mad Scientists / Historicity of the Monstrous Narrative / India and the Discourse of Science / Monstrosities from Science or Monstrous Science? / The Horror of Transmutation / The Triumph of the Traditional/Mythic Order / / The Monstrous ‘Other’ Feminine / Mangalsutra and the Monstrous Other Feminine / Veerana / Modernization of Patriarchy and Post-liberalization Female Monstrosity / Raaz / Eight: The Power of Shani / Darling / THE INFLECTION OF THE HINDUTVA ‘IDEO’LOGIC CINEMA / 1920 / Haunted / Conclusion / References / Index

2016 • 216 pages • Hardback (9789351508724) • ` 695.00

FIL

Meraj Ahmed Mubarki is an Assistant

Professor, Department of Mass Communication

and Journalism, Maulana Azad National Urdu

University, Hyderabad. He earned his Master’s

Degree and Doctorate in Journalism and Mass

Communication from the University of Calcutta.

He worked as a freelancer before moving into

the academics.

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Q. Horror movies! What inspired you write on this topic?

A. Hindi Horror cinema is a grossly under-studied genre in India. This inspired me to undertake a comprehensive study. This is an attempt to understand what goes under the rubric of horror films. There has been no broad study of the Hindi horror films. I hope this book fills up this crucial gap.

Q. How did your family and friends react when they learned about your research work on Horror movies?

A. They were delighted! I remember watching Hollywood horror movies at home during the weekends in my childhood. My father loved the genre and would diligently maintain a diary giving horror movies his own ratings! When I began writing, friends and family chipped in with film titles, but the book required viewing and re-viewing films that eventually tired them out.

Q. How researchers and scholars can take an advantage from this work?

A. Horror cinema has vastly been influenced by competing sets of discourses. Ghosts have progressed from those seeking vengeance through the agency of the state as in Bimal Roy’s Madhumati during the Nehruvian era to the self-styled vigilante ghost in Ravikant Nagaich’s Jadu Tona and thereafter in the post-emergency period, marking a tectonic shift. The genre can be used to understand contemporary Indian history and the way it has played out, under the discourse of Nehruvianism, its failures, and its competing ‘Others’.

Q. What all common narrative techniques are used in these films? Kindly elaborate.

A. Hindi horror films borrow from the vast repertoire of Hindu mythology, deal in the supernatural and proceed from a set of codes and conventions. Unlawful murders, revenge motives, and denial of last rites sets the ball rolling. The presence of the ghost denied at first, is accepted grudgingly only when the body counts piles up. Again, violence against the supernatural without divine blessings never works in Hindi horror films!

SecondsMeraj Ahmed Mubarki

with


22A

A FLY IN THE CURRYIndependent Documentary Film in India

K P Jayasankar School of Media and Cultural Studies, Tata Institute of Social Sciences (TISS), Mumbai and Anjali Monteiro School of Media and Cultural Studies, Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai

This book looks at how independent Indian documentary film reworks the relationship between film-makers, their narratives, their subjects and their audience, challenging the dominant idea of documentary as a discourse of the real. Based on close textual analysis, conversations with film-makers and drawing on Breitrose’s cinéma-vérité film-maker as a ‘fly in the soup’, this workexplores the place of documentary within the Indian public sphere.

CONTENTSForeword by Arjun Appadurai / Acknowledgements / The Flight Path / Flying Solo / Flying Images / Flying into the Looking Glass / Notes from the Curry / From the Curry to the Cauldron / Films Cited / References / Index

2015 • 276 pages • Hardback (9789351505693) • ` 795.00

CINEMATICALLY SPEAKINGThe Orality-Literacy Paradigm for Visual Narrative

Sheila J Nayar Greensboro College, North Carolina

Cinematically Speaking proposes that orality and alphabetic literacy play a fundamental role in shaping visual storytelling, it challenges the way we think about how film stories get shaped, as well as the notion of film as an autonomous mode of storytelling construction.Between close readings of Bollywood cinema and modernist art cinema in 1950s–1990s, as well as of the many cinemas in between—including Indian middle cinema and middle-class cinema—The book casts a pioneering lens on what goes into shaping screen stories worldwide. It is a theoretical work certain to alter our understanding and future exploration of the narrative-film species.

CONTENTSPreface / Acknowledgments / Orality, Literacy, and an Epistemic Approach to Visual Narrative / Excavating the Oral Characteristics of Visual Narrative / Mapping the Literate Characteristics of Visual Narrative / Between the Oral and Literate Epistemes / The Future of the Orality—Literacy Paradigm, Cinematically Speaking / Appendix A: Reading Closely: The Orality of Baazigar / Appendix B: Titanic as American Orally Inflected Cinema Nonpareil / Bibliography / Author Index / Subject Index

SAGE VISTAAR2014 • 268 pages • Hardback (9788132117902) • ` 850.00

BOLLYWOOD BADDIESVillains, Vamps and Henchmen in Hindi Cinema

Tapan K Ghosh former head, Department of English, Rabindra Bharati University, Kolkata

A comprehensive account of the

overlooked dimensions of villainy in

Indian Cinema. The book crafts an

ode to the talented actors who set new

trends with their on-screen wickedness,

the menacing looks, the evil grins and

the venomous one liners...the book

offers a refreshing insight...the book is extensively researched,

well organised and, a much-needed contribution to the ongoing

scholarship in the field of film, media and cultural studies.

The Tribune

Bollywood Baddies is the first-of-its-kind book-length narrative of villainy in Hindi films. It discusses villains, vamps, and henchmen of Bollywood cinema, and also the actors who essayed such characters over the decades. The author discusses not just villains but also the evaluation of villainous characters vis-andagrave;-vis sociopolitical conditions in the country.

CONTENTSForeword / Preface / I: KNOWING THE BADDIES / Who are These Villains? / II: THE BADDIES IN ACTION / The Fifties and Sixties / Sholay and the Seventies / The Eighties and After / III: EMPIRE OF EVIL AND THE EMPERORS / That Other Self: The Vamps / The Empire of Evil: Villains' Henchmen / Those Dreadful Men / The Unforgettable Baddies / The End!

2013 • 232 pages • Paperback (9788132110972) • ` 450.00

SAGE India offers special discounts

on purchase of books in bulk.

For orders and enquiries, write to us at

Marketing Department SAGE Publications India Pvt Ltd

B1/ I-1, Mohan Cooperative Industrial Area Mathura Road,

Post Bag 7, New Delhi 110 044, India

E-mail us at

[email protected]


23A

FILMING REALITYThe Independent Documentary Movement in India

Shoma A Chatterji Freelance journalist,

film scholar and author

An informative read about the incredible journey of the independent documentary film movement in India. Filming Reality explores the independent documentary film movement in India post-1970s, when it began to acquire an identity of its own and many films got worldwide recognition. It analyses notable documentaries made over the last four decades, including those by iconic film-makers such as Satyajit Ray, Mani Kaul, Anand Patwardhan; activists such as Rakesh Sharma, Ranjan Palit, Amar Kanwar; feminists such as Deepa Dhanraj and Madhusree Dutta; and auteurs such as Sanjay Kak, R.V. Ramani and others.

CONTENTSList of Images / On a Personal Note / I. INTRODUCTION: WHY INDEPENDENT FILMS? / II. OF LIVES AND HISTORIES: KNOWN AND LITTLE KNOWN / Introduction / Lives: Known / Lives: Lesser Known / Conclusion / III. THE ETHNOGRAPHICAL FILM: A CINEMA FOR THE PEOPLE, BY THE PEOPLE / Background / Introduction / Gathering Momentum / Case Studies / When Does an Ethnographical Film Become an Investigative Film or a Political Statement? / Conclusion / IV. THE RAY FACTOR / Ray’s Documentary Films / Films on Ray / Conclusion / V. THE MILESTONE MAKERS / Introduction / Anand Patwardhan / Amar Kanwar / Rakesh Sharma / Sanjay Kak / Ajay Raina / Ranjan Palit / Supriyo Sen / Joshy Joseph / Krishnendu Bose / Other Pillars / Conclusion / VI. DIALOGUES IN DIVERSITY: WOMEN FILM-MAKERS / Introduction / Criteria of choice / Conclusion / VII. POSITIVE DOCUMENTARIES ON SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT / Introduction / Some Examples / Conclusion / VIII. OUT OF THE BOX / Introduction / Out of the Box / Conclusion / Summing Up / Bibliography / Index of Films / Index

2015 • 320 pages • Hardback (9789351502876) • ` 895.00

BRAVE NEW BOLLYWOODIn Conversation with Contemporary Hindi Filmmakers

Nirmal Kumar Sri Venkateshwara College, New Delhi and Preeti Chaturvedi Senior Marketing Professional and writes on media and cultural studies

These are interesting times in the history of Indian cinema, particularly because the established aesthetic conventions and modes of production of the Hindi film industry are being challenged, as are the boundaries between what is alternative and what is mainstream. This book is an attempt to contextualize the upsurge in this form of cinema in Bollywood/Hindi film industry.

CONTENTSBrave New Bollywood: An Introduction / Dibakar Banerjee: Of Milieu, Technique and the Dialectic of Anti-dumb Cinema / Kiran Rao: The Personal as the Voyeur—The Aesthetics of Meaning / Reema Kagti” Collaboration and Commerce—Treading the Thin Line / Zoya Akhtar: Urban and Unapologetic—The Cinema of Zoya Akhtar / Shonali Bose: Loss and Survival—The Cinema of Meaning / Anusha Rizvi: Content as King—How Stories Create Filmmakers / Onir: The Politics at the Margins—Being an Alternative Filmmaker in Bollywood / Tigmanshu Dhulia: The Alternative as Mainstream—Blurring the Boundaries in Cinematic Tradition

2015 • 292 pages • Hardback (9789351500315) • ` 950.00

MY HALF OF THE SKY12 Life Stories of Courage

Indrani Raimedhi Journalist, columnist,

and author

The 12 women who feature in this book come from diverse backgrounds. The thread that binds their stories is their resolve to change the circumstances of their lives, overcoming tremendous odds, and giving wings to their dreams. They are survivors and pathfinders, doers and dreamers, leaving in their wake surging inspiration and hope. Their testimonies reveal what it is to live in this often forgotten corner of India. They have overcome personal tragedy, broken the falters of tradition, discrimination, and coped bravely with the harrowing experience of violence and uncertainty.

CONTENTSForeword B G Verghese / Introduction / Betrayed by Love: Jahnabi Goswami / The Only Man: Monalisa Changkija / Born Free: Parbati Barua / Silencing the Whispers: Birubala Rabha / Walking Tall: Urmee Mazumdar / How Green Are the Hills?: Bertha G Dkhar / Mapping the Truth: Teresa Rehman / Pulling No Punches: Mary Kom / Opening the Cage: Hasina Kharbhih / Woman on the Go: Monisha Behal / Words for the Wronged: Rita Chowdhury / Director's Special: Manju Borah / Index

2014 • 200 pages • Hardback (9789351500377) • ` 525.00

ROAD TO RIGHTSWomen, Social Security and Protection in India

Edited by Priti Darooka Founder and executive director of PWESCR, Delhi

Road to Rights examines the conceptual framework of social security, and focuses the reader’s attention on the missing dimensions of social security and protection for women in India. It explores experiences and lessons learned from various interventions on the ground, throwing particular light on the problems faced by specific vulnerable groups, such as female domestic workers, and sex workers. One of the first comprehensive resource books on social security, it will be of immense value to government departments, policymakers, development sector workers, as well as students and scholars of policy studies and gender studies.

CONTENTSPreface / Priti Darooka / Acknowledgements / Introduction / Dr. N.C. Saxena / CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK / A Society Which Cares: A framework for universal social protection / Harsh Mander / Unpacking Social Protection from a Women’s Rights Lens / Sejal Dand / The Human Right to Social Protection and the Post-2015 Development Agenda / Dr. Timo Voipio / MISSING DIMENSION / Social Protection for Women Workers: With special reference to unpaid domestic workers / Indira Hirway / Women’s Invisibility as Workers / Aasha Kapur Mehta / Livelihood Security Critical for Women’s Social Security / Nalini Nayak / UNPACKING SOCIAL SECURITY / Social Pensions: The real Aadhar for the Niradhar / Anjor Bhaskar / Our Secure Beliefs and their Insecure Lives: Sex workers organize for change / Shubha Chacko Gowri Vijayakumar Subadra Panchanadeswaran / Food and Nutrition Security in India: Challenges ahead / Biraj Patnaik / Maternity Entitlements in India: An overview / Yamini Atmavilas / Strengthening NREGA from a Gender Perspective: Learnings from the field / Subhalakshmi Nandi / Women and Social Security: Convergence model of delivery / Rashmi Singh / About PWESCR


Film & Theatre Studies / Sociology of Gender

24A

OPENINGS FOR PEACEUNSCR 1325, Women and Security in India

Edited by Asha Hans Founder Director, School of Women's Studies, Utkal University and Swarna Rajagopalan Founder, The Prajnya Trust

A close look at the relevance, utility and potential of the UNSC Resolution 1325 for achieving inclusive and sustainable peace in India. This is one of the first crucial discussions on what can be adapted and implemented in the United Nations Security Council’s Resolution 1325 on women, peace, security (WPS) and militarization in the Indian context. It examines cases that reveal the expanded context of conflict and insecurity, showing the possible relevance and limitations of the UN Resolution as a tool for social and policy change in India. Being comprehensive in approach, the book links discussions on the WPS resolutions (1325 and its successors) with militarism and explores the relevance of the latter in settings that are not deemed as ‘conflict’. It deliberates the result of militarization and engendered conflict in the Indian states and also discusses Indian peacekeeping operations, which are an important part of India’s international engagement.

CONTENTSForeword by Ambassador / Anwarul Choudhury / Acknowledgements / Openings for Peace: An Introduction to the Volume / Swarna Rajagopalan / The 1325 Resolutions: From Thought to Action / Swarna Rajagopalan / Civil Society Actors and the Implementation of Resolution 1325 in India / Soumita Basu / Advancing the Women, Peace and State Reconstruction Agenda: 1325 Plus / Anuradha M Chenoy / Security Laws in India with Special Reference to AFSPA: A Gendered Perspective / Amrita Patel / Rights of the People Versus Rights of the State: Jammu and Kashmir / Ritu Dewan / Women, Peace and Security: The Context of North East India / Paula Banerjee / Women of Manipur: A Space for UN SCR 1325 / Asha Hans / Conflict and the Peace Process in Jammu and Kashmir: Locating the Agency of Women / Rekha Chowdary and Vibhuti Ubbott / Whither Peace? A Discussion on Violence, Impunity and 1325 in Light of Communal Violence / Ila Pathak and Saumya Uma / Peoples’ Action Plans: Pursuing Human Security with Local Civil Society Actions to Implement UNSCR 1325 / Betty A Reardon / Gender Peace and Security: A Paradigm Shift / Asha Hans / References / Index

2016 • 324 pages • Hardback (9789385985669) • ` 995.00

OP

DISABILITY, GENDER AND THE TRAJECTORIES OF POWEREdited by Asha Hans Founder Director, School of Women's Studies, Utkal University

This book argues for the rights of women with disabilities, who live on the periphery of society, and seeks to eradicate the exclusion and stigma that are part of their lives. It brings together the perspectives of academicians and activists in trying to understand the various social issues faced by women with disabilities and argues for a society where they are not denied respect, equality, and justice.

CONTENTSPreface and Acknowledgments / Introduction: Gendering the Disability Framework / Part I: DISABILITY: A GENDERED PROBLEMATIC AND CONCEPTUALIZATION / A Gendered Perspective of Disability Studies / Upali Chakravarti / Women with Disabilities: How Do They Fare in Our Society? / S B Agnihotri Amrita Patel / Women with Psychosocial Disabilities: Shifting the Lens from Medical to Social / Nilika Mehrotra and Mahima Nayar / PART II: HUMAN EXPERIENCES AND AGENCY / I Feel Normal Inside. Outside, My Body Isn’t! / Malini Chib / What is the Intersection between Oppression of Women and Psychiatric Oppression? / Tina Minkowitz / Tale of Married Women With Disabilities: An Oxymoron Reality / Santoshi Halder / A Disabled Mother’s Journey in Raising her Child / Sandhya Limaye / Developmental Disability and the Family: Autism Spectrum Disorder in Urban India / Shubhangi Vaidya / Part III: TOWARD NONDISCRIMINATORY GENDERED STRATEGIES / Yes, Girls and Women with Disabilities Do Math! An Intersectionality Analysis / Stephanie Ortoleva / Gendered Constructions of Work and Disability in Contemporary India: Discursive and Empirical Perspectives / Renu Addlakha / Legal Capacity And Civil Political Rights For People With Psychosocial Disabilities / Bhargavi V Davar / Epilogue: Transforming Invisibilities and Obscure Directions / Index

2015 • 292 pages • Hardback (9789351501237) • ` 1050.00

THE STATUS OF MUSLIM WOMEN IN MEDIEVAL INDIASudha Sharma Board of Directors, Indraprastha Gas Limited, New Delhi

This book examines the economic, cultural, political and social positions of Muslim women in medieval India. It explores the changes that took place with the advent of Arabs, Turks, Mongols, Tartars, Afghans and Persians whose customs and traditions influenced the existing Islamic society. Though Islam improved the position of women by instituting many reforms, the Islamic religious texts laid down the minutest code of conduct for women, the slightest deviation from which was considered irreligious. Such rigidity, coupled with the apathy of the ulemas, led to the weakening of position of women. The book goes on to show how the diktats of the Quran were subjected to many interpretations down the ages, affecting the status of women in various ways.

CONTENTSPreface / Islamic Heritage: A Background / The Social Profile / Economic Milieu / The Harem and Purdah / Political Platform / Cultural Context / Conclusion / Bibliography / Author Index / Subject Index

2016 • 284 pages • Hardback (9789351505662) • ` 750.00

TH

Asha Hans is the former Director, School of

Women’s Studies, and Professor of Political

Science, Utkal University, India. She is the

author and editor of many publications related

to women’s rights, the latest being The Gender

Imperative, coedited with Prof. Betty Reardon

(2010).

Swarna Rajagopalan, PhD, is a political

scientist who works as an independent scholar

and writer. She is also the founder of The Prajnya

Trust—an NGO working on peace and gender.

She has written on a range of gender and human

security-related topics and is the Co-editor (with

Farah Faizal) of Women, Security, South Asia: A

Clearing in the Thicket (2005).

ABOUT THE EDITORS

Sociology of Gender

25A

TRANSFORMATION OF WOMEN AT WORK IN ASIAAn Unfinished Development Agenda

Edited by Sukti Dasgupta Director, Employment and Labour Market Policies Branch, ILO, Geneva and Sher Singh Verick Deputy Director, ILO Decent Work Team for South Asia and Country Office for India, New Delhi

This book examines the drivers of, and barriers to, participation of women in the Asian labour market for its socio-economic development and structural transformation.Based on original comparative research and extensive fieldwork, Transformation of Women at Work in Asia highlights the commonalities as well as the diverse nature of challenges that women across Asia face in gaining access to more and better jobs. Findings show that women across the continent have contributed significantly to its spectacular growth story; yet, social norms and economic factors limit their levels of participation.

CONTENTSPreface / Acknowledgements / Introduction / Sukti Dasgupta and Sher Verick / Women Labour Force Participation in Asia: Trends and Issues / Fernanda Bárcia de Mattos and Ruchika Chaudhary / At the Threshold of Economic Empowerment: Women, Work and Gender Regimes in Asia / Govind Kelkar / Decline of Women’s Labour Force Participation in India: Explaining the Puzzling Trend / Steven Kapsos, Andrea Silberman and Evangelina Bourmpoula / Declining Female Employment in India: Insights from Gujarat and Uttar Pradesh / Partha Saha, Sher Verick, Santosh Mehrotra and Sharmistha Sinha / Women Labour Force Participation in Bangladesh: Beyond Garments / Rushidan Rahman and Rizwanul Islam / Factors Holding Women Back from Market Work in Sri Lanka: To Work or Not to Work? / Ramani Gunatilaka / The Life-cycle of Women in the Labour Market in Cambodia: Subsistence Versus Wage Employment / Kang Chandararot and Liv Dannet / Women’s Employment in Indonesia: Gaining More from Structural Transformation / Makiko Matsumoto / Women and Men in China’s Labour Market: Is Inequality on the Rise? / Sukti Dasgupta, Makiko Matsumoto and Cuntao Xia / Mapping Out a Way Forward: Can Policies Make a Difference? / Sukti Dasgupta and Sher Verick / Index

2016 • 336 pages • Hardback (9789385985058) • ` 995.00

TR WOMEN AND WORK IN PRECOLONIAL INDIAA Reader

Edited by Vijaya Ramaswamy Professor, Centre for Historical Studies, School of Social Sciences, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi

Women and work is an important dimension of the ongoing debate on gender parity. This book is a compilation of essays related to traditional percep-tions of women’s work juxtaposed with recent feminist writings on women’s space in India’s labour history. The essays highlight the points and counterpoints of the ongoing debate on the nature, quantification and monetary valuation of women’s work.

CONTENTSForeword / Aparna Basu / Preface / Acknowledgements / Introduction / Vijaya Ramaswamy / WOMEN AND THE HOUSEHOLD: CANONICAL PRESCRIPTIONS AND THEIR FEMINIST CRITIQUE / The Daily Duties of Women / Julia Leslie / Position and Status of Women in the Upani?ads / T R Sharma / Woman in the Household / M A Indra / Economic Rights of Ancient Indian Women / Sukumari Bhattacharji / Dynamics of Women’s Work in the Sastric Sources: Household and Beyond / Kavita Gaur / Tracking Economic Transitions: Tamil Women from Tribe to Caste and Changing Production Roles / Vijaya Ramaswamy / The Question of Women’s ‘Agency’: Women, Work and Domesticity in Early Textual Traditions / Jaya Tyagi / WOMEN AND WORK IN EARLY TEXTUAL TRADITIONS / The Woman Worker / I B Horner / Of Dasas and Karmakaras: Servile Labour in Ancient India / Uma Chakravarti / Women and Work in Kautiliya's Arthasastra / Upasana Dhankar / WOMEN AND ECONOMIC RESOURCES: WOMEN’S PROPERT RIGHTS / Proprietary Rights during Coverture / Anant Sadashiv Altekar / Proprietary Rights: Inheritance and Partition / Anant Sadashiv Altekar / The Legal Status of Women: Their Right of Inheritance / M A Indra / Property Rights of Women in Ancient India / N N Bhattachar / Turmeric Land: Women’s Property Rights in Tamil Society since Early Medieval Times / Kanakalatha Mukund / Property Rights of Women in Medieval Andhra / A Padma / CONTEXTUALISING WOMEN’S WORK IN THE PUBLIC DOMAIN / State of the Field: Perspectives on Women and Work in Early South India / Vijaya Ramaswamy / Women’s Professions in Medieval Andhra / A Padma / Temple Women and Work in Medieval Keralam / Anna Verghese / Gender, Caste and Labour: Ideological and Material Structure of Widowhood / Uma Chakravarty / Work and Gender in Mughal India / Shireen Moosvi / DEVARADIYA: HAND-MAIDENS OF GOD OR SEX-WORKERS? / Courtesans / Vatsyayana Mallanaga / Temple Women as Temple Servants / Leslie Orr / In the Business of Kama: Prostitution in Classical Sanskrit Literature from the Seventh to the Thirteenth Centuries / Shalini Shah / Prostitution in Ancient India / Sukumari Bhattacharji

2016 • 384 pages • Paperback (9789351507413) • ` 995.00

WO

Connect with SAGE!

Sociology of Gender

26A

PURDAH TO PICCADILLYA Muslim Woman’s Struggle for Identity

Zarina Bhatty Former President of the Indian Association for Women’s Studies (IAWS), New Delhi

This book narrates the life and experiences of Zarina Bhatty—a Muslim woman born and brought up in pre-Partition India—who strove to break out of stereotypical roles imposed by the society of her times. It traces her life over 80 years, portraying the political and social conditions of undivided and post-Independence India. Bhatty’s autobiography chronicles the many social barriers that she had to overcome, such as becoming the first Muslim woman to file for a divorce and then remarrying a Christian, pursuing higher education in India and abroad at a time when women were not permitted to study and facing discrimination in her search for a job. Her grit and perseverance led her to become one of the few educated Indian Muslim women of her time and a successful professional.

CONTENTSPreface / Acknowledgements / The Background / Introducing the Family / Ancestral Homes / School and Burka / Exposure to the Freedom Movement / India to England / Ups and Downs / Experiencing the Communist Regime / Return to India / Destiny Plays a Hand / Awakening to Feminism / Joining USAID / Women’s Movement in India / And Life Goes On / Afterword

2016 • 218 pages • Hardback (9789351508243) • ` 595.00

PU

Zarina Bhatty is the former President of Indian

Association for Women's Studies (IAWS) and of

Young Women’s Christian Association (YWCA),

New Delhi. Humanist by faith, sociologist by

profession, feminist by conviction, she was

brought up in burka (seclusion) in a traditional

Muslim family in Lucknow in pre-Partition India.

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Q. What was the motivation behind writing this book?

A. I was looking for something meaningful to do after my retirement as I had the time! So my daughters sug-gested that I should write my memoir as my life has been somewhat different from an average Muslim girl/woman. Being a sociologist, I wanted to pen down the enormous socio-cultural experiences that I have wit-nessed in the last three quarter of a century; particu-larly those affected by partition of India. I also wanted to highlight minorities, particularly Muslims, who went through the trauma of choosing between two coun-tries - India, where their roots were or migrating to Pakistan. I also wanted to highlight how many Indian minorities had adopted the majority Hindu culture and lived in somewhat peacefully with each other before communal politics, intolerance and hatred of “other” communities intervened.

Q. Is there any particular childhood memory that you would like to share with your readers? You have witnessed many changes in your life. Tell us about one that had a lasting impact on you.

A. One of my grand uncles has taken an “allegedly low caste” woman as his second wife. The second wife lived in the same house as the first wife yet in a sepa-rate apartment. She joined the family on ceremonial occasions only. On one such occasion, when lunch was being served, all the women sat next to each other but when this low caste person joined them, the other upper caste women refused to take a meal if she sat or ate with them. Ultimately, she had to retire and return to her apartment. Her distraught face is still lives in my memory and I can feel the great injustice done to her.

Q. How has the position of women in India changed over the years since Independence?

A. Position of women in India has changed consider-ably since Independence. There is more education among women across communities. Women are com-paratively more economically independent and have a choice and say in their life-style. Social stigma against remarriage of widows and divorce is not as intense as it used to be. Several women friendly laws have seen the light of the day. Yet a great deal is to be done to ensure gender equality, as the mind set of people has not changed which makes these laws ineffective. The rise of both, Hindu and Muslim fundamentalism is alas, trying to undo some of the gains towards gender equality. Among Muslims, the persistence of Muslim Personal Law is in particular a stumbling block in re-ceiving gender equality.

SecondsZarina Bhatty

with

Sociology of Gender

27A

VALUED DAUGHTERSFirst-Generation Career Women

Alice W Clark Former Instructor, University of California-Berkeley Extension

Valued Daughters traces the spread of ambition for lifetime careers among young women in urban India, who are effecting many changes by stepping out of their traditional roles to pursue higher education and jobs. It analyses intersecting transitions—demographic, educational, economic, social, and cultural, with their individual histories and trajectories—that form the context of this study. Using first-hand narratives of women and their families, this book illustrates a new and changing sense of self among these daughters, whose mothers never had careers of their own. Focusing on the way these young career-oriented women engage with immediate society and the world at large, this book explores how they view traditional roles and how they are, in turn, viewed by the society.

CONTENTSAcknowledgements / Intersecting Transitions / A History of Women among Men / Gender and Demography: Paradoxical Effects / Professional Aspirations and Education in Cities / Status-raising as a Father–Daughter Project / Educated Elites in a New Gender Era / Embedded Agency: Gains, Losses, and Unborn Hopes / Social Reproduction and the Professional Imaginary / Toward Gender Transformation / Bibliography / Index

2016 • 212 pages • Hardback (9789351508885) • ` 595.00

VA EMBODYING MOTHERHOODPerspectives from Contemporary India

Anu Aneja Director, School of Gender and Development Studies, IGNOU, Delhi and Shubhangi Vaidya Assistant Professor, School of Interdisciplinary and Transdisciplinary Studies, IGNOU, Delhi

Embodying Motherhood examines motherhood discourse in urban India, in the context of prevailing motherhood ideologies from a feminist perspective. The authors’ particular location as mothers and feminist scholars within an urban Indian setting and their diverse disciplinary backgrounds in social sciences and literary and cultural studies informs the interdisciplinary and intersectional framework of the book. The book engages with patriarchal motherhood ideologies and brings to the fore narratives of oppression and resistance. Covering a diverse landscape ranging from ancient myth and religion, psychoanalysis, care work, literature and cinema, the book explores the socio-economic and cultural frameworks within which women are constructed as ‘able’ or ‘disabled’ mothers. The notion of ‘deficit’ runs like a thread through the chapters, bringing to the fore the search for alternative and affirmative maternal subjectivities. The book contributes to an ongoing contemplation of the experience of contemporary motherhoods and seeks to engage with and transform motherhood discourse in India. It will be valuable reading for students and scholars of gender studies, psychoanalysis, literary and culture studies, and sociology, as well as all individuals who seek to find alternative ways of being mothers.

CONTENTSAcknowledgements / Introduction / Disembodied Mothers: Re-writing the maternal metaphor through goddess iconography / Anticipating the Mother’s Dream: Maternal subjectivity in psychoanalysis, literature and cinema / ‘Mere Paas Maa Hai’ Reflections on representations of motherhood in Hindi cinema / ‘More than a Mother’: Autism, motherhood discourse and lived experience / Capitalist Encounters: The motherhood pact / Of ‘Unfit’ Mothers: Disability, stereotypes and contestations / Mapping the Mother in France and India: Discursive revolutions / Index


EM

Anu Aneja is currently Director of the School

of Gender and Development Studies, Indira

Gandhi National Open University, New Delhi.

She has previously taught comparative literature

and women’s studies courses at Ohio Wesleyan

University, Ohio.

Shubhangi Vaidya is a sociologist by training

and teaches at the School of Interdisciplinary

and Transdisciplinary Studies at the Indira

Gandhi National Open University, New Delhi. Her

research interests are in the areas of disability

studies, gender studies and culture.

ABOUT THE AUTHORS

CYBER CRIMES AGAINST WOMEN IN INDIADebarati Halder Managing Director, Centre for Cyber Victim Counselling, Tamil Nadu and K Jaishankar Head, Department of Criminology, Raksha Shakti University, Ahmedabad, Gujarat, India

How can women be protected from cyber crimes? What steps can be taken for prevention and as recourse to legal aid? How useful and accessible are cyber laws? This book tries to answer these questions and charts a way forward.The book is a significant contribution to socio-legal research on online crimes targeting teenage girls and women. It shows how they become soft targets of trolling, online grooming, privacy infringement, bullying, pornography, sexual defamation, morphing, spoofing and so on. The authors provide detailed answers to a wide array of questions related to these problems that bother scholars. The book discusses cybercrime in its entirety, revealing loopholes in the present laws and policies of the Indian Judicial System and outlines what can be done to ensure safety in cyberspace.

CONTENTSForeword by Georgios A Antonopoulos / Preface / Acknowledgements / Introduction / Freedom of Speech and Expression in the Cyber Space / Trolling and Gender Bullying / Online Grooming / Privacy Infringement / Online Sexual Offences / Right to be Forgotten: Liability of the Service Providers / Procedural Practices for Investigation, Prosecution, Arrest and Detention / Combating of the Offences / Annexure / Glossary / Index

2016 • 268 pages • Hardback (9789385985775) • ` 695.00

CY

Sociology of Gender

28A

INTERROGATING WOMEN’S LEADERSHIP AND EMPOWERMENTEdited by Omita Goyal Chief Editor, IIC Quarterly, Journal, India International Centre

The book goes well beyond the

conventional understanding of

enhancing women’s strength and self-

confidence as brought into focus in

many lives and their varied stories. A

good read for scholars, academicians,

feminists and researchers who have interest in women identity

issues and the changes that have taken place over time.

Social Action

Looking at gender through multiple lenses, this volume seeks to understand what empowerment really means to women today. It examines the situation of women in, and their contribution to, politics, business, education, social and economic development, the women’s movement, health, law, insurgency and the arts. The volume analyses certain key issues of contemporary discourse including:

• ownership of one’s body and freedom of choice

• redefinition of empowerment and leadership and how far we have achieved it

• importance of equal access to education, employment and health

• political participation and decision making, and

• dichotomy between marginalisation of women on grounds of caste, class and religion in a society with changing laws on women’s rights

CONTENTSForeword / Karan Singh / Preface / Omita Goyal / Introduction / Malavika Karlekar / Understanding Leadership: Lessons from the Women’s Movement / Devaki Jain / Revisiting the Theme of Women’s ‘Empowerment’: How Leadership Matters / Padmini Swaminathan / Women Leaders in Every Mohalla, Every Village / Renana Jhabvala / Rockets with Fire in Their Tails? Women Leaders in Kerala’s Panchayats / J Devika / Labouring Intellectuals: The Conceptual World of Dalit Women / Gopal Guru / Czarinas or Girl Fridays? Women in the Corporate Sector / Pushpa Sundar / Leadership for Women’s Equality and Empowerment in Higher Education / Karuna Chanana / Anatomy of a Change: Early Women Doctors / Malavika Karlekar / From Dynasty to Legitimacy: Women Leaders in Indian Politics / Sudha Pai / Other Histories: Gender and Politics in the Fiction of Mahasweta Devi / Radha Chakravarty / In Her Own Write: Writing from a Dalit Feminist / Uma Chakravarti / Catalysing Craft: Women Who Shaped the Way / Ritu Sethi / Leadership in the Arts: Rukmini Devi Arundale / Ashish Mohan Khokar / Recasting Bodies and the Transformation of the Self: Women Performers in the Bombay Film Industry (1925–1947) / Sarah Rahman Niazi / Ascribing Feminist Intent: The Invention of the Indian Woman Artist / Deeptha Achar / The Alpha Songbirds: Independent and Vibrant / Kumud Diwan Jha / Empowering Women through Education: The Story of Indraprastha School / Aparna Basu / Gender and Governance: From Concern to Indicators / Satish B. Agnihotri / The Movement for Change: Implementation of Sexual Assault Laws / Kirti Singh / Caregivers, Caretakers: Dealing with Impunity and Immunity at the Margins / Sanjoy Hazarika

2014 • 296 pages • Hardback (9789351500797) • ` 950.00

SSSS NOTHING TO FIXMedicalisation of Sexual Orientation and Gender Identity

Edited by Arvind Narrain Founding Member, The Alternative Law Forum, Bangalore and Vinay Chandran Executive Director, Swabhava Trust, Bangalore

The theory and practice of medicine remains central to the concerns of persons identified as lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, intersex or others. Individuals who have homosexual desires or feel transgender or are born intersex are often taken against their will to medical professionals. Instead of receiving affirmative support, they have distressing experiences of violence and violations. The narratives of such violence and violation include treatments offered for converting homosexuals to heterosexuals, humiliation of transgender people within the institution, and emergency surgeries of intersex infants who, due to the collusion between surgeons and parents, face the scalpel to convert them into an ‘acceptable’ gender.

CONTENTSForeword / Dr. Shekhar Seshadri / Acknowledgements / Introduction / Arvind Narrain and Vinay Chandran / I. MEDICALISATION / ‘It’s not my job to tell you it’s okay to be gay…’ Medicalisation of Homosexuality: A Queer Critique / Arvind Narrain and Vinay Chandran / Medical Students’ Attitudes, Knowledge and Perception of Homosexuality in India / Dr. Bharath Reddy / Medical Response to Male Same-sex Sexuality in Western India: An Exploration of ‘Conversion Treatments’ for Homosexuality / Ketki Ranade / Mental Health Professionals’ Perspectives on Lesbian Women / Bina Fernandez / Sex Change Operation and Feminising Procedures for Transgender Women in India: Current Scenario and Way Forward / Dr. Venkatesan Chakrapani / Pendulous Penises and Couture Clitorises: What Medical Men do to Intersex Infants / Mayur Suresh / II. DE-PATHOLOGISATION / A Comparative Study of Homosexual and Heterosexual Men with Respect to Quality of Life, Substance Use and Suicidality / Dr. Bharath Reddy / Validity of ‘Ego-dystonicity’ in Homosexuality: An Indian Perspective / Dr. Ami Sebastian Maroky, Dr. Shekhar Seshadri, Dr. Suresh Bada Math, Dr. C.R. Chandrashekar, Dr. Aswin Ratheesh, Dr. Biju Viswanath / Why Should Therapists be Sensitive to Sexual and Gender Nonconformity? / Radhika Chandiramani / A Psychologist’s Journey to Understanding Sexual Orientation / Dr. Lata Hemchand / Transgender and Transsexual Issues: Clinical Dilemmas and Best-practice Guidelines in Mental Health Care / Vidya Sathyanarayanan and Poornima Bhola / Contexts of Distress for LGBT People: A Counsellor’s Guide / Vinay Chandran / Coming Out to Parents and Friends: Need and Perspectives from Parents of LGBT / Vinay Chandran / Religion and Sexual Orientation: Reconciling Faith with Same-sex Love / Vinay Chandran and Arvind Narrain / III. HUMAN RIGHTS / Section 377 and the Medical Establishment: Changing the Terms of the Debate / Arvind Narrain / Human Rights Violations Against the Transgender Community: A Study of Kothi and Hijra Sex Workers in Bangalore, India PUCL-K / Pushing the Boundaries of Transgender and Intersex Persons’ Rights: Further Resources


Sociology of Gender

29A

VOICES OF THE TALKING STARSWomen of Indian Cinema and Beyond

Edited by Madhuja Mukherjee

an unconventional Reader exploring the complex relationships between cinema, industry, cultures, labour and gender during the studio era (1930–55) …open[s] a new dimension to a very under-discussed and under-researched area of film history.

Ashish Rajadhyaksha, Centre for Study of Culture and Society, Centre for Internet and Society, Bengaluru

This fourth Reader, is a feminist historiography for films compiled by the School of Women’s Studies, Jadavpur University,that interrogates the frameworks of film history, culture and politics, weaving in debates on romance, sexuality, body and masculinity. It brings together some rare photographs and writings by Indian women actors— reproduction of poems by Meena Kumari Naz, an open letter titled ‘I’m a Bad Girl’, an extract from Mae West’s film ‘I’m No Angel’, an interview with Jamuna Barua, a translation from Kanan Devi’s autobiography, excerpts from the Indian Cinematograph Committee Report (1927–28)— examining through new categories of analysis like desire and disquiet.

CONTENTSPREFACE / INTRODUCING VOICES AND VERSES / Writing and Archiving / The Problem of Respectable Ladies / Women Writing Cinema / Women Conceiving Cinema / I. WRITING AND ARCHIVING THE SELF: CONVERSATIONS AND BIOGRAPHIES / A short note on Devdas / On Jamuna Barua / Conversations on Devdas with Jamuna Barua / On Kananbala / I Salute All, Kanan Devi / II. THE PROBLEM OF RESPECTABLE LADIES: LETTERS AND RESPONSES / ‘Letters to New Theatres’ Ratan Bai• ‘Why Shouldn’t Respectable Ladies Join the Films’ Sabita Devi / III. WOMEN WRITING CINEMA: VOICES AND VERSES / ‘The Lonely Moon’ and ‘Bit by Bit’ Meena Kumari Naz ‘I’m a Bad Girl’ and ‘I’m No Angel’ Mae West / IV. WOMEN CONCEIVING CINEMA: TALKING STARS / Oral Evidence, Indian Cinematograph Committee Report (1927–28) Ruby Myers née Sulochana / Oral Evidence, Indian Cinematograph Committee Report (1927–28) Patience Cooper and Rainey Smith née Sita Devi / Oral Evidence, Indian Cinematograph Committee Report (1927–28) Punjab Board of Film Censors / Oral Evidence, Indian Cinematograph Committee Report (1927–28) Mrs. Ansell, Entrepreneur / EPILOGUE: WHO IS BADAR BEGUM / BIBLIOGRAPHY

SAGE STREE

2016 • 196 pages • Paperback (9789381345030) • ` 700.00

INTERROGATING MOTHERHOODJasodhara Bagchi, former Chairperson of the West Bengal Commission for Women

exploring the many insights of western and Indian feminists analysing motherhood both as ideology and as practice

…introduces the basic concepts of women’s studies, of understanding the world through a gender lens…

Samita Sen, Professor, School of Women’s Studies, Jadavpur University

Interrogating Motherhood, the fourth title in the Theorizing Feminism Series, reveals that an understanding of motherhood is vitally important to understanding Indian society. The ideas and practice of motherhood changed once India became a part of a global capitalist system from the colonial period to present-day market-driven globalization. Analysing motherhood both as ideology and as practice, the complexities between motherhood and mothering (where the concepts are glorified but the women remain subordinate) this book explores Indian and western feminists’ insights; examines the significance of mother goddesses; discusses regulations on motherhood in the wake of nation-building; and reveals the vulnerability of motherhood to the coercion of invasive technology and pressures of patriarchy where a woman must not only be a mother but also the mother of a son.

CONTENTSA Note from the Series Editor, Maithreyi Krishnaraj / Introduction / Ch 1: Feminist Debates on Motherhood / Ch 2: Motherhood and Patriarchy / Ch 3: Nationalism and Nation-Building / Ch 4: Reproductive Technology: Motherhood under Capitalist Patriarchy / Conclusion / About the Author and Series Editor / Index

SAGE STREE

2017 • 130 pages • Paperback (9789381345177) • ` 195.00

Announcing first two titles in

Sociology of Gender

30A

ECONOMIC IMPACT OF HIV/AIDS ON HOUSEHOLDSSavio P Falleiro Rosary College of Commerce and Arts, Navelim (Goa)

[ The] book wi l l provide some

programmatic guidance to health

managers in India who are managing

HIV/AIDS programmes in high disease

burden areas and useful information to

students of economics, sociology and

social work as well as non-governmental

and community-based organizations carrying out activities

related to treatment, care and referral of HIV/AIDS.

National Medical Journal of India

This book addresses an issue of international, national and local importance—HIV/AIDS—an issue where the predominant attention is on the humanitarian and developmental catastrophe that it is accused of leading to, particularly in the developing world. The book, based on a first-of-its-kind study conducted in Goa (India), will be of great assistance to researchers as well as policy makers.

CONTENTSList of Tables / List of Figures / List of Abbreviations and Acronyms / Preface / Acknowledgements / About HIV/AIDS / Income and Employment / Inflow and Outflow of Household Income / Health and Medical Expenditure / The Way Ahead / Appendix I: Sample Profile / Appendix II: Income and Employment / Appendix III: About the Study / Glossary / References / Index

2014 • 260 pages • Hardback (9788132113591) • ` 895.00

GENDER ISSUES IN WATER AND SANITATION PROGRAMMESLessons from India

Edited by Aidan A Cronin WASH expert, UNICEF, Pradeep K Mehta Group Leader, Rural Research Centre at Sehgal Foundation, Gurgaon and Anjal Prakash International Centre for Integrated Mountain Development,

Kathmandu

Exclusion and inequitable access to water, sanitation and hygiene (WASH) services and opportunities are major concerns to development practitioners. The job of providing water for the household invariably falls on women, often at the expense of their education, income-earning opportunities and social, cultural and political involvement. This book aims to unpack the key elements of the WASH–gender nexus, examine these and recommend ways ahead for improved gender outcomes and WASH impact in India.

ABRIDGED CONTENTSForeword Joke Muylwijk / Introduction: Achieving the Desired Gender Outcome in Water and Sanitation / CONCEPTUAL UNDERPINNING / CASE STUDIES: WATER / CASE STUDIES: SANITATION / CONCLUSION / Index

2015 • 340 pages • Hardback (9789351500650) • ` 1050.00

RRR

GENDER, SEXUALITY AND HIV/AIDSExploring Politics of Women’s Health in India

Skylab Sahu Department of Political Science, University of Delhi

What has been the role of the Indian state in providing health-care facilities to women with HIV/AIDS? Looking at the issue from a gender and human rights perspective, the book discusses provisions taken by the government in providing health care to patients in India while also examining how this has influenced society’s perception of the disease as well as the patients themselves. The book explores in depth the dimensions of health-care accessibility, gender equity measures and strategies used by the State as well as the role played by civil society organizations and activists.

CONTENTSAcknowledgements / Introduction / Health Discourse in India / The State and Women’s Health in India / Gender, Power and Sexuality: Women’s Vulnerability to HIV/AIDS / The State’s Approach To HIV/AIDS: A Gender and Health Rights Perspective / Addressing the Rights of HIV- Positive Women: Interventions by Civil Society Organizations / Health Movements in India / Conclusion / Bibliography

2015 • 240 pages • Hardback (9789351500810) • ` 950.00

SOCIOLOGY OF WELL-BEINGLessons from India

Steve Derne Professor of Sociology, State University of New York (SUNY), Geneseo

This book blends Indian philosophy, religious texts and sociology for a simple yet holistic understanding of well-being in the Indian context. This is the first book to explain well-being through assimilation of the wisdom gathered from Indian religious texts, interactions with sociologists and insights gained from qualitative analysis of interactions with Indians of various backgrounds. It maintains that happiness exists within interactions, rather than as a stable state within the individual. While revealing the universals that lead to well-being, it brings out the interlinkages of health, wealth and pleasure and also explains the variations due to gender, class, age and individual choice.

CONTENTSPreface: How I Came to Study Well-being in India / Acknowledgments / Chapter One: Introductiion / Universals / Health and Wealth / Connections to Others (and the Specialness of the Self) / Meanings and Approaches / Pleasure / Variations / Age, Gender, Class, and Individual Lives and Choices / Indian Ways of Living the Good Life / Lessons / What Have We Learned about Well-being? / Toward a Better Sociology / Living the Good Life / Glossary / Index

2016 • 328 pages • Hardback (9789385985720) • ` 995.00

SO

Sociology of Health

31A

INDIA ON THE WESTERN SCREENImaging a Country in Film, TV and Digital Media

Ananda Mitra Professor of Communication, Wake Forest University, North Carolina

An insightful analysis and impact assessment of the ways in which India is portrayed on different screens in the West. This book examines the nuances of multiple images—cinema, TV, computer, and smartphones—that feed into the making of a new Indian narrative and showcases an India that is very different from the unilinear notion that used to exist a few decades ago. It elaborates on the critical role of the impressions formed in redefining how the Indian diaspora is imagined and received in the West, which in turn impacts everyday experiences of Indians living there. Building on his earlier book India through the Western Lens: Creating National Images in Film (SAGE 1999), which focused primarily on films, Mitra expands his latest study to new media. Effectively, the book highlights the West’s perception of India based on what is being projected through visual media.

CONTENTSPreface / Acknowledgements / India on the Western Screen: 20 Years Later / India and Indians: Changing Places and People / Looking at the Screen / The Movie Screen / The Television Screen / The Computer Screen / The Satellite Screen / The Indian in the West / The Western in India / The Indian Narrative Screened / Epilogue / Index

2016 • 192 pages • Hardback (9789351509776) • ` 595.00

INDINDIA CONNECTEDMapping the Impact of New Media

Edited by Sunetra Sen Narayan Associate Professor, Indian Institute of Mass Communication, New Delhi and Shalini Narayanan Head-Communications, Centre for Digital Financial Inclusion, New Delhi

Can new media help in bringing about development or contribute to social movements? Who is left out of the new media equation? How is the public sphere affected by it? How will it be regulated? Providing answers to these important questions, this book critically examines the growth of new media in India. It looks at how new media can be theorized in the Indian context and offers a perspective on the opportunities and challenges this poses to governance, development, and businesses as well as in social marketing efforts.

CONTENTSForeword / Daya Kishan Thussu / Acknowledgements / I. THEORETICAL PERSPECTIVES / An Overview of New Media in India / Sunetra Sen Narayan and Shalini Narayanan / Theoretical Perspectives: Issues in the Indian New Media Environment / Jatin Srivastava and Enakshi Roy / Political Economy of (New) Media in India: An Institutional Perspective / B P Sanjay / II. POLITICS, GOVERNMENT AND THE MARKET / Social Media and Indian Politics in the Global Context: Promise and Implications / Awais Saleem and Stephen McDowell / New Media and Social–Political Movements / Shalini Narayanan and Anand Pradhan / New Media, Governance and Transparency in India / Abhishek N Singh and P Vigneswara Ilavarasan / Regulation of New Media: The Indian Scenario / Vikram Aditya Narayan and Raka Arya / ICT and the Indian Education System: Challenges and Possibilities / Anubhuti Yadav / Brand Promotion on New Media in India / Jaishri Jethwaney / III. HISTORICAL EXCLUSIONS / The Internet in India: Crystallising the Historical Inequalities / Uma Shankar Pandey / Women and the Internet in India: Denial of Access and the Censorship of Abuse / Geeta Seshu / Disability and Social Media in India / P J Mathew Martin and Sunder Rajdeep / Index

2016 • 308 pages • Hardback (9789385985027) • ` 895.00

IND

Ananda Mitra (Ph.D., University of Illinois

at Urbana Champaign, USA) is Chair and

Professor in the Department of Communication,

Wake Forest University. He received a B.Tech

degree from the Indian Institute of Technology

at Kharagpur and thereafter an M.A. in

communication from Wake Forest University

North Carolina, USA.

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Sunetra Sen Narayan is an Associate Professor,

Indian Institute of Mass Communication, New

Delhi. She has over 25 years of experience in

communications, spanning advertising, print

journalism, documentary film production,

and teaching.

Shalini Narayanan, DPhil is a Head-

Communications, Centre for Digital Financial

Inclusion, New Delhi. She is an independent

Media Consultant and Trainer with two and a

half decades of experience in the government

and non-government sectors.

ABOUT THE EDITORS

Media & Communication Studies

32A

COMMUNICATING INDIA’S SOFT POWERBuddha to Bollywood

Revised and Updated Edition

Daya Kishan Thussu Co-Director, India Media Centre, University of Westminster, London

A balanced, learned and historically

informed analysis of India’s global

presence and the soft power that

accompanies it.

Lord Bhikhu Parekh, Emeritus Professor of Political Philosophy,

University of Westminster, UK

First book-length study of India’s soft power, traversing international relations and international communication perspectives. As the world’s largest democracy and third biggest economy on the basis of purchasing-power parity, India offers an excellent case study of the power of culture and communication in the age of mediated international relations. This South Asia edition features a new Afterword covering latest developments including Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s thrust toward Digital India and promoting Buddhism as part of India’s public diplomacy.

CONTENTSAcknowledgements / Introduction / De-Americanizing Soft Power / The Historical Context of India’s Soft Power / India Abroad: The Diasporic Dividend / Software for Soft Power / Culture as Soft Power—Bollywood and Beyond / Branding India—a Public-Private Partnership / Conclusion / Afterword / Bibliography / Index

SAGE VISTAAR2016 • 248 pages • Paperback (9789351508168) • ` 495.00

(Sales rights restricted to South Asia only)

CO

Daya Kishan Thussu is Professor of

International Communication and Co-Director

of India Media Centre at the University of

Westminster in London. A PhD in International

Relations from Jawaharlal Nehru University,

New Delhi, he is the founder and Managing

Editor of Global Media and Communication, a

journal published by SAGE.

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Q. What made you write about India’s soft power?

A. I had organized an international conference on this topic in London in 2011 – first of its kind – in collabora-tion with the Public Diplomacy Division of the Minis-try of External Affairs - and was surprised to find that there was not a single book on this topic. I therefore decided that I should write one.

Q. How has Bollywood contributed in expansion of India’s Soft Power globally?

A. As the subtitle of my book suggests, the so-called Bol-lywood has been an ambassador for India’s popular culture: we have been exporting films since the 1930s when India was still a British colony and during the Cold War years, when Hollywood was banned in the Soviet Union and in China, our films provided enter-tainment to millions around the socialist world – today you can watch a mainstream Indian film in a theatre in central London!

Q. Looking at the current scenario vis-à-vis India’s soft power, where do you see India on the global map by 2020?

A. Any country’s soft power is underpinned by its hard economic prowess. If India continues to grow at a de-cent pace for the next decade or so Indian cultural and creative industries will also be noticed outside India. One key element is the diaspora: India has the world’s largest English-speaking diaspora.

Q. Please share a few interesting facts about “Public-Private Partnerships” in Branding India

A. Rather than using marketing jargon of branding, Indian corporates and government need to address the fun-damental issue: how to reduce if not eliminate pov-erty– despite our impressive economic growth, India is home to the world’s largest population of people liv-ing in abject poverty. Our democracy, cultural plurality, civilizational influence – all sound hollow if the public-private partnership fails to deliver on this front.

Q. India is popular for its cultural and heritage exports. Do you think cultural exports are useful contribution to its soft power?

A. Most certainly. India has enormous cultural and civi-lizational assets: from Buddhism to Yoga and to cel-ebratory religiosity. What India needs is a concerted effort at good governance and greater tolerance of differences – cultural, religious and class-based. In-dia should protect and promote its heritage – not just Hindu-Buddhist- but also Islamic (something which is increasingly being marginalized and thus undermining India’s soft power).

SecondsDaya Kishan Thussu

with


33A

MEDIA AUDIENCE RESEARCHA Guide for Professionals

Third Edition

Graham Mytton Independent media research consultant and trainer, Dorking, Peter Diem Independent media research consultant, Vienna and Piet Hein van Dam Independent research consultant, Amsterdam, Netherlands

The only comprehensive training book on conducting research into all forms of mediaThis book outlines all the methods for conducting research—both active and passive as well as quantitative and qualitative—in all forms of media, including new media such as the Internet, mobile phones and social media. It explains the ways in which media audiences are measured, understood and taken into account in media planning, advertising sales and social development campaigns. It shows how datasets are analysed and used.

CONTENTSPreface / Introduction / History of Media Research / Quantitative Research: Audience Measurement—General Theory and The Basics / Audience and Media Measurement Research Methods in use Today / Quantitative Online Research / Internet Audience Measurement: Passive Methods and Technologies / Qualitative Research / Audience Opinion and Reaction / Desk Research / Data Analysis / Adapting Media Research to Different Cultures / Appendix / Glossary / Bibliography / Index

2016 • 296 pages • Paperback (9789351506430) • ` 650.00

SOCIAL SECTOR COMMUNICATION IN INDIAConcepts, Practices, and Case studies

Jaishri Jethwaney Professor and Program Director (Advertising and Public Relations) at Indian Institute of Mass Communication (IIMC), New Delhi

A first-of-its-kind book on social sector communication in India that combines concepts with hands-on skillsSocial sector communication helps address issues by influencing policy and can be used to bring about desired behavioral change among the targeted public. This book not only highlights the theoretical underpinnings, practice, and skill of social sector communications in India, but also provides an understanding of various tools and strategies required in development communication encompassing social marketing, media advocacy, social mobilization, grassroots communication, and corporate social responsibility (CSR). With the aid of case studies, it offers tips on how to plan campaigns; write a concept note, field report, and press release, and effectively use social media to achieve developmental program goals. The book discusses the different perspectives of NGOs and program implementers, and helps in understanding the corporate–NGO interface vis-à-vis CSR projects.

CONTENTSPreface / Overview of Social Sector in India / Social Marketing / Corporate Social Responsibility / Advocacy, Communication, and Social Mobilization / Grassroots Communication / Planning and Executing Social Communication Campaigns: Case Studies / Hands-on Skills in Writing and Social Media Use / Index

2016 • 288 pages • Hardback (9789351508144) • ` 850.00

SO

COMMUNICATION FOR DEVELOPMENTTheory and Practice for Empowerment and Social Justice

Third Edition

Srinivas R Melkote School of Media and Telecommunication, Bowling Green State University and H Leslie Steeves University of Oregon, Oregon

This book critically examines directed social change theory and practice while presenting a conceptual framework of development communication to address inequality and injustice in contemporary contexts. This third edition features significantly revised and updated chapters to include the latest scholarship on, and practices of, media and communication for development. It explores empowerment and social justice to individuals and communities around the world in the context of increasing globalization.

ABRIDGED CONTENTSForeword by Late Dr Luis Ramiro Beltran Salmon / Preface / INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW / DEVELOPMENT DISCOURSE, MODERNIZATION THEORY, AND DEVCOM / CRITICAL PERSPECTIVES ON COMMUNICATION AND DEVELOPMENT / LIBERATION PERSPECTIVES AND PRACTICES IN DEVELOPMENT / PARTICIPATORY AND EMPOWERMENT PARADIGMS FOR SOCIAL JUSTICE / Appendices / Appendix A: Historical Overview of Development / Underdevelopment / Appendix B: Highligts of Media, Communication, and Development Activities since World War II / Bibliography / Index

2015 • 568 pages • Paperback (9789351502579) • ` 750.00

Jaishri Jethwaney is Professor and Program

Director (Advertising and Public Relations) at the

Indian Institute of Mass Communication (IIMC),

New Delhi. Dr Jethwaney has also worked as

a Project Director for UNESCO on the project

“Reporting HIV and AIDS: A Media Tool Kit.” She

has more than 34 years of experience in brand

management and corporate communications

as well as in academia.

ABOUT THE AUTHOR


34A

VOLUME III: USING ENTERTAINMENT EDUCATION FOR DISTANCE EDUCATIONEsta de Fossard Johns Hopkins University, Washington DC USA and Michael Bailey

This volume explains how to integrate education into an entertaining format so that it holds people’s attention while enabling them to improve their health and lifestyle. It also demonstrates how mobile technologies can be used for educating frontline health workers as well as the communities they serve. This book offers many examples of such programs and provides essential guidance on:

• Understanding precisely what knowledge must be imparted to the communities and how.

• Why mobile technology is the new and most important platform for delivering educational content.

• How educational programs can be designed for developing countries in a sustainable way.

CONTENTSPreface / Acknowledgments / I: PROJECT DEVELOPMENT AND MANAGEMENT Esta de Fossard / Providing Distance Education through Edu-tainment / Managing the Edu-Tainment Project / Starting Up the Edu-Tainment Project / The Curriculum Guide / II: FOR THE WRITER / Writing for Edu-Tainment Programming / Edu-Tainment Formats—Radio: The Fictional Workshop / Edu-Tainment Formats—Radio or TV: The Drama Series / Edu-Tainment Formats: The Drama Serial and Synergistic Programming / Edu-Tainment Formats—TV or Radio: The Magazine and Reality Programming / Edu-Tainment Formats—The Case Study: TV, CD, DVD or Video / III: AUXILIARY AND SUPPORT MATERIALS / Support Materials for Edu-Tainment Programs / IV: DISTANCE EDUCATION WITH OR WITHOUT THE INTERNET DISTANCE Michael Bailey / The Significance of Accessible Health Information / The Global End-to-End Media Distribution Process / Context / Key Challenges / How to Make It Happen / Summary / Appendix: Samples of Putting Theory into Practice / Case Study: mLearning in Ethiopia / Case Study: mLearning in Nigeria / Case Study: mCounseling in India / Endnotes / References / Index

2016 • 305 pages • Paperback (978-93-515-0759-8) • ` 850

VOLUME II: WRITING AND PRODUCING FOR TELEVISION AND FILMEsta de Fossard Johns Hopkins University, Washington DC USA and John Riber Media for Development - East Africa, Dar-es-Salaam

The book demonstrates how to create TV and FILM DRAMAS that encourage people to make positive behavioral changes to improve their lives. The book teaches people how to:

• Create SERIAL OR STAND-ALONE DRAMAS that will appeal to a select audience

• Create characters that represent and attract the target audience

• Introduce subtle and convincing ways to improve the standard of living of the audience

• Conduct design workshops for preparing design documents that help script writers create ‘convincing’ dramas containing the behavior-change message accurately

CONTENTSList of Figures and Boxes / Preface / Acknowledgments / I: ENTERTAINMENT–EDUCATION / Using Television and Film for Social Development: The Entertainment–Education Format / II: FOR THE PROGRAM MANAGER / The Role of the Program Manager / Articulation: Designing Message Content for Entertainment–Education Programs / III: FOR THE WRITERS / Artistry: Writing Entertainment–Education Drama / Artistry: Character Development / Guidelines for Script Presentation and Review / Auxiliaries: Enhancing the Message / IV: FOR THE PRODUCER, DIRECTOR, AND FILMMAKER / Guidelines for Pre-Production: Needs, Budgets, and Contracts / Guidelines for Pre-Production: Artistic Preparation / Guidelines for Successful Shooting / V: FOR THE ACTORS/ARTISTS / Guidelines for Successful Acting / VI: FOR THE EVALUATORS / Pilot Testing / VII: FOR ALL PROJECT PARTICIPANTS / Major Checklist / Appendix A: Preparing for the Design Workshop / Appendix B:Design Document Sample Pages / Appendix C: Production Budget Samples / Appendix D: Contract Samples / Index

2015 • 252 pages • Paperback (978-93-515-0168-8) • `750.00

VOLUME I: WRITING AND PRODUCING RADIO DRAMASEsta de Fossard Johns Hopkins University, Washington DC USA

The book demonstrates how to create RADIO DRAMAS that encourage people to make positive behavioral changes to improve their lives. It provides instructions, examples, and samples on the creation of serial or stand-alone radio dramas that will attract the attention of audiences. The book teaches people how to:

• Create RADIO DRAMAS that will appeal to a select audience

• Create characters that represent and attract the target audience

• Introduce subtle and convincing ways to improve the standard of living of the audience

• Conduct design workshops for preparing design documents that help script writers create ‘convincing’ dramas containing the behavior-change message accurately

CONTENTSDefinitions / Prologue / INTRODUCTION TO ENTERTAINMENT–EDUCATION RADIO DRAMA / Radio Drama for Behavior Change / The Design Approach: The Design Document / The Design Approach: The Design Team / The Design Approach: The Design Workshop / II: FOR THE PROGRAM MANAGER / Starting Up the Radio Serial Drama Project / The Program Manager and the Writing Process / The Preproduction Phase / The Production Phase / Guidelines for Radio Actors / Pilot Testing the Scripts / III: FOR THE WRITER / Writing Entertainment–Education Drama / Blending Story and Message in the Drama Plot / Character Development / Developing the Setting / Writing for the Ear / Scene Development / The Finished Script and the Writer’s Checklist / Success of Radio Entertainment–Education Programs / Credits / Appendix A: Sample Design Document / Appendix B: For the Design Workshop / Appendix C: Design Workshop Question Guide / Appendix D: Journey of Life Episode Synopsis / References and Select Bibliography / Index

2015 • 324 pages • Paperback (978-93-515-0166-4) • `895.00

COMMUNICATION FOR BEHAVIOR CHANGE SECOND EDITION


35A

INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATIONThe Indian Context

Ramesh N Rao Columbus State University, Columbus, GA and Avinash Thombre University of Arkansas,

Little Rock

Intercultural communication has seeped into the training of Indian diplomats, negotiation patterns of savvy business leaders, and day-to-day interaction of young Indians, whether on Facebook or Twitter. This first-of-its-kind book introduces readers to the challenges of, and opportunities for, communicating across verbal, nonverbal, and cultural differences existing in India due to its myriad languages and ethnic, caste, and religious diversity.

CONTENTSList of Tables / List of Figures / Preface / Communication and Culture / The Beginnings of Intercultural Contact / Orientation of Culture / Self, Perception, and Formation of Intercultural Identity / Nonverbal Communication: The World Beyond Words / Language and Intercultural Communication / Cosmologies and Worldviews / Cultures within Culture / Culture, Communication, and Conflict / Competence in and Knowledge of Intercultural Communication / Index

2015 • 384 pages • Hardback (9789351500308) • ` 1150.00

EMBATTLED MEDIADemocracy, Governance and Reform in Sri Lanka

Edited by William Crawley, David Page Institute of Commonwealth Studies, University of London and Kishali Pinto-Jayawardena Legal analyst on civil liberties, Columnist, Sunday Times and author

‘This pioneering study considerably

broadens the scope of media studies in

South Asia. The vibrant but beleaguered

media in Sri Lanka deserves much

greater scholarly attention and Embattled Media makes an

invaluable contribution to this endeavour.’

Daya Thussu Professor of International Communication,

University of Westminster, London

Embattled Media is the first book to look comprehensively at the evolution of news media in post-colonial Sri Lanka, with a focus on media policy, law and education. It offers valuable insights into the importance of independent media for democratic governance in the wider South Asian region. The book reviews the role of new media platforms in widening the scope for public debate. Further, it provides a detailed analysis of the existing media laws and policies and of campaigns to reform them. It also focuses on the role of institutions in media education by providing a comprehensive analysis of existing media curricula and underlining the importance of improved media literacy and introduction of Right to Information Act for a healthy democracy.

CONTENTSPreface / Democracy, Governance and Media Reform: Sri Lanka and the Wider Region / I: THE PRINT MEDIA IN SRI LANKA / The Erosion of Media Freedoms: Some Historical Reflections / Sinha Ratnatunga / Minority Media at the Crossroads / Ameen Izzadeen / Journalism on the Front Line / Amal Jayasinghe / Women Journalists: Fighting the Good Fight / Namini Wijedasa / II: ELECTRONIC AND NEW MEDIA / The Political Economy of the Electronic Media / Tilak Jayaratne and Sarath Kellapotha / New Media, Old Mindsets / Nalaka Gunawardene / III: LEGAL AND INSTITUTIONAL REFORMS / One Step Forward, Many Steps Back: Media Law Reform Examined / Kishali Pinto-Jayawardena and Gehan Gunatilleke / Why a Right to Information Act Is an Urgent Necessity / Jayantha de Almeida Guneratne / IV: MEDIA EDUCATION AND REFORM / Media Education: A Curricular Review / Kishali Pinto-Jayawardena and Gehan Gunatilleke / Media Education and the Tamil Community: A View from the North and the East / S. Raguram / Putting the Citizen First: New Approaches to Media Literacy / Tilak Jayaratne and Sarath Kellapotha / V:FUTURE PROSPECTS / Challenges Ahead and a Call for Action / Kishali Pinto-Jayawardena and Gehan Gunatilleke / Conclusion: Media Reform in a National and Global Context / Glossary / Bibliography / Index

2015 • 416 pages • Hardback (9789351500629) • ` 1050.00

INDIAN NEWS MEDIAFrom Observer to Participant

Usha M Rodrigues Deakin University, Melbourne and Maya Ranganathan Macquarie University, Sydney

Indian News Media explores the Indian news media’s performance in the past 25 years, by closely examining their coverage of a number of issues within the context of the globalizing polity of the country, marked by an increase in the use of new communication technologies. It highlights the changes in media practices and systems through an analysis of some of the landmark events within the theoretical considerations of globalization era, in which there has been an expansion of private enterprise, and arguably the rise of individualisation in India.

CONTENTSList of Abbreviations / Acknowledgements / Introduction: Indian News Media in a Globalised Era Usha M. Rodrigues / Television Politics: Evolution of Sun TV in the South Maya Ranganathan / Sting Journalism: A Sign of the Times Maya Ranganathan / 24-Hour News and Terror: Did the Media Cross the Line? Usha M. Rodrigues / Paid News: Cocktail of Media, Business and Politics Maya Ranganathan / Anna’s Movement: Social Media Sets Traditional Media’s Agenda Usha M. Rodrigues / The Mediated Nation in the Age of Globalisation Maya Ranganathan / News Media’s Role in a Transitioning Society Usha M. Rodrigues / Index

2014 • 256 pages • Hardback (9789351500506) • ` 950.00


36A

THE BASICS OF COMMUNICATIONA Relational Perspective

Second Edition

Steve Duck University of Iowa and David T McMahan Missouri Western State University

Written in a warm and lively style and packed with learning tools, The Basics of Communication offers an engaging look at the inseparable connection between relationships and communication. Steve Duck and David T. McMahan combine theory and application to introduce students to fundamental communication concepts. This book also includes practical instruction on communicating interpersonally, in groups, in interviews and on making effective presentations.

CONTENTSPreface / An Overview of Communication / Verbal Communication / Nonverbal Communication / Listening / Identities and Perceptions / Talk and Interpersonal Relationships / Groups and leaders / Culture and Communication / Technology in Everyday Life / Relational Uses and Understanding of Media / Preparing for a Public Presentation / Developing a Public Presentation / Relating Through Informative Speeches and Persuasive Speeches / Delivering a Public Presentation / Interviewing / Glossary / Index

SAGE SOUTH ASIA2012 • 472 pages • Paperback (9788132110217) • ` 595.00

Originally priced at $107.00 (Paperback). Sales rights restricted to South Asia only!

MEDIA ANALYSIS TECHNIQUESFourth Edition

Arthur Asa Berger San Francisco State University

This book provides students with a clear, practical guide to media analysis techniques. Written in an accessible style with the author’s own creative illustrations, the book walks readers through the four most important methods of analyzing and interpreting our mass mediated culture: semiotic theory, Marxist theory, psychoanalytic theory, and sociological theory. The text coaches students on how to support their media interpretation if they want to convince others that their opinions are worth considering.

CONTENTSPreface / I: TECHNIQUES OF INTERPRETATION / Semiotic Analysis / Marxist Analysis / Psychoanalytic Criticism / Sociological Analysis / II: APPLICATIONS / Murderers on the Orient Express / Seven Points on the Game of Football / The Maiden With the Snake: Interpretations of a Print Advertisement / All-News Radio and the American Bourgeoisie / Video Games: A New Art Form / Cell Phones, Social Media and the Problem of Identity / Epilogue : Shmoos and Analysis / Appendix : Simulations, Activities, Games, and Exercises / Glossary / References / Name Index / Subject Index

SAGE SOUTH ASIA2012 • 280 pages • Paperback (9788132110132) • ` 475.00

Originally priced at $70.00 (Paperback). Sales rights restricted to South Asia only!

MEDIA AT WORK IN CHINA AND INDIADiscovering and Dissecting

Edited by Robin Jeffrey La Trobe University, Bundoora and Ronojoy Sen National University of Singapore

A rare comparison between India

and China in the same breath, this

anthology of essays on media is a

welcome one. [The book] is about the

changing dynamics of media in both the

countries, with essays by distinguished

journalists, media practitioners and scholars in China, India and

the West, offering the long and short of structures, practices

and practitioners in political orders as vastly different as India

and China.

The Financial Express

Anyone who visits India or China will puzzle over their vast media systems. Though they exercise immense influence, the world knows very little about the media landscape in the two countries. The world’s two most populous countries, comprising close to 40 per cent of the global population, have disputed boundaries and the legacy of the 1962 war. Mass media in both countries plays a pivotal role in domestic politics and is capable of telling provocative nationalist stories. This book helps readers to understand the complexities of media in India and China, and their similarities and differences. It introduces the two media systems, the people who work in them, the work they produce and the pressures that influence their work.

CONTENTSPreface / Introduction: Media at Work—Four Sames and Three Differents / Robin Jeffrey and Ronojoy Sen / I: STRUCTURES / Development and Communication: The Evolution of Chinese Media / Li Yang / Newspapers in India: Diversity, Ownership and Future / Robin Jeffrey / India on Television: Owners, Politicians and Debate in a Democracy / Nalin Mehta / China’s Cultural War against the West / Ying Zhu / II. REPORTERS / Portrait of a Chinese Journalist / John Zhou / Portrait of an Indian Journalist / Anshuman Tiwari / Experience: Understanding and Reporting India / Tang Lu / Media, Messaging and Misperceptions in India–China Relations: Reading the Tea Leaves / Ananth Krishnan / III. PRACTICES / China in the Times of India / Ronojoy Sen / The View from an Indian Television Newsroom: What Makes Us Different? / Srinjoy Chowdhury / Trying Hard to Be Soft: The Chinese State and India in CCTV News / Danny Geevarghesei / The CCTV–Reuters Relationship / John Jirik / Covering Commerce: How Indian Newspapers Treat Business, Economics and the China Story / Subhomoy Bhattacharjee / IV. DISSECTIONS / Media Control as Stability Maintenance: The Case of the Sichuan Earthquake / Ming Xia / When Officials and Media Failed: The Response to the Uttarakhand Floods, 2013 / Anup Kumar / Social Media: China and India Compared / Jonathan Benney, Nimmi Rangaswamy / Shooting the Messengers / Simon Long / Glossary / Index

2015 • 396 pages • Hardback (9789351503002) • ` 995.00

A


37A

‘AD’APTING TO MARKETSRepackaging Commercials in Indian Languages

Sunitha Srinivas C Govt. College of Mokeri, Calicut, Kerala

This book looks at what goes into localization of advertisements in Indian languages. ‘Ad’apting to Markets discusses the process of localization of advertisements (ads) in different Indian languages and its socio-cultural implications. While doing so, it provides insights into the ideologies and cultural values of contemporary societies as they have a powerful influence not only on consumers’ product choices but also on their motivations and lifestyles.

CONTENTSAcknowledgements / Introduction / The World of Advertising / The Illusion Industry: Advertising on Television / Making Sense of Advertisements: Reading Ads Theoretically / Localization: Issues in Cultural Transmission / ‘Culturalizing’ Advertisements: Relocating the Ad Message / The Visual-linguistic ‘Relay’: Interpreting Advertisement Signs / The New Media: A Study of the Mobile Online Advertising / The Social Media: Localization and Global Communication / ‘Ad’apting to Markets: Means to the Consumer’s Heart and Purse / Bibliography / Index

2015 • 232 pages • Hardback (9789351502401) • ` 750.00

UNDERSTANDING INDIACultural Influences on Indian Television Commercials

Rohitashya Chattopadhyay Marketing

Research Professional

This book is about Indian television commercial production. It focuses on how key production decisions shape a television commercial’s visual language. The larger goal of the book is to delineate the link between this visual language and India’s socio-cultural identity. In this, outcome of an ethnographic study that attempted to capture the nuances of the cinematic or visual aspect of marketing communications strategy. It is, thus, situated at the intersection of interests in marketing and visual culture.

CONTENTSPreface / I: GOING HOME / Introduction / Scope of the Study / Television Commercial Production Process / The Role of Images / Television Commercials as Cinema / The National Context / Outline of the Book / II: INDIA CHANGING / Introduction / Liberalization and the Public Sphere / Consumer Socialization / SBI Mutual Fund: Creating the Small Town Investor / SBI Mutual Fund: On the Road / The Four Scripts / Consumer Socialization Revisited / Conclusion / III: VISUALIZING INDIA / Introduction / Choosing the Director / The SBI Mutual Fund Appearance: Simulation and Framing / The SBI Mutual Fund Appearance: Role of Referencing / The SBI Mutual Fund Appearance: Visualizing India / The Tata Indicom Appearance: Indian Visuals / The Tata Indicom Appearance: Mass Appeal as Difference / The Tata Indicom Appearance: The Script and Animation / The Tata Indicom Appearance: Visualizing India / Conclusion / IV: INDIA BATTING / Introduction / Two Forms of Cricket / Reebok–Pedagogical and Performative Citizenship / Reebok: Imagery of the Male Body / Reebok: The Body as In-between / Conclusion / V: FEMININE INDIA / Introduction / The Alpha Female / The Female Assistant / The Female Model / Conclusion / VI: CONSUMING INDIA / Introduction / Visual Representation and Culture / Mediation of Consumerism / Creating the Spectacle / The Role of the Filmmaker / Consuming India / Conclusion / Glossary of Terms / Selected Bibliography / Index

2014 • 192 pages • Hardback (9788132113928) • ` 750.00

SOCIAL WORK IN MENTAL HEALTHEdited by Abraham P Francis Department of Social Work and Human Service, James Cook University

AREAS OF PRACTICE, CHALLENGES, AND WAY FORWARD

Areas of Practice, Challenges, and Way Forward offers a detailed discussion on the theoretical and practice frameworks that are based on social justice and human rights perspectives. It not only provides an overview of intervention strategies but also directs readers’ attention to an alternative way of addressing mental health issues. The author presents a cross-cultural and global perspective of mental health, but with specific references to India and Asia. He also addresses some of the recent debates in recovery, partnerships and strengthsbased practices.

ABRIDGED CONTENTSForeword Vimla V Nadkarni / List of Tables / Prologue: The Making of the Book / Introduction Abraham P Francis / I. AREAS OF SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE IN MENTAL HEALTH / II. CHALLENGES AND WAY FORWARD / Appendix 1: Glossary / Appendix 2: Reflective / Practice Questions / Index

2014 • 384 pages • Paperback (9788132117407) • ` 895.00

CONTEXTS AND THEORIES FOR PRACTICE

Contexts and Theories for Practice begins with an exploration of the context of social work practice. It offers opportunities to consider global perspectives on mental health, as well as relevant historical, contemporary and emerging trends and ideologies from around the world. The book provides a detailed discussion on the theoretical and practice frameworks that are based on social justice and human rights perspectives. It not only provides an overview of intervention strategies but also directs readers’ attention to an alternative way of addressing mental health issues.

ABRIDGED CONTENTSList of Illustrations / Foreword Vimla V Nadkarni / Acknowledgements / I. CONTEXT OF SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE / II. THEORIES THAT INFORM PRACTICE / Index

2014 • 368 pages • Paperback (9788132117391) • ` 795.00

Advertising / Social Work

38A

THE OCEAN IN A DROPInside-Out Youth Leadership

Ashraf Patel, Meenu Venkateswaran Founder member, Pravah and Commutiny-The Youth Collective, New Delhi, Kamini Prakash Director, Research Function, Pravah, New Delhi and Arjun Shekhar Founder member, Pravah and Commutiny-The Youth Collective, New Delhi

The book makes a convincing case

for citizens to participate in national

issues, especially in today’s troubled

times well written book.

The Hindustan Times

The Ocean in a Drop explores how young people have contributed significantly to society in the past, and suggests ways in which they can take centre stage again. Traditionally, society has legitimized four spaces for young people: the family, friends, education/careers, and leisure. The book introduces the concept of the 5th Space—a space that goes beyond the commonly used terms of volunteerism and Active Citizenship and focuses on three critical aspects of youth development: understanding the Self, building meaningful relationships, and impacting Society.

CONTENTSForeword / Rashmi Bansal / Prologue: The Classroom Is My World / Is Society Hanging on to an Archaic Concept of the Classroom? Can Adults Really "Teach" Young People? / If You Approach the Ocean with a Spoon, Won't It Look Like a Drop? / What Are the Different Lenses for Viewing Youth? / Why Are Youth-Centric Spaces So Critical? / What Design Principles Can Help to Cocreate a Vibrant 5th Space? / Epilogue: The World Is My Classroom / Index

2013 • 227 pages • Paperback (9788132109631) • ` 475.00

PHILANTHROPY IN INDIAPromise to Practice

Meenaz Kassam American University of Sharjah, Femida Handy University of Pennsylvania and Emily Jansons works as Corporate Social Responsibility Manager in Toronto

A vivid account of philanthropic practices in the Indian context. Philanthropy has a very long tradition in India. All practicing religions embody the idea of philanthropy and the concept of daanworks across religions and cultures. This book provides unique sociological and empirical perspectives, contrasting what is happening in India vis-andaacute;-vis other countries. It documents various government policies that have influenced philanthropy and identifies successful strategies practiced by the general population as well as organizations. Through case studies, narratives and interviews of philanthropists, the book examines various modes of giving—formal and informal, religious and secular, charitable trusts and foundations, NGOs and corporates, diaspora as well as social media platforms—that shape the practice and promise of philanthropy in India today.

CONTENTSForeword by Noshir H. Dadrawala / Acknowledgments / Introduction / The Practice of Philanthropy / Charitable Trusts in India / Individual Giving / Corporate Giving / Diaspora Philanthropy / Trends in Philanthropy / Conclusion / Bibliography / Index

2016 • 252 pages • Hardback (9789351507529) • ` 750.00

PH SOCIAL AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT PRACTICEManohar Pawar Charles

Sturt University

Social and Community Development Practice makes a persuasive case for employing a social development approach to community development practice at local and village levels. Towards this end, the book offers a conceptual clarity of social and community development (SCD) by adding new dimensions.

CONTENTSList of Tables, Figures and Boxes / List of Abbreviations / Foreword David Cox / Preface / I: SOCIAL AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT (SCD) PRACTICE / A Social Development Approach / Local-level Community Development / Values and Principles / Dynamics of Community Development Practice / II: EDUCATION FOR SOCIAL POLICY AND INTERNATIONAL SCD / Social Policy Education for SCD Workers / International SCD Curricula for Training Social Workers / III: DEVELOPING THE SOCIAL WORK PROFESSION FOR SCD PRACTICE / Adapting the Social Work Profession: Some Issues and Prospects / SCD Education through Distance Mode: An Unexplored Potential / Social Work’s Code of Ethics and Ethics-based SCD Practice / IV: THE FUTURE OF SCD / Social Work and SCD Practice: Reflections and Foreflections / Acknowledgements / Bibliography / Index

2014 • 320 pages • Hardback (9788132118459) • ` 1050.00

Meenaz Kassam is Associate Professor at the

American University of Sharjah.

Femida Handy is Professor of Nonprofit Studies

at the University of Pennsylvania. Dr Handy

is currently Editor-in-Chief of Nonprofit and

Voluntary Sector Quarterly, a premier journal

in the field.

Emily Jansons is works in Corporate Social

Responsibility and has a background in

international development research and

practice. She was granted the 2012 Italian

Research in Philanthropy Award from the

Catholic University of Milan for her work on

Indian philanthropy.

ABOUT THE AUTHORS

Also available in Hindi!

Social Work

39A

IN CUSTODYLaw, Impunity and Prisoner Abuse in South Asia

Nitya Ramakrishnan Lawyer, New Delhi

[The book] highlights the practice of

custodial torture in South Asia and

the urgency to engage with it-through

the system and through society....

Ramakrishna’s book brings within

its compass the entirety of complex

dynamics related to the practice of

custodial torture, tracing the past and

present day nature of the conflict between the norm and its

practice, not just in India but also the five nations surrounding it.

The Hindu

In Custody examines the professed and actual commitment to custodial justice on the part of six South Asian countries. India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Nepal, Sri Lanka and Afghanistan have all been affected by the geopolitics of colonialism. Nineteenth century Europe is often simplistically seen as the ideological source of the rights discourse in South Asia. But, like any ideological theme, the discourse on rights is also a negotiated space. Resistance created a need to justify imperialism by importing a purpose to it. Regulation of policing was the coloniser's superior norm, and also, his tool of control.

2013 • 504 pages • Hardback (9788132109464) • ` 1050.00

CRIME AND JUSTICE IN INDIAEdited by N Prabha Unnithan Colorado State University, Fort Collins

Criminology and criminal justice is in its infancy in India. This book attempts to examine India's crime problem in detail and document if and how its criminal justice system has responded to emerging challenges and opportunities. The objective is to move beyond mere observations and thoughtful opinions, and make contributions that are the next steps in the development of an empirical (or evidence-based) criminology and criminal justice on this vast and diverse country-by focusing on research that is both balanced and precise. This book brings together a diverse set of 32 academics from India, the US, and the UK who have authored 19 chapters on many aspects of crime and justice in India.

ABRIDGED CONTENTSForeword Graeme R Newman / Preface / OVERVIEWS OF CRIME AND JUSTICE IN INDIA / POLICING IN INDIA / CRIMINAL LAW AND COURTS IN INDIA / PUNISHMENT AND CORRECTIONS IN INDIA / Conclusions / Index

2013 • 476 pages • Hardback (9788132109778) • ` 1150.00

SEPARATED AND DIVORCED WOMEN IN INDIAEconomic Rights and Entitlements

Kirti Singh Lawyer

[The book] delves into the issue as to

how women in India lose out completely

if the marriage does not work out. The

author, here, is more of a researcher,

for she has interviewed women across

Indian states to find out how women

take all the ill-treatment...

The Sunday Guardian

Separated and Divorced Women in India examines the economic rights and entitlements of separated/deserted women in law and practice in India, and explores all the laws and policies relating to financial support for a wife or child that come into play once a separation or divorce has taken place.

CONTENTSForeword Prabha Sridevan / Prabha Sridevan / Introduction / Main Findings / General Information about the Surveyees / Work Status and Earning Capacity / Family Status and Lifestyle / Spousal and Child Support and the Dowry System / Social Status, Mobility, Skills and Decision-Making / Findings from Different Cities / Conclusion and Recommendations / Appendix / Bibliography / Index

2013 • 248 pages • Hardback (9788132109525) • ` 1050.00

WOMEN AND LAWCritical Feminist Perspectives

Edited by Kalpana Kannabiran Director, Council for Social Development, Hyderabad

The authors have also raised pertinent

questions on gender justice often

sought to be swept under the carpet

by the system apart from being a

treasure-trove on gender justice, also

offers plausible answers to a host of

questions on women and law, without

confounding us with legal jargon. That

makes it a winner, hands down.

The Hindu

A compilation of 11 insightful essays, examines these questions and a range of concerns—domestic violence, employment and labour, anti-discrimination jurisprudence, family laws, access to forest and land rights, the right to health, the complexities in the intersection of women’s rights with disability rights and women’s experiences of repressive legislation such as TADA.

CONTENTSPreface / Introduction / Bringing Rights Home: Review of the Campaign for a Law on Domestic Violence / Indira Jaising / Conjugality, Property, Morality and Maintenance / Flavia Agnes / Women, Forestspaces and the Law: Transgressing the Boundaries / Sagari R Ramdas / Women’s Rights and Entitlements to Land in South Asia: Changing Forms of Engagements / Meera Velayudhan / Outside the Realm of Protective Legislation: The Saga of Unpaid Work in India / Padmini Swaminathan / Gender Equality at Workplace: A Frozen Agenda / D Nagasaila / Judicial Meanderings in Patriarchal Thickets: Litigating Sex Discrimination in India / Kalpana Kannabiran / Women’s Health and Law in India: Trends of Hope and Despair / Shruti Pandey / Prenatal Diagnosis: Where Do We Draw the Line? / Anita Ghai and Rachana Johri / Religion, Feminist Politics and Muslim Women’s Rights in India / Zoya Hasan / Women and State Violence: Where Is Justice? / Anita Tiphagne / Index

2013 • 324 pages • Hardback (9788132113133) • ` 1050.00

SAGE Law

40A

OPERATION BLACK THUNDERAn Eyewitness Account of Terrorism in Punjab

Sarab Jit Singh Former Deputy Commissioner of Amritsar

Centred around a gripping account of Operation Black Thunder, by one who initiated it and was intimately involved in executing it, this absorbing book analyses the factors responsible for the rise and growth of terrorism in Punjab, including the role of Pakistan in promoting terrorism in India. Pulling no punches, the author also criticizes the role of politicians and the Congress government in Delhi, particularly its use of central intelligence agencies in order to undermine the growth of a regional party like the Aklali Dal by promoting the rise of leaders such as Jarnail Singh Bhindranwale.

CONTENTSForeword / Preface / The Golden Temple: In the Eye of the Storm / The Sikh Heritage and the Punjab Problem / The Rajiv-Longowal Accord: The 'Secret' Healing Touch / S S Barnala's Government: The Healing Touch Impaired / Governor Ray's Tenure / The Politics of the Clergy / January—March 1988: The Killings Increase / April—May 1988: Measures to End the Killing / Operation Black Thunder / The Militants Surrender / Trial at Midnight / Restoring the Maryada / Demoralisation Versus a Gun Battle / The SGPC's Dilemma / Jasbir Singh Rode's Dismissal / The Corridor Plan / Jasbir Singh Rode Resurrected / Panchayat Elections Postponed: Missed Opportunities / The Militants and the Police: Between the Two Terrors / The 'National Games' / A New Government at the Centre / The `Civil Face' of Governor Mukherjee's Administration / Governor Varma's Tenure / 1990: The Killings Continue / Governor Malhotra Takes Charge / Attempts to Restore Democracy / Delhi's Inconsistent Punjab Policy / Elections by February 1992 / From President's Rule to an Elected Government: The Return of Democracy / In Retrospect

2014 • 364 pages • Paperback (9788132117940) • ` 350.00

A SPACE OF HER OWNPersonal Narratives of Twelve Women

Edited by Leela Gulati Centre for Development Studies, Trivandrum and Jasodhara Bagchi Former Chairperson, West Bengal Commission for Women, Kolkata

A Space of Her Own is a tale of how the author fought to establish her own personhood and create a sphere of autonomy where she is able to make decisions to nurture herself and those around her.

CONTENTSThe Wind Beneath My Wings / Nabaneeta Dev Sen / A Heritage of Heresy within Tradition / Vina Mazumdar / A Daughter of Awadh / Zarina Bhatty / A Struggle for Space / Hema Sundaram / The Tyranny of Tradition / Leela Gulati / Wings Come to Those who Fly Maithreyi / Krishna Raj / The Times that are A-Changing / Priti T Desai / Uneven Earth and Open Sky / Saroja Kamakshi / Abode of Colour / Vijaya Mehta / Striking New Roots / Sushil Narulla / Matriliny within Patriliny / Jasodhara Bagchi / Three Generations of Women / Mary Roy / Afterword: The Colonised Coloniser / Arlie Hochschild / Bibliography

2014 • 284 pages • Paperback (9788132117964) • ` 325.00

ADOPTION IN INDIAPolicies and Experiences

Vinita Bhargava University of Delhi

Adoption in India is a pioneering study on child adoption in India. Challenging some of the prevailing theories on adoptive parenting through empirical data. It examines the issues that impinge on the development of adopted children in India. Importantly, this is the first book to give space to the voices of children. The book is divided into two sections. The first deals with the macro-level issues of child adoption and discusses- historical and global perspectives concerning adoption;- theoretical paradigms, problems of research design and evaluation of research outcomes in adoption studies; and- the Indian socio-political and socio-cultural contexts and contemporary adoption practices.

CONTENTSForeword S Anandalakshmy / Prologue / I: ADOPTION POLICIES AND MACRO CONCERNS / Introduction / Theoretical Paradigms and Research Findings / Adoption and the Indian Socio-political Context / Socio-cultural Dimensions of Adoption in India / II: MICRO ISSUES: EXPERIENCES OF PARENTS AND CHILDREN / Researching Adoption: The Cultural Reality / Alternative Parenting / Construction of the Self in an Adopted Child / Family Interactions and Self-evaluations / Epilogue / Appendices / Glossary / References

2013 • 296 pages • Paperback (9788132110279) • ` 295.00

BEHIND CLOSED DOORSDomestic Violence in India

Edited by Rinki Bhattacharya Chairperson, Bimol Roy Memorial Committee, Mumbai

To be assaulted, abused and raped by someone as intimate as a husband, or lover, is the most degrading experience for a woman. Not recognized as ‘real violence, abuse of this nature is experienced daily by countless women in every culture. Behind closed doors of family, custom, values, traditions that are taken for granted and never questioned—are muffled voices of terror and trauma, which do not reach beyond the threshold nor attract the attention of lawmakers of redress agents. Edited by a renowned women’s rights activist and a former victim of domestic violence, the book takes us inside these closed doors. It puts together the life stories of seventeen women from diverse culture, class, education and religious backgrounds in India who were victims of domestic violence.

CONTENTSForeword / Shirin Kudchedkar / Introduction / Rinki Bhattacharya / Devi: The Disempowered Goddess / Anwesha Arya / Contextualizing Domestic Violence: Family, Community, State / Sobha Venkatesh Ghosh / The Narratives / Rinki Bhattacharya / Police Attitude and Women / Kalindi Muzumdar / Roadmap for Support / Rinki Bhattacharya / Afterword / Chhaya Dey / Glossary

2013 • 244 pages • Paperback (9788132110262) • ` 295.00

SAGE Classics

41A

WAR AND DIPLOMACY IN KASHMIR, 1947-48C. Dasgupta The Energy and Resources Institute

Kashmir is arguably one of the most contentious and complex issues in South Asia today. It has persisted for more than 50 years despite wars, summits and declarations, and seems to be as intractable as ever. This important book sheds fresh light on the genesis of the problem and examines the consequences of the often ignored fact that British officers commanded the armed forces of both India and Pakistan at that time. Based on documents that have now been declassified, it reveals the roles played by Mountbatten and the British service chiefs in India and Pakistan during the Kashmir War of 1947-48.

CONTENTSIntroduction / Junagadh—A Curtain Raiser / Crisis in Kashmir / The Defence of Srinagar / Reactions in London / Jammu Province / The Governor-General as Mediator / Military Plans / Counter-Attack or UN Appeal? / The Security Council / A Private Initiative / The Spring Offensive / The UN Commission for India and Pakistan / Limited Offensives / The Last Round / Ceasefire / Conclusion

2014 • 256 pages • Paperback (9788132117957) • ` 325.00

BUDDHISM IN INDIAChallenging Brahmanism and Caste

Gail Omvedt Dr B R Ambedkar Chair on Social Change and Development, Indira Gandhi National Open University, New Delhi

This fascinating book constitutes a unique exploration of 2,500 years of the development of Buddhism, Brahmanism and caste in India. Taking Dr Ambedkar`s interpretation of Buddhism as its starting point, Dr Gail Omvedt has researched both the original source of the Buddhist cannon and recent literature to provide an absorbing account of the historical, social, political and philosophical aspects of Buddhism. In the process, she discusses a wide range of important issues of current concern. Dr Omvedt maintains that the revolutionary audacity of Dalit leaders such as Dr B.R. Ambedkar, despite their often subversive reinterpretation of the Buddhist tradition, is in tune with the basic ethos of original Buddhism. Ambedkar found his own middle way by avoiding both the straitjacket of the Marxist ideological response to suppression and the tame reformist within the fold of Hinduism.

CONTENTSPreface / Introduction: Reconstructing the World / The Background to Buddhism / The Dhamma: The Basic Teachings of Buddhism / Transitoriness and Transformations / Buddhist Civilisation / The Defeat of Buddhism in India / After Buddhism: The Bhakti Movements / Colonial Challenges, Indian Responses and Buddhist Revival / Navayana Buddhism and the Modern Age / Conclusion / Bibliography / Index

2013 • 344 pages • Paperback (9788132110286) • ` 295.00

Hundreds of case studies

show how methods are used in real

world contexts

Get help with every step of the research process

Research methods

come alive in 120+ hours

of video

Use teaching datasets to master analytical

techniques

Search more than 1000 full-text boxoks,

reference works, videos and

journal articles

SAGE Research Methods supports

research at all levels by providing

material to guide users through every

step of the research process, from

a quick dictionary definition, a case

study example from a researcher in

the field, a downloadable teaching

dataset, a full-text title from the

Quantitative Applications in the Social

Sciences series, or a video tutorial

showing research in action.

sageresearchmethods.com

Also available in Hindi!SAGE Classics

42A

FACING GLOBALIZATION IN THE HIMALAYASBelonging and the Politics of the Self

Edited by Gerard Toffin Director of Research, National Center for Scientific Research (CNRS), Villejuif and Joanna Pfaff-Czarnecka Bielefeld University

This book explores the complex relationships between belonging and globalization in the contemporary Himalayan world and beyond. Over the last decades, the interrelations at local, national, and global scales have intensified in historically unprecedented forms and intensity. At the same time, homogenizing global processes have generated parochial and vernacular reactions. This book aims at developing an appropriate analysis of these interactions and, thus, at supplementing the previous collection on the Politics of Belonging in the Himalayas.

ABRIDGED CONTENTSPreface / Introduction: Globalization and Belonging in the Himalayas and in Trans-Himalayan Social Spaces / SHIFTING HORIZONS OF BELONGING / MIGRANT EXPERIENCES IN SOUTH ASIA AND BEYOND / CREATING TRANSNATIONAL BELONGING / GLOBALITY AND ACTIVIST EXPERIENCE / NATIONAL RECONFIGURATIONS / Glossary

GOVERNANCE, CONFLICT AND CIVIC ACTION2014 • 484 pages • Hardback (9788132111627) • ` 1050.00

ON THE EDGE OF EMPIREFour British Plans for North East India, 1941–1947

Edited by David R Syiemlieh Member, Union Public Service Commission

In the closing years of the British rule in India, a secret plan was conceived and discussed at the highest circles for a crown colony comprising the hill areas of North East India and the tribal areas of Burma. The plan could not be implemented largely because it came up for discussion in the closing years of the British rule over India. The plan has been referred to in many publications. What was of concern was that scholars have made reference to the Crown Colony Plan/Protectorate without reading the actual texts. For too long, secondary references have been used in writing about these plans as the original documents were not easily available for research. This book compiles the four British plans into a single volume. There is a connection between the four plans of Reid, Clow, Mills and Adams. All four were members of the Indian Civil Service, all four served in various capacities in the region and all officers left their accounts/notes perhaps not mindful that even if these were not implemented the notes would come up for discussion many years after their departure.

CONTENTSPreface / Acknowledgements / Introduction / David R Syiemlieh / A Note on the Future of the Present Excluded, Partially Excluded and Tribal Areas of Assam / Sir Robert N Reid / A Note on the Future of the Hill Tribes of Assam and the Adjoining Hills in a Self-governing India / James P Mills / The Future Government of the Assam Tribal Peoples / Sir Andrew G Clow / Some Notes on a Policy for the Hill Tribes of Assam / Philip F Adams

2014 • 272 pages • Hardback (9788132113478) • ` 895.00

THE BOSE BROTHERS AND INDIAN INDEPENDENCEAn Insider’s Account

Madhuri Bose Human Rights Advocate and Writer

[The book] is a source for future

historians in search of material

as it relies heavily on information

generated by various family

members; especially the first-hand

accounts of Amiya Nath Bose

(nephew of Subhas Chandra Bose).

The Sunday Tribune

This book chronicles the roles of Sarat and Subhas Chandra Bose in the Indian freedom struggle. It draws from first-hand accounts of Amiya Nath Bose who was close to them as family, political ally and also was a confidant and trusted envoy. The book takes us through the turbulent political arena of India in the 1920s and unravels the politics of the Indian Nationalist Movement as experienced by Sarat and Subhash Chandra Bose. It reveals their interactions with contemporary leaders Chittaranjan Das, Jinnah, Motilal and Jawaharlal Nehru, Vallabhbhai Patel and Mahatma Gandhi—down the years till Partition in 1947, an event which Sarat Bose relentlessly opposed. With access to diaries, notes, photographs and private correspondence, this book, written by a member of the Bose family, brings to light previously unpublished material on Netaji and Sarat Chandra Bose.

CONTENTSForeword by Rajmohan Gandhi / Acknowledgements / Introduction / 1. The Bose Brothers and ‘Ami’ / 2. The Road to Mandalay / 3. Swaraj Beckons, Swaraj Denied / 4. Bose Brothers and Gandhi: Parting of the Ways / 5. Partition: A Bitter Pill / 6. A Free and United Bengal / Epilogue / Glossary / Index

2015 • 296 pages • Hardback (9789351503972) • ` 750.00

DD

Madhuri Bose was born and brought up in

Kolkata, the daughter and second child of

Amiya Nath and Jyostna Bose, grand-daughter

of Sarat Chandra Bose and grand-niece of

his younger brother Subhas Chandra Bose.

Reminiscences from her father Amiya of the

immense contributions of the iconic Bose

brothers to the Indian freedom struggle were

the stuff of her childhood and the genesis of

this book.

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Also available in Hindi & Marathi!History

43A

FIELDWORK IN SOUTH ASIAMemories, Moments, and Experiences

Edited by Sarit K Chaudhuri Head, Department of Anthropology, Rajiv Gandhi University, Arunachal Pradesh and Sucheta Sen Chaudhuri Head, Centre for Indigenous Culture Studies, Central University of Jharkhand, Ranchi

The most valuable reflection on one of

the central concerns of contemporary

anthropology: to rehabilitate fieldwork

as the essential core of the discipline’s specificity. The

contributors vividly account how field immersion is always an

arduous and delicate undertaking and how for the same reason

it cannot be substituted by any expedient.

Philippe Ramirez Directeur de l’UPR 299, Centre d'Études

Himalayennes, CNRS, France

Fieldwork in South Asia is a valuable attempt to listen and learn from the memories and significant moments of fieldwork done by anthropologists, sociologists, and even historians from South Asia. The essays lead towards a deeper understanding of concerns of fieldwork located in various field sites across South Asia without assuming or applying fixed normative rules for the whole region. In the process, the volume allows the reader to have an option to locate or relocate ethnographic or other forms of texts in the context of growing methodological contours and dilemmas in the social science. Above all, this is a book about relationships—multi-layered relationships among people encountered in the field, the ethnographic relationship itself, with all its personal raw edges, and relationship with the land and even non-human realms.

CONTENTSForeword / Felix Padel / Preface / Introduction: Evolving Concerns of Fieldwork / Sarit K. Chaudhuri and Sucheta Sen Chaudhuri / I. EXPERIENCE OF SOUTH ASIAN NATIONS / A Historian/ Anthropologist amongst the Garos of Bangladesh / Ellen Bal / Power and Authority in the Field / Ali Khan / Story of My Research in Bhutan / A C Sinha / Remembering Fieldwork Histories / Mandy Sadan / Fields of Working Knowledge / Ben Campbell / Reflections on Fieldwork in Three Cultures / Arjun Guneratne / Return to Rengsanggri / Robbins Burling / II. THE INDIAN EXPERIENCE / Researching Garo Death Rites / Erik de Maaker / Memories and Reflections on Ethnographic Fieldwork in ‘Conflict’ Setting / Debojyoti Das / In Search of Storytellers among the Khiamniungan Nagas / Anungla Aier / Experiencing Mortuary Practices in an Anthropological Journey / Gautam Kumar Bera / Making Senses of the Organizations and the Experiences of Anthropological Practices in a University of India / Arnab Das / Tales of Everyday Politics in West Bengal / Suman Nath and Bhaskar Chakrabarti / Doing Fieldwork and Discovering Harijan Art in Madhubani / Neel Rekha / Memories of My Third Visit to the Nicobar Archipelago / Vijoy S Sahay / Discovering the Self and Others in Jammu, Kashmir, and Ladakh / Abeer Gupta / Dialogue on Indigenous Studies and Fieldwork in India / Daniel J Rycroft and Ganesh Devy / Glossary / Index

2014 • 404 pages • Hardback (9788132117421) • ` 1050.00

PATEL, PRASAD AND RAJAJIMyth of the Indian Right

Neerja Singh Department of History, Satyawati College, University of Delhi

In the book, the author defines

the sharp differences between the

Congress right and socialists. One

major issue that the methodological

approach of this research highlights is

that anti-western knowledge systems

and categories of analysis cannot

be rejected simply because they

are European.

Business Standard

This book traces the debates around the concept of ‘Right and Right-wing Politics’ in the Indian political context. Delineating the differing ideological positions held by Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel, Dr Rajendra Prasad and C. Rajagopalachari on the one hand and of their leftist/socialist detractors and opponents on the other, this book questions the validity of using terms such as ‘Rightist’ or ‘Leftist’ based on Eurocentric notions without understanding the Indian context.

CONTENTSSeries Editors’ Preface / Preface and Acknowledgements / Crisis of Paradigm: Historicity of the Concept of ‘Right’ / Social Vision of the Congress ‘Right’ / The Congress ‘Right’ and the Communal Question / Economic and Political Ideology of the Congress ‘Right’ / Strategic Issues / The Congress ‘Right’: The Princes and the State Peoples’ Movement / Conclusion / Bibliography / Index

SAGE SERIES IN MODERN INDIAN HISTORY2015 • 316 pages • Hardback (9789351502654) • ` 850.00

ARTEFACTS OF HISTORYArchaeology, Historiography and Indian Pasts

Sudeshna Guha Associate Researcher, Faculty of Asian and Middle Eastern Studies, University of Cambridge and Tagore Research Scholar, National

Museum in New Delhi

This book encourages us to critically regard the ways in which ideologies of cultural heritage and civilisational legacies are transformed into tangible and visible things through archaeological scholarship. Through lit tle-known histories of the practices, governance and scholarship of the archaeology of India, this book re-examines the manner in which the past is recalled and historicized.

CONTENTSList of Illustrations / Acknowledgements / Histories, Historiography, Archaeology: An Introduction / Antiquarianism and South Asia: Questioning Histories of Origins / Nineveh in Bombay: The Curation of Foreign Antiquities and Histories of India / The Connected Histories of Philology and Archaeology / Fashioning the Unknown: Gordon Childe’s Imprints upon the Indus Civilisation / Civilisation, Heritage and the Archaeological Scholarship / A Vision for Archaeology: Partition, Nationalism and the 'Indian' Pasts / Bibliography / Index

2015 • 296 pages • Hardback (9789351501640) • ` 995.00

History

44A

Mutiny at the MarginsNew Perspectives on the Indian Uprising of 1857

Series edited by Crispin Bates

The Mutiny at the Margins series takes a fresh look at

the Revolt of 1857 from a variety of original and unusual

perspectives, focusing in particular on neglected socially

marginal groups and geographic areas which have hitherto

tended to be unrepresented in studies of this cataclysmic

event in British imperial and Indian historiography.

Volume II: Britain and the Indian Uprising

Edited by Andrea Major University of Leeds and Crispin Bates University of Edinburgh

This book is focusing in particular on neglected socially marginal groups and geographic areas which have hitherto tended to be unrepresented in studies of this cataclysmic event in British imperial and Indian historiography.

CONTENTSPreface / Introduction: Fractured Narratives and Marginal Experiences / Public Perceptions of 1857: An Overview of British Press Responses to the Indian Uprising / Popular British Interpretations of 'the Mutiny' : Politics and Polemics / Salahuddin Malik / 'Spiritual Battlefields': Evangelical Discourse and the Writings of the London Missionary Society / Scottish Presbyterian Missionaries and Public Opinion in Scotland / Esther Breitenbach / Captive Women and Manly Missionaries: Narratives of Women Missionaries in India / Ambiguous Imperialisms: British Subaltern Attitudes towards the 'Indian War' / Being Indian in Britain during 1857 / Marginalised Victims of 1857 / Marginal Whites and the Great Uprising: A Case Study of the Bengal Presidency / Besieged in Common: Shared Narratives of British Men and Women in 1857 / Sir George Grey and Indian Rebellion: The Unmaking and Making of an Imperial Career / Jill Bender / Index

2013 • 264 pages • Hardback (9788132110514) • ` 950.00

Volume III: Global Perspectives

Edited by Marina Carter and Crispin Bates University of Edinburgh

Global Perspectives widens the geographical remit of the series and examines the global dissemination and portrayal of the events of the uprising in the international press and literature.

CONTENTSPreface / Introduction: Global Networks and Global Perspectives on the Indian Uprising / Marina Carter and Crispin Bates / International Press and the Indian Uprising / Peter Putnis / 'You Cannot Govern by Force Alone': W. H. Russell and The Times and the Great Rebellion / Chandrika Kaul / 'O'er the Cruel Roll of War Drums': The Politicisation of Legends in the Age of Mechanical Reproduction / Projit Bihari Mukharji / 'Clemency' Canning, the Telegraph, Information and Censorship during 1857 / Deep Kanta Lahiri Chaudhury / Fenians, Sepoys and the Financial Panic of 1857 / Mark Sullivan Hall / Bowld Irish Sepoy / R J Morris / The 'Russian Factor' in the Indian Mutiny / Elena Karatchkova / General d'Orgoni and French Military Conspiracies in 1857 / Marina Carter / 'Vengeance Against England!': Hermann Goedsche and the Indian Uprising / Kim A Wagner / The Uprising, Migration and the South Asian Diaspora / Marina Carter and Crispin Bates / Mutiny, Deportation and the Nation: Maulana Jafer Thanesri as a Convict / Seema Alavi / Index

2013 • 252 pages • Hardback (9788132110521) • ` 950.00

Volume I: Anticipations and Experiences in the Locality

Edited by Crispin Bates University

of Edinburgh

This book centres on unrest and disorder in the long history of resistance to colonial rule (the belli Britannica) prior to 1857, and the impact of the revolt itself in diverse localities within India.

CONTENTSPreface / Introduction / Crispin Bates / Bandits, Bureaucrats and Bahadur Shah Zafar: Articulating Sovereignty and Seeing the Modern State Effect in the Margins of Colonial India, c. 1757-1858 / Tom Lloyd / Rumours of the Company`s Collapse: The Mood of Dasahra 1824 in the Punjab and Hindustan / Dirk H A Kolff / The Hazards of Interference': British fears of Rebellion and Sati as a Potential Site of Conflict, 1829-1857 / Andrea Major / Prostituting the Mutiny: Sex-Slavery and Crime in the Making of 1857 / William R Pinch / The Roots of Peasant Turbulence: Tenure Structures and 1857 / Amaresh Misra / The Police in Delhi in 1857 / Mahmood Farooqui / Reflections of 1857 in Contemporary Urdu Literature / Rakshanda Jalil / Contextualising Truth: Deconstructing the Poet Khazan Singh's Account of the War of Delhi, 1857 / Chhanda Chatterjee / Situating the Role of Religion in the Rebellion: The Case of the Prayagwals in the Allahabad Uprising / Kama Maclean / The Mutiny in Western India: The 'Marginal' as Regional Dynamic / Veena Naregal / What Constitutes a Margin or Margins? The Politics of Perception and the Representation of Power: The Insurrection of 1857 in Kolhan / Gautam Bhadra / The War of Independence 1857, and Swat / Sultan-I-Rome / Spatial Memorialising of War in 1857: Memories, Traces and Silences in Ethnography / Carol E Henderson / Index

2013 • 284 pages • Hardback (9788132109709) • ` 995.00

Volume IV: Military Aspects of the Indian Uprising

Edited by Gavin Rand University of Greenwich and Crispin Bates University of Edinburgh

Military Aspects of the Indian Uprising deals with how battles were won and lost and how the army re-organised after the revolt. It also touches on the thorny issue of how to define the events of 1857-as a rebellion, a national uprising or a small war of the kind experienced in many colonial states.

CONTENTSPreface / Introduction: The 'Subaltern at Arms' / GAVIN RAND and CRISPIN BATES / The Sepoy Speaks: Discerning the Significance of the Vellore Mutiny / JAMES W FREY / Combat, Combat Motivation and the Construction of Identities: A Case Study / KAUSHIK ROY / Holy Warriors: Religion as Military Modus Operandi / CRISPIN BATES and MARINA CARTER / Logistic Failures on the Part of the Rebels in 1857 / WILLIAM DALRYMPLE / Durgadas and Sitaram: Tales of Loyalty in the Great Indian Uprising / SABYASACHI DASGUPTA / Reconstructing the Imperial Military after the Rebellion / GAVIN RAND / Finding those Men with 'Guts': The Ascription and Re-ascription of Martial Identities in India after the Uprising / GAJENDRA SINGH / Mutiny, War or Small War? Revisiting an Old Debate / GAUTAM CHAKRAVARTY / Index

2013 • 260 pages • Hardback (9788132110538) • ` 895.00

History

45A

Volume VI: Perception, Narration and Reinvention: The Pedagogy and Historiography of the Indian Uprising

Edited by Crispin Bates University of Edinburgh

This volume moves into the territory of hagiography and pedagogy. It covers intellectual and popular reactions to the revolt and the various ways in which historians and the wider public in India, Pakistan, and Britain have sought to understand, categorise and at times distort or exaggerate salient aspects and particular events.

CONTENTSPreface / Acknowledgements / Introduction / Crispin Bates / 1857 and the Indian Intelligentsia / Sudhir Chandra / 1857: Historical Works and Proclamations / Nupur Chaudhuri and Rajat Kanta Ray / V. D. Savarkar’s The Indian War of Independence: The First Nationalist Reconstruction of the Revolt of 1857 / Bhagwan Josh / V. D. Savarkar and the Indian War of Independence: Contrasting Perspectives of an Emergent Composite State / John R Pincince / Two Responses to 1857 in the Centenary Year: S. N. Sen and S. B. Chaudhuri / Rudrangshu Mukherjee / V.D. Savarkar and the Uses of History / Vinayak Chaturvedi / Histories and National Memory: 1857 / Benjamin Zachariah / An Uneasy Commemoration: 1957, the British in India and the ‘Sepoy Mutiny’ / Crispin Bates and Marina Carter / ‘What Really Happened in 1857?’: A Synthesis of the Pakistani Perspectives on the Uprising in Urdu Literature / M Naeem Qureshi / The War of 1857 as Perceived and Taught in Pakistan / Syed Minhaj ul Hassan / 1857 as Reflected in Persian and Urdu Documents / S M Azizuddin Husain / Rational Scepticism and the Teaching of (Indian) History / Peter Robb / Index

2014 • 256 pages • Hardback (9788132113546) • ` 1050.00

Volume VII: Documents of the Indian Uprising

Edited by Crispin Bates and Marina Carter University of Edinburgh

This is a source book that provides samples from rare documents unearthed in the course of extensive research conducted during the Mutiny at the Margins project. Both a research tool and a teaching resource, it employs images and texts to offer a unique range of primary sources relating to the 1857 uprising, its aftermath and legacies. Emphasising subaltern and marginal perspectives, it is designed to complement the previous six volumes of the series.

CONTENTSPreface / Acknowledgements / Introduction / Crispin Bates / Precursors / The Uprising: Indian Experiences and Reactions / The Uprising: British Experiences and Reactions / Global Reactions to the news of the Indian Uprising / The Aftermath / Remembering ‘the Mutiny’ / Re-Imagining the Uprising in Poetry and Prose / Memorialising the Mutiny / Commemorations / Glossary / Index

2013 • 408 pages • Hardback (9788132113553) • ` 1195.00 (tent.)

Volume V: Muslim, Dalit and Subaltern Narratives

Edited by Crispin Bates University of Edinburgh

Muslim, Dalit and Subaltern Narratives addresses the role of marginal and Muslim groups respectively, exploring minority perceptions of the Uprising, including Dalit narratives and the use of 1857 in re-imagining the past. The second half of the volume looks into the response and involvement of different Muslim social groups, from civil servants, philosophers and logicians to the Mujahidin, as well as exploring the experience of indigenous participants in their own words.

CONTENTSPreface / Acknowledgements / Introduction / Markus Daechsel / Identity and Narratives: Dalits and Memories of 1857 / Badri Narayan Tiwari / Condemnation and Commemoration: (En)Gendering Dalit Narratives of 1857 / Charu Gupta / ‘We’ and ‘They’ in an Altered Ecumene: The Mutiny from the Mutineers’ Mouths / Nupur Chaudhuri and Rajat Kanta Ray / Sites of Provocation and Coalescence: Jails as Spaces of Rebellion in 1857–1858 / Clare Anderson / Ideology and Paradox in British Civil Service Accounts of Muslim ‘Conspiracy’ in 1857–1859 / Alex Padamsee / Questionable Loyalties: Muslim Government Servants and Rebellion / Avril A Powell / The Legacies of 1857 among the Muslim Intelligentsia of North India / Mushirul Hasan / In the Wake of Colonial Ascendancy: Rethinking Muslim Respectability / Ruby Lal / Abused Rationality?: On the Role of maquli Scholars in the Events of 1857/1858 / Jan-Peter Hartung / Rebellious Against Rebellion, Kashful Baghaavat Gorakhpur: A Pro-British Account of the Revolt of 1857 by a Sufi Aristocrat / Farhat Nasreen / Mutiny’s Children: Race, Childhood and Authority after 1857 / Satadru Sen / Index

2013 • 228 pages • Hardback (9788132113539) • ` 950.00

Crispin Bates is Professor of Modern and Contemporary South

Asian History in the School of History, Classics and Archaeology

and former Director of the Centre for South Asian Studies at the

University of Edinburgh.

ABOUT THE SERIES EDITOR

V l VII D

Connect with SAGE!

History

46A

MYTH AND REALITYStudies in the Formation of Indian Culture

Late Damodar Dharmanand Kosambi author of a huge corpus of thought-provoking texts in the field of Indian historiography

This book is based on a profound study of literary sources and carefully planned fieldwork which throw fresh and novel light on the origins and development of Indian culture. Professor Damodar Dharmanand Kosambi has raised, analysed and solved questions of vital importance to all those interested in the study of Indology such as the data of Karle Caves; the background of Kalidasa’s plays; the significance of the great Pandharpur pilgrimage; and the economic, cultural and historical basis of the Goan struggle for union with India and others. The work is most refreshing in its range of material as presented for the first time. The author makes an impressive use of scientific methods in many fields—archaeology, ethnography, philology and others. The logically consistent and intensely stimulating analyses and conclusions are often startling but always convincing and undeniably important as a landmark in the study of Indian tradition.

Key Features:

• Essays in this volume are based upon the collation of field?work with literary evidence.

• Fresh data and logical interpretation cast fresh and novel light on the origins and development of Indian culture.

• The work is most refreshing in its range of new material presented here for the first time Original discoveries of megaliths, microliths, rustic superstition and peasant customs.

• Author's masterly analysis is logically consistent and profoundly stimulating.

CONTENTSABBREVIATIONS / INTRODUCTION / SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC ASPECTS OF THE BHAGAVAD-GITA / For What Class? / A Remarkable Interpolation / Not Sufficient Unto the Purpose / Why Krsna? / When Does a Synthesis Work? / The Social Functions of Bhakti / The Gita Today / URVASI AND PURURAVAS / Introduction / Kalidasa’s Treatment / Modern Interpretations / Versions of the Story / Rgveda x. 95 / Commentary to RV x. 95 / Urvasi’s Associates / The Dawn-Goddess in the Rgveda / Aryan or Pre-Aryan? / Goddess of Birth and Death / AT THE CROSSROADS: A STUDY OF MOTHER-GODDESS CULT SITES / The Problem / The Mothers / Information from Fieldwork / Primitive Tracks / The Trade Routes / The Jatakas / Carudatta’s Sacrifice / PILGRIM’S PROGRESS: A CONTRIBUTION TO THE PREHISTORY OF THE WESTERN DECCAN PLATEAU / The End of the Prehistory in the Deccan / Cult Migrations, The Goddesses and Megaliths / Cult Migrations: The Gods / Microlith Tracks / Highlanders and Lowlanders / Later Developments / Towards Agriculture / THE VILLAGE COMMUNITY IN THE "OLD CONQUESTS" OF GOA / Land and People / The Economic Situation / Heterogeneity of the Population / The Feudal Period / INDEX / Increase in Taxation / Structure of the Community / The Historical Background / Beyond the Commune


AN INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF INDIAN HISTORYSecond Edition

The use of scientific methodology, modern techniques of interpretation, and selection and analysis of basic problems make An Introduction to the Study of Indian History a vivid and absorbing read. The author has thrown open new fields for research through this book, which serves as a critical guide to scientific historical thought. It helps the reader gain profound insight into the past by examining monuments, customs and surviving records. At the same time, the present is shown to be the inevitable result of a steady historical development. Complete grasp of the material and mastery of detail shown in the survey of the development from a pre-historic tribal society to the present machine-age make this volume a unique contribution to contemporary historiography.

CONTENTSPREFACE TO THE REVISED EDITION / PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION / PUBLISHER’S NOTE / ABBREVIATIONS AND BIBLIOGRAPHY / CHRONOLOGICAL OUTLINE / SCOPE AND METHODS / Special methods needed for Indian history / Available materials / The underlying philosophy / THE HERITAGE OF PRE-CLASS SOCIETY / Prehistoric archaeology / Tribal society / Tribal survivals / The Vetala cult / Higher local cults / Festivals and rites / CIVILIZATION AND BARBARISM IN THE INDUS VALLEY / The Indus cities / Indus trade and religion / Maintenance of a class structure / Food production / THE ARYANS IN THE LAND OF THE SEVEN RIVERS / Aryans outside India / Rgvedic information / Panis and new tribes / Origins of caste / Brahmin clans / THE ARYAN EXPANSION / Aryan as a mode of living / Study of legend and myth / Yajurvedic settlements / The eastward drive / Tribes and dynasties / The mark of primitive tribes / The new brahminism / Beyond brahminism; ritual, food production and trade / The need for a radical change / THE RISE OF MAGADHA / New institutions and sources / Tribes and kingdoms / Kosala and Magadha / Destruction of tribal power / New religions / Buddhism / Appendix: Punch-marked coins / THE FORMATION OF A VILLAGE ECONOMY / The first empire / Alexander and the Greek accounts of India / The Asokan transformation of society / Authenticity of the Arthasastra / The pre-Asokan state and administration / The class structure / Productive basis of the state / INTERLUDE OF TRADE AND INVASIONS / After the Mauryans / Superstition in an agrarian society / Caste and the village; the Manusmrti / Changes in religion / The settlement of the Deccan plateau / Commodity producers and trade / The development of Sanskrit / Social functions of Sanskrit literature / FEUDALISM FROM ABOVE / Early feudal developments / Growth of villages and barbarism / The India of the Guptas and Harsa / Religion and the development of village settlement / The concept of property in land / Mayurasarman's settlement of the west coast / Village craftsmen and artisans / FEUDALISM FROM BELOW / Difference between Indian and English feudalism / The role of trade in feudal society / The Muslims / Change to feudalism from below; slavery / Feudal prince, landlord, and peasant / Degeneracy and collapse / The bourgeois conques / APPENDIX / THE MAKING OF HISTORY [ILLUSTRATIONS] / COMMENTARY TO THE ILLUSTRATIONS / INDEX


AN INTRO


Recommended for UG and PG students of History, Sociology and Political Science

MYTH AN

Also by the same Author!History

47A

THE COMMUNIST PARTY OF INDIA AND THE INDIAN EMERGENCYDavid Lockwood Associate Professor in Modern History, Flinders University, Adelaide, South Australia

The first study of CPI’s role in supporting the Indira Gandhi government during the Indian Emergency of 1975India, June 1975. Fundamental rights are suspended. The Opposition is in jail. The Press is shut down. And Prime Minister Indira Gandhi has just declared Emergency. Only one political party supports Indira Gandhi’s action—the Communist Party of India (CPI). Why did the CPI take up this lonely and much-criticised stand? Were there any pressures from the Soviet Union or was the CPI looking for some political mileage? CPI’s stance on the issue has never been discussed, analysed and understood. In an exhaustive study of the period, David Lockwood lays bare the facts before us.

CONTENTSSeries Editors’ Preface / Acknowledgements / Introduction / The Communist Party Of India From 1947 to 1966 / India: From Liberalisation to Leftism / The Communist Party of India and the Congress—Crisis Years / The Emergency / Excesses / Aftermath / Globalisation and the Emergency / Bibliography / Index


THE IDEA OF ANCIENT INDIAEssays on Religion, Politics, and Archaeology

Upinder Singh Professor and Head, Department of History, University of Delhi

This book engages with some of the most important issues, debates, and methodologies in the writing of ancient Indian history. Thematically structured, the first section discusses religious and regional processes through a meticulous analysis of inscriptions and material remains. The second—based extensively on archival sources—connects ancient and modern India through a discussion of the beginnings of Indian archaeology and the discovery, interpretation, and reinvention of ancient sites in colonial and post-colonial times.

CONTENTSIntroduction / I. Religion and Region / Sanchi: The History of the Patronage of an Ancient Buddhist Establishment / Nagarjunakonda: Buddhism in the ‘City of Victory’ / Cults and Shrines in Early Historical Mathura (c. 200 BC to AD 200) / Early Medieval Orissa: The Data and the Debate / II. Archaeologists and the Modern Histories of Ancient Sites / Archaeologists and Architectural Scholars in 19th-Century India / Amaravati: The Dismembering of the Mahacaitya (1797–1886) / Buddhism, Archaeology, and the Nation: Nagarjunakonda (1926–2006) / Exile and Return: The Reinvention of Buddhism and Buddhist Sites in Modern India / III. The Intersection of Political Ideas and Practice / Governing the State and the Self: Political Philosophy and Practice in the Edicts of Asoka / Politics, Violence, and War in Kamandaka’s Nitisara / The Power of a Poet: Kingship, Empire, and War in Kalidasa’s Raghuva?sa / IV. Looking beyond India to Asia / Gifts from Other Lands: Southeast Asian Religious Endowments in India / Politics, Piety, and Patronage: The Burmese Engagement with Bodhgaya / Index

2016 • 484 pages • Hardback (9789351506461) • ` 1250.00

THE INTERNATIONALIST MOMENTSouth Asia, Worlds, and World Views 1917–39

Edited by Ali Raza, Franziska Roy Research Fellow, Zentrum Moderner Orient, Berlin and Benjamin Zachariah Research Fellow, Karl Jaspers Centre for Advanced Transcultural Studies at Heidelberg University

The years between the First and Second World Wars comprise a critical moment in the history of the world. This volume highlights this period in the political and social mobilization that comprises the “internationalist moment,” through the lens of South Asians’ interactions with a wider world and the wider world’s interactions with South Asia. The essays contribute to a growing, but as yet, inadequate field of the intellectual history of South Asia.

CONTENTSPreface / Introduction: The Internationalism of the Moment: South Asia and the Contours of the Interwar World / Internationalisms in the Interwar Years: The Travelling of Ideas / India and the League Against Imperialism: A Special ‘Blend’ of Nationalism and Internationalism / Uniting the Oppressed Peoples of the East: Revolutionary Internationalism in an Asian Inflection / Straddling the International and the Regional: The Punjabi Left in the Interwar Period / Meeting the Rebel Girl: Anticolonial Solidarity and Interracial Romance / International Utopia and National Discipline: Youth and Volunteer Movements in Interwar South Asia / Srecko Kosovel and Rabindranath Tagore: Universalist Hopes from the Margins of Europe / Meghnad Saha’s Two International Faces: Politics in Science and Science in Politics between the Wars / Index

2014 • 316 pages • Hardback (9788132119791) • ` 1050.00

UNTRANQUIL RECOLLECTIONSThe Years of Fulfilment

Rehman Sobhan Centre for Policy Dialogue, Dhaka

A balanced yet rich description

of the politics that led up to the

genocide. A fine read capturing in

riveting detail the political, social

and human drama of the birth

of Bangladesh.

The Hindu

Untranquil Recollections is a memoir of Rehman Sobhan, a prominent economist and public intellectual who played an active role in the Bangladeshi national movement of the 1960s. It is a narration of events by the author who lived through extraordinary phases in the histories of India, Pakistan and Bangladesh and the impact they had on him. His story relates to the life and perspectives of an individual born into a family of relative privilege and educated at elite schools. Later on, his life moved on to a different trajectory from its intended path and he eventually came to be involved in the political struggles that culminated in the emergence of an independent Bangladesh.

CONTENTSPreface / Families Inherited and Chosen / Growing Up in Calcutta / Darjeeling: School Days in the Shadows of Kanchenjunga / Lahore: Coming of Age among the Chiefs / London: Imagined Realities / Cambridge: The Transformative Years / Dhaka: Life and Times / Dhaka: Adventures in the Private Sector / Dhaka University: Teaching Economics and Learning to Be a Teacher / Dhaka: Personal Encounters of the Close Kind / Exposures to Political Activism at Dhaka University / From Political Economy to Politician Economist / Engagement with the National Struggle / Fulfilment: Witness to the Birth of a Nation / Fulfilment: From Politician Economist to Political Combatant in the Liberation War / Fulfilment: Envoy Extraordinaire / Fulfilment: The Liberation of Bangladesh

2015 • 486 pages • Paperback (9789351503217) • ` 450.00

History

48A

THE INDIAN CONSTITUTION AND SOCIAL REVOLUTIONRight to Property since Independence

V Krishna Ananth Department of History, Sikkim University

This book highlights the evolution of India’s Constitution into a tool for social revolution, tracing the various stages through which the law on the Right to Property and its relationship with the idea of socialism—as laid out in Parts III and IV of the Constitution—have evolved. It underlines that the road to social revolution has been marked by a process where attempts to give effect to the idea of justice—social, economic, and political—as laid down in the Preamble have achieved a measure of success.

CONTENTSSeries Editors' Preface / Preface / Acknowledgments / Idea of Socialism and the Indian National Congress: The Nehru Imprint / Socialism and the Right to Property as a Fundamental Right: The Constituent Assembly Debates / Socialism as State Policy: A Brief Discussion on the Debate on Directive Principles in the Constituent Assembly / The Socialist Agenda: Reconciling Fundamental Rights with Directive Principles / Property as Fundamental Right: The Judiciary Strikes Again / Restoring the Balance: Keshavananda and the Basic Structure Doctrine / Integrating the Directive Principles into the Fundamental Rights / Socialism and Liberalization / Conclusion / Appendices / Bibliography / Index


ENLIGHTENMENT AND VIOLENCEModernity and Nation-Making

Tadd Fernée New Bulgarian University, Sofia

Enlightenment and Violence is a history of ideas that proposes a multi-centred and non-Eurocentric interpretation of the Enlightenment as a human heritage. This comparative study reconstructs how modernity was negotiated in different intellectual and political contexts as a national discourse within the broader heritage of Enlightenment. The author has compared 16th and 20th century Indian history to the early modern histories of Persia, Turkey and Western Europe in order to ground analysis of their 20th century nation-making experiences within a common problematic.The focus is upon an ethic of reconciliation over totalizing projects as a means to create non-violent conflict resolution in the modern context.

CONTENTS

Series Editors’ Preface / Acknowledgements / Introduction / Akbar’s “Universal Peace” (Sulh-i Kul): Relevance to the Enlightenment / The European Enlightenment: Between Revenge and Reconciliation / Early Indian Nationalism: Between Liberty and Authenticity / The Indian National Movement and Gandhi: The Ethic of Reconciliation as Mass Movement / The Ottoman–Turkish Experience of the Enlightenment: Mass Movement and Programme / The Heritage of Non-violence in the Nehru Period: The Ethic of Reconciliation in Nation-Making / Iranian Enlightenment: Struggle for Multi-Cultural Democracy and Its Demise / Conclusion / Bibliography / Index


SAGE SERIES IN MODERN INDIAN HISTORYFifteen-Volume Set

Edited by Bipan Chandra, Mridula Mukherjee both at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi and Aditya Mukherjee Centre for Historical Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi

The SAGE Series in Modern Indian History consists of well-researched volumes with a wider scope and is intended to bring together the growing volume of historical studies that share a broad common historiographic focus. The approach that the authors have tried to evolve looks sympathetically, though critically, at the Indian national liberation struggle and other popular movements such as those of labour, peasants, lower castes, tribal peoples and women. It focuses on communalism and casteism as major features of modern Indian development. The volumes in the series will tend to reflect this approach as also its changing and developing features. At the broadest plane this approach is committed to the Enlightenment values of rationalism, humanism, democracy and secularism.

This set includes:

Volume 1: Independence and Partition: The Erosion of Colonial Power in India by Sucheta Mahajan

Volume 2: A Narrative of Communal Politics: Uttar Pradesh, 1937–39 by Salil Misra

Volume 3: Imperialism, Nationalism and the Making of the Indian Capitalist Class, 1920–1947 by Aditya Mukherjee

Volume 4: From Movement to Government: The Congress in the United Provinces, 1937–42 by Visalakshi Menon

Volume 5: Peasants in India’s Non-Violent Revolution: Practice and Theory by Mridula Mukherjee

Volume 6: Communalism in Bengal: From Famine to Noakhali, 1943–47 by Rakesh Batabyal

Volume 7: Political Mobilization and Identity in Western India, 1934–47 by Shri Krishan

Volume 8: The Garrison State: Military, Government and Society in Colonial Punjab, 1849–1947 by Tan Tai Yong

Volume 9: Colonializing Agriculture: The Myth of Punjab Exceptionalism by Mridula Mukherjee

Volume 10: Region, Nation, “Heartland”: Uttar Pradesh in India’s Body-Politic by Gyanesh Kudaisya

Volume 11: National Movement and Politics in Orissa, 1920–29 by Pritish Acharya

Volume 12: Communism and Nationalism in Colonial India, 1939–45 by D N Gupta

Volume 13: Vocalising Silence: Political Protests in Orissa, 1930–32 by Chandi Prasad Nanda

Volume 14: Nandanar’s Children: The Paraiyans’ Tryst with Destiny, Tamil Nadu 1850–1956 by Raj Sekhar Basu

Volume 15: Enlightenment and Violence: Modernity and Nation-Making by Tadd Fernée

2015 • 6160 pages • Hardback (9789351501527) • ` 15000.00

History

49A

SETTLED STRANGERSAsian Business Elites in East Africa (1800-2000)

Gijsbert Oonk Department of History, Erasmus School of History, Culture and Communication, Rotterdam

Settled Strangers aims at understanding the social, economic and political evolution of the transnational migrant community of Gujarati traders and merchants in East Africa. The history of South Asians in East Africa is neither part of the mainstream national Indian history nor that of East African history writing. This is surprising because South Asians in East Africa outnumbered the Europeans ten-to-one. Moreover, their overall economic contribution and political significance may be more important than the history of the colonisers. This book is an attempt to provide some balance in the form of a history of the South Asians in East Africa through the lens of the actors themselves.

CONTENTSPreface / Introduction / Settled Strangers: From Middleman Minorities to World Citizens / Asians in Africa 1880-1920: Settling as an Economic Process / Asians in Africa 1880-1960: Settling as a Cultural Process / Asians in Africa 1880-2000: Settling and Unsettling as a Political Process / A Quest for an Interdisciplinary History from Below in Explaining Social Change / Appendix / Bibliography / Index

2013 • 284 pages • Hardback (9788132110545) • ` 895.00

A GOVERNORS’ RAJBritish Administration during Lord Irwin’s Viceroyalty, 1926–1931

Michael Fenwick Macnamara Independent Scholar

This book explores the nature and impact of the governor’s role in developing government policy, and the consequent effect in British India. Analysing the governors’ approaches towards and influence on Indian nationalism and other matters, it examines Lord Irwin’s era due to its importance in India’s constitutional development.The book explores the governors’ contributions to British policy responses towards: the Montford Reforms and dyarchy; the Simon Commission; the Dominion Status Declaration; the First Round Table Conference; communal tensions; the detenu issue; communism, terrorism, Bardoli; Gandhi, civil disobedience and insurgency. It is introduced by an exposition of their constitutional, legal and personal standing in India.

CONTENTSPreface / Introduction / The Governors: Their Constitutional, Legal and Personal Standing / The Montford Reforms and Dyarchy / The Governors’ Contribution to the Simon Commission / The Dominion Status Declaration and First Round Table Conference / Communal Tensions and the Detenu Issue / Communism, Terrorism and Countermeasures / The Challenge of Bardoli and Lessons Learnt / The Direct Challenge of Congress, Gandhi and the Civil Disobedience Movement / Conclusion / Appendix 1: Instrument of Instructions Issued to Governors / Appendix 2: Preamble to: The Consolidated Government of India Act, 1919 / Appendix 3: The Governors of British India and Secretaries of State During Lord Irwin’s Viceroyalty: 3 April 1926–18 April 1931 / Glossary / Bibliography / Author Index / Subject Index

2015 • 268 pages • Hardback (9789351500445) • ` 950.00

GANDHI AND THE ALI BROTHERSBiography of a Friendship

Rakhahari Chatterji UGC Emeritus Fellow in Political Science, Calcutta University, Kolkata

[The book] offers deep and fresh

insights into Gandhi’s multiculturalism

and his approach to the Muslim

community- is perhaps one of the best

books on the Khilafat movement and Ali

brothers’ close collaboration with the

Gandhi.... the book’s narrative and its milieu are competently

reconstructed from ample collection of books, letters and

papers, and from the stories of informants.

The Tribune

This book is a study of the relationship between Gandhi and the Ali brothers mainly in the context of the Non-Cooperation and Khilafat Movements, focusing on the period 1919-1931. His involvement in the Khilafat agitation was Gandhi’s first direct intervention in an exclusively Muslims question, translating it into a national question.

CONTENTSPreface / The Theory: Communitarianism, Multiculturalism and Gandhi / The History / The Characters: The Ali Brothers / 'Love at First Sight' / Troubled Alliance / Journey Downhill / End of the Road / Conclusion: Multiculturalism Before Its Time / Index

2013 • 248 pages • Hardback (9788132111252) • ` 795.00

ATLANTIC GANDHIThe Mahatma Overseas

Nalini Natarajan University of

Puerto Rico

Using the frames of diaspora theory, post-colonial discourse theory and the recent Atlantic turn in studies of resistance, this book brings into relief Gandhi's experience as a traveler moving from a classic colony, India, to the plantation and mining society of South Africa.The author forwards the argument that this move between different modes of production brought Gandhi into contact with indentured laborers, with whom he shared exilic and diasporic consciousness, and whose difficult yet resilient lives inspired his philosophy.

CONTENTSPreface / From Kathiawar / Sailing the High Seas / Deconstructing the Coolie / Plotting a Diasporic Nation / Local Cosmopolitan and Modern Anti-Modern: Hind Swaraj and Satyagraha in South Africa / The Tamil Women of the Transvaal / Gandhi and Atlantic Modernity / 'Prophet in Homespun': Deenabandhu C F Andrews / Conclusion: Diasporic Gandhi / Bibliography / Index

2012 • 272 pages • Hardback (9788132109686) • ` 795.00

History

50A

COLONIALISM AND THE CALL TO JIHAD IN BRITISH INDIATariq Hasan Correspondent, Press Trust of India

A historical narrative that examines the role of ulema and their use of the concept of jihad during India’s struggle for independence. Colonialism and the Call to Jihad in British India examines the role of Muslim religious leaders or Ulema’s in India’s freedom struggle. And it does so by visiting the life and times of seven main protagonists- the 19th century cleric Sayyid Ahmad Barelvi, the mystic revolutionary Maulvi Ahmadullah Shah, Maulana Mahmoodul Hasan( the founding father of the Silk Conspiracy and later of Jamia Millia Movement), Maulana Obaidullah Sindhi, Barkatullah Khan and Maulana Hussain Ahmad Madani. All eulogized the idea of ‘Jihad’ but used it to fight and lead the freedom struggle against the British. It examines the roots of the Walliullahi movement which led to the Deoband movement in the second half of the 19thcentury in North India. It also highlights the 20thcentury Silk letter movement in which Muslim Ulema worked in tandem with the Hindu and Sikh Nationalists led Ghadar Party which was active not just in India but also in Europe and the USA.

CONTENTSList of Photographs / Acknowledgements / Introduction: Forgotten Pages from Indian History / The Empire and 19th-century Jihad / The Maulvi of Faizabad and the Battle for Lucknow / The Deoband Connection: Revolt and Revivalism / Deoband and the Roots of the Khilafat Movement / The Silk Conspiracy Case, 1914–1916 / The Ulema and the Partition of India / Conclusion: Colonialism and Jihad in the 21st Century / Bibliography / Index

2015 • 232 pages • Hardback (9789351502616) • ` 695.00

SAYYID AHMAD BARAILVIHis Movement and Legacy from the Pukhtun Perspective

Altaf Qadir Department of History,

University of Peshawar

Relating the history of the movement, the book takes perspectives from the immediate localities of the Pukhtun region and elaborates on the reasons for the failure of the movement. It assesses the social, political, religious, and economic impact of jihad on the Pukhtun region and discusses whether Barailvi’s movement is solely responsible for the present-day jihadi mindset, as some authors argue.

CONTENTSPreface / Introduction / Mughal India and the Frontier at the dawn of Nineteenth Century / Sayyid Ahmad Barailvi: Biography and Thoughts / Call for Jihad, Migration to the Frontier, and Declaration of Imarat / Transitional Period: The Search for Headquarters / The Rise of the Mujahidin in the Frontier / Success, Limits, and Failure / Impact of the Movement upon the Frontier / Conclusion / Glossary / Appendix A: English Translation of the Farman of King Ahmad Shah Abdali, Durr-i-Durran, King of Kabul (Afghanistan) / Appendix B: Hadith Related to Mujahidin of Khorasan and Mahdi / Appendix C: Treaty between the British Government and the Raja of Lahore (Dated 25 April 1809) / Appendix D: Names of the Hindustani Mujahidin Killed in the Battle of Akora Khattak (1826) / Appendix E: List of Mujahidin Killed in Balakot (1831) / Bibliography / Index

2015 • 252 pages • Hardback (9789351500728) • ` 950.00

GOVERNANCE, CONFLICT AND DEVELOPMENT IN SOUTH ASIAPerspectives from India, Nepal and Sri Lanka

Edited by Siri Hettige University of Colombo and Eva Gerharz Ruhr-University Bochum

[The book] deals with a variety of

issues. Does not falter anywhere, rather

it helps one to ponder on the problems

that infest South Asia.

The Tribune

This volume examines how various forms of governance have emerged in South Asia after colonialism, and the developmental and conflict-related challenges the region faces. Drawing from the contexts of India, Sri Lanka and Nepal, it highlights the degree of institutionalization of democracy. The book further points to the manner in which shortcomings in governmental arrangements intersect with the prevalence of conflict at the national as well as sub-national levels. It showcases that democratic and more authoritarian cultures have influenced developmental successes and failures, and reveals how (external) interventions and policy reforms in the name of development have led to diverse outcomes in different South Asian countries.

CONTENTSPreface / Introduction: Governance, Development and Conflict in South Asia / Siri Hettige and Eva Gerharz / I: THEORETICAL PERSPECTIVES ON DEVELOPMENT AND GOVERNANCE / ‘Participation’ and ‘Empowerment’ in the Development Discourse: Rethinking Key Concepts / Ravinder Kaur and Vinod K Jairath / The Idea of Development as Governance: India in the First Decade of Independence / Dilip M Menon / II: EXPERIENCING DEVELOPMENT AND CONFLICT AT NATIONAL LEVEL / Governance and Development in Post-Independence Sri Lanka / Siri Hettige / Rituals of Democracy and Development in Nepal / David N Gellner / III: GOVERNANCE, CONFLICT AND DEVELOPMENT: EXPERIENCE AT THE GRASSROOTS / Negotiating a Dual Governance System during the Conflict in Nepal / Natalie Hicks / Empowerment of Excluded Groups: Local Democracy and Social Change in Rural Odisha, Eastern India / B B Mohanty / Between Order and Chaos: Jaffna’s Local Images of Governance during Conflict / Eva Gerharz / IV: IDEAS AND INTERESTS IN GOVERNANCE AND DEVELOPMENT IN CONFLICT-RIDDEN SOCIETIES / Economic Growth to Conflict Mitigation: Changing Aid Strategies of Nepal’s Donors / Acharya Laxman / Good Governance and Development in a Shrinking Local Policy Space: GATS and Service Sector Reforms / Dileepa Witharana / Glossary / Index

GOVERNANCE, CONFLICT AND CIVIC ACTION2015 • 300 pages • Hardback (9789351501008) • ` 1050.00

History

51A

THE POLITICS OF THE (IM)POSSIBLEUtopia and Dystopia Reconsidered

Edited by Barnita Bagchi Utrecht University, The Netherlands

Utopia and dystopia are modes and resonances present in all parts of the world, not just Europe and white North America. Equally, utopian and dystopian thought and practice are and have always been gendered. Utopia, memory and temporality often intersect in strange and surprising ways. Three dimensions are thus central to the enterprise undertaken in this volume: The relationship between utopia/dystopia and time/ memory; The focus on Europe and areas outside Europe at the same time; The gendered analysis of utopia/dystopia.

CONTENTSIntroduction / Barnita Bagchi / PART ONE: UTOPIA AND DYSTOPIA: DEBATES AND RESONANCES / Utopia: Future and / or Alterity? / Miguel Abensour / Echo of an Impossible Return: An Essay Concerning Fredric Jameson's Utopian Thought and Gathering and Hunting Social Relations / Peter Kulchyski / Radicalism in Early Modern England: Innovation or Reformation? / Rachel Foxley / Dystopia, Utopia, and Akhtaruzzaman Elias's Novel Khowabnam / Subhoranjan Dasgupta / Palestine: Land of Utopias / Sonia Dayan-Herzbrun / PART TWO: ENGENDERING UTOPIA AND DYSTOPIA / 'One Darling though Terrific Theme': Anna Wheeler and the Rights of Women / Theresa Moriarty / A Parliament of Women: Dystopia in Nineteenth-century Bengali Imagination / Samita Sen / 'Empire Builder': A Utopian Alternative to Citizenship for Early 20th Century British 'Ladies' / Martine Spensky / Ladylands and Sacrificial Holes: Utopias and Dystopias in Rokeya Sakhawat Hossain's Writings / Barnita Bagchi / Utopia in the Subjunctive Mood: Bessie Head's <i>When Rain Clouds Gather / Modhumita Roy / PART THREE: CONCLUSION / Globalization, Development and Resistance of Utopian Dreams to the Praxis of Dystopian Utopia / Marie-Claire Caloz-Tschopp / Index

2012 • 256 pages • Hardback (9788132107347) • ` 895.00

CIVILIZATIONSNostalgia and Utopia

Daya Krishna was one prolific Philosopher and contributor to South Asian Studies

The book is an engaging and thought-provoking philosophical account that demonstrates that critical inquiry is an ongoing process with strains of continuity and evolution. Krishna's discourses in this volume span a range of inquiries-parallels between Indian and Western civilizations; interconnection between action and knowledge; anatomies of the profound and the profane, the ideal and the actual; and other such intriguing lines of philosophical questioning.

CONTENTSForeword Shail Mayaram / Introduction Daniel Raveh / A Note from the Author / Part 1: SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY: PAST AND FUTURE / The Concept of Society / The Two Predicaments / Reflection on Action / Perspectives on Freedom / The Search for a Measuring Rod / Society: Reality and Utopia / Part 2: CIVILIZATIONS: PAST AND FUTURE / Civilizations: Past and Future / Understanding Civilizations: Two Case Studies, Indian and Western / Civilizations: Nostalgia and Utopia / Index

2012 • 152 pages • Hardback (9788132108917) • ` 675.00

PHILOSOPHY AS SAMVADA AND SVARAJDialogical Meditations on Daya Krishna and Ramchandra Gandhi

Edited by Shail Mayaram Centre for the Study of Developing Societies, Delhi

If we look at the intellectual journeys

of both Ramchandra Gandhi and Daya

Krishna, we see in their work an attempt

to represent, in interesting ways, the

Indian philosophical tradition. Looking

at their ideas, and getting a sense of

how they chose between options at different forks in the

road that they would necessarily have encountered would be

very revealing.

Peter Ronald deSouza Director, Indian Institute of

Advanced Study, Shimla

Philosophy as Samvada and Svaraj discusses Daya Krishna and Ramchandra Gandhi’s respective intellectual contributions and speculates how one might take forward the work of the two persons who were among the most brilliant minds of our times. Both Daya Krishna and Ramchandra Gandhi emphasized freedom and autonomy of thought and upheld the importance of samvada, somewhat inadequate in its English translation as dialogue. And both of them were philosophers concerned with how philosophy might seek its svaraj, free from the orientalist hold of the religious, the colonial crippling of indigenous languages and institutions and the structures and categories of un-freedom that continue to haunt inhabitants of West and non-West. Philosophy must involve samvada—an open dialogue and intimate encounter between self and other. Both philosophers experimented with these concepts and were enormously creative. This book is a testament not only to the core values of philosophy, but also to how these values can be carried forward by new weaves of tradition and modernity.

CONTENTSForeword / Peter Ronald deSouza / Introduction / Shail Mayaram / I: OF LOVE, LIBERATION AND LILA / Figure and Ground: Reflections on Two Exemplary Indian thinkers / Fred Dallmayr / Ramlila: A Metaphysics of the Everyday / Anuradha Veeravalli / ‘Falling in Love with a Civilization’: A Tribute to Daya Krishna, the Thinker / Bettina Bäumer / II: THE IDEA OF SWARAJ: ASYMMETRIES OF POWER, KNOWLEDGE AND ALTERNATIVE, ETHICAL POLITICS / Gandhi and the Stoics: Squaring Emotional Detachment with Universal Love and Political Action / Richard Sorabji / A Still, Small Voice / Tridip Suhrud / Learning to Converse / Michael McGhee / III: MODES OF SAMVAD / Towards a New Hermeneutic of Self-inquiry / Devasia M Antony / On Philosophy as Samvada: Thinking with Daya Krishna / Daniel Raveh / The Dialogue Must Continue / Mustafa Khawaja / IV: LANGUAGE, SELFHOOD AND PHILOSOPHY / The Virtue of Being a Self / Bijoy H. Boruah / Daya Krishna’s ‘Presuppositionless Philosophy’: Sublimity as the Source of Value and Knowledge / Prasenjit Biswas / The Moral and the Spiritual: A Study of the Self and the Not-self in Daya Krishna and Ramchandra Gandhi / Ramesh C Pradhan / On Missing and Seeming to Miss: Some Philosophical Ramblings on the Subjective / Objective Distinction in Memory of Daya Krishna / Arindam Chakrabarti / Dialogical Investigations on Daya Krishna and Ramchandra Gandhi / Probal Dasgupta / V: RE-THINKING ISSUES IN THE ARTS / ETHICS / SCIENCE / MATHEMATICS / The Applicability of Indian Aesthetic Theory of Rasa to the Visual Arts: A Rejoinder to Daya Krishna’s Article, ‘Rasa—The Bane of Indian Aesthetics’ / Neelima Vashistha / The Harmony Principle / C K Raju / On Mathematics and the Physical World / S Lokanathan / VI: ON LIFE AND DEATH AND DYING / Matricide and Martyrdom: Cancer and Karm in the Kalyug / Shankar Ramaswami / Afterword / Index

2013 • 344 pages • Hardback (9788132111214) • ` 995.00

Philosophy

52A

STATE AND CIVIL SOCIETY UNDER SIEGEHindutva, Security and Militarism in India

P M Joshy Sree Narayana College, Kollam and K M Seethi School of International Relations and Politics (SIRP), and former Dean, Faculty of Social Sciences, Mahatma Gandhi University, Kerala

A comprehensive analysis on the rise, assertion and dominance of the New Hindu Right forces in civil society. From its forgettable electoral performance of 1984 to its historical victory in 2014, the Bharatiya Janata Party’s (BJP) story has been fodder for many political and academic debates. In this book, the authors show how the Hindu Right uses security, both external and internal, as a strategy for political mobilisation and eventual electoral success.

CONTENTSPreface / Acknowledgments / State, Civil Society and Security: Theoretical Questions / State and Civil Society in India: The Historical Experience / The Hindu Right: History, Ideology and Strategy / Civil Society and the Hindu Right: Hindutva, Militarism and Cultural Mobilisation / Hindutva Politics: Post- 9/11, Post-Gujarat India / Conclusion / Bibliography / Index

2015 • 284 pages • Hardback (9789351503842) • ` 750.00

YY

DEVELOPMENT FAILURE AND IDENTITY POLITICS IN UTTAR PRADESHEdited by Roger Jeffery Professor of Sociology of South Asia, University of Edinburgh, Craig Jeffrey University of Oxford and Jens Lerche School of Oriental and African Studies (SOAS),

University of London

Development Failure and Identity Politics in Uttar Pradesh provides a qualitative, in-depth understanding of development failures and identity politics in Uttar Pradesh (UP). It investigates neoliberal change and political transformation in India through the lens of UP, India’s largest and, by some measures, poorest state.

CONTENTSPreface / Introduction: Democratisation in Uttar Pradesh / Craig Jeffrey / Rural Transformation and Occupational Diversification in Western Uttar Pradesh: Economic and Demographic Changes in a Village / Satendra Kumar / Underserved and Overdosed? Muslims and the Pulse Polio Initiative in Rural North India / Patricia Jeffery / The Elusive Pursuit of Social Justice for Dalits in Uttar Pradesh / Ali Mehdi / Agency in Words, Self-representation in Action: Connecting and Disconnecting Dalit and Low-Caste Women With India’s History of Gender and Politics / Manuela Ciotti / Political Cooperation And Distrust: Identity Politics and Yadav-Muslim Relations, 1999–2009 / Lucia Michelutti and Oliver Heath / On Whose Behalf? Women’s Activism and Identity Politics in Uttar Pradesh / Radhika Govinda / The Politics of Identity and the People Left Behind: The Mallah Community of Uttar Pradesh / Assa Doron / Working Narratives of Intercommunity Harmony in Varanasi’s Silk Sari Industry / Philippa Williams / Democracy and Development in Uttar Pradesh / Zoya Hasan / Glossary / Index

2014 • 284 pages • Hardback (9788132116639) • ` 1050.00

CHINA AND INDIAHistory, Culture, Cooperation and Competition

Edited by Paramita Mukherjee Associate Professor, International Management Institute, Kolkata, Arnab K Deb Assistant Professor, International Management Institute, New Delhi and Miao Pang Deputy Director, Research Department, Sichuan Academy of Social Sciences, Sichuan Province

This book brings together scholars and academicians from China as well as India to present a well-rounded perspective on various important cross-country issues and their implications. Comprehensive in approach, it encompasses history, culture, political relations and current business strategies of both the nations.The book explores the differences in the functioning of Indian and Chinese economies and identifies the prime factors responsible for this. In order to have an in-depth understanding of the causes, the contribution of sociocultural factors and the role of political and strategic relationships are also closely examined.

CONTENTSPreface / Acknowledgements / Introduction / PART I: HISTORY, CULTURE AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS / Indus Civilization and Ancient Shu Civilization: A Comparative Study / Zou Yiqing / Unfolding the Westerly Transmission of Chinese Silk / Duan Yu / Sino-Indian Cultural Differences and Their Impact on Tourism / Xiang Baoyun / India, China and Beyond: Tagorean Insights into Culture, Leadership and Human Development for Management / Sanjoy Mukherjee / China and India: Cultural and Religious Exchanges in the 15th Century / Huang Weimin / China’s Enlightenment by Indian Strategies of Cultural Soft Power / Jian Li / Driving Force and Constraints of BCIM Economic Corridor / Li Jingfeng / The U.S. “Pivot to Asia” and China–Pakistan Relations: Implications on China–India Relations / Chen Jixiang / China and India Cooperation in Afghanistan Xie Jing / PART II: ECONOMY AND BUSINESS: COMPARATIVE FOCUS / Multiple Paths to Globalisation: The India–China Story / Sriparna Basu / Regional Inequality over the Post-Globalisation Era: A Study on India and China / Arindam Banik and Arnab Deb / Manufacturing Policies and Strategies across China and India: A Comparative Analysis / Prageet Aeron and B A Metri / Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Practices: A Comparative Study of India and Asia / Paramita Mukherjee and Rajashri Chatterjee / Health Care Sectors of India and China: A Comparative Study of Performances and Challenges / Paramita M Nag / Social Responsibility Strategies in China and India: A Comparative Exploration Tirthankar Nag / Arindam Banik, Pang Miao and Chen Jixiang / Index

2016 • 260 pages • Hardback (9789385985690) • ` 945.00

CH

Political Sociology

53A

WARZONE TOURISM IN SRI LANKATales from Darker Places in Paradise

Sasanka Perera Vice President and Dean, Faculty of Social Sciences, South Asian University, New Delhi

Warzone Tourism in Sri Lanka explores travellers’ narratives that reflect the experiences and interactions of those going to northern Sri Lanka, and argues that the discourses that emerge are not simply based on leisure and innocence of travel. Rather, they have much to do with the thirty-year civil war in Sri Lanka and how it has impacted the inter-ethnic relations in the country, creating two mutually antagonistic forms of nationalism—Tamil and Sinhala. This book is a significant contribution to academia in light of the disruption of civilian travel to northern Sri Lanka during the civil war, effectively barring face-to-face access between citizens, and the narratives which emerge from post-war travel, highlighting the resentment between the two main ethnic groups.

CONTENTSPreface / Foreword: War, Memory and Travel by Meenakshi Thapan / Approach: Places, Landscapes, Travels, Discourses / ‘The Jaffna Photo Album’: Sinhala Warzone Tourism in the Time of a Ceasefire / Travels with the Lion Flag: Sinhala Warzone Tourism in an Era of Post-war Triumphalism / Photography and Cartography in Warzone Tourism / Tales from Darker Places in Paradise: Towards a Logic of Warzone Travel / Epilogue: Decoding Sri Lankan-space by Sanjay Chaturvedi / References / Index

2016 • 256 pages • Hardback (9789351509226) • ` 750.00

WA

MAOISM, DEMOCRACY AND GLOBALISATIONCross-currents in Indian Politics

Ajay Gudavarthy Centre for Political Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University,

New Delhi

Maoism, democracy and globalization are three distinct but inseparable currents marking Indian politics today. They are distinct in terms of their goals, direction, and modalities of forging social, political, economic and even cultural change, while mutually influencing each other in the emergent political process. This book is an attempt to precisely map processes that are internal to each of these currents while exploring and identifying the moments of mutual influence, areas of conflict and mutually exclusive pulls they bring to the contemporary politics in India.

CONTENTSPreface and Acknowledgements / Introduction: India Disconnected: Joining the Dots / I: MAOISM / Democracy against Maoism, Maoism against Itself / II: DEMOCRACY / Middle Classes: Urban Activism and Anna Hazare’s Soap Opera / Backward Classes: Reservations, Recognition and the Republic / Subaltern Classes: Governmentality, Resistance and ’Political Society’ / III: GLOBALISATION / Politics of Global Human Rights in India / Globalisation and Regionalisation: Mapping the New Continental Drift / Epilogue: India’s Violent Democracy: Past and Future / References / Index

2014 • 260 pages • Hardback (9788132118473) • ` 950.00

POLICE AND COUNTERINSURGENCYThe Untold Story of Tripura’s COIN Campaign

Kuldeep Kumar Senior Indian Police Service (IPS) officer

Globally, the role of local police has been receiving increased attention following conflicts in Iraq and Afghanistan. The criminalization of insurgent networks coupled with the growing nexus of warlords and drug lords and porous borders in many conflict areas have also bolstered the case for good policing. This book makes a case for the increased role of local/state police in counterinsurgency (COIN) operations by citing the successful implementation of this strategy in the state of Tripura led by the author himself. This makes Tripura the only state after Punjab and Andhra Pradesh where the police have taken full control of such operations. The work combines rigorous scholarship and research on general policing and COIN operations with incisive analysis of multiple insurgencies/terrorist movements in India.

CONTENTSPreface / Acknowledgments / Introduction / PART ONE / Understanding Policing / Understanding Insurgency and Counterinsurgency / India’s Counterinsurgencies: A General Overview / PART TWO / A Thematic Overview of Insurgencies in India’s Northeast / An Overview of Insurgency and Counterinsurgency in Tripura / Police Response to Insurgency in Tripura / Discussion and Conclusion / PART THREE / Full Spectrum COIN: Some Case Studies / Appendix A / Data Highlights: Scheduled Tribes of Tripura (Census of India, 2001) / Bibliography / Index

2016 • 384 pages • Hardback (9789351507475) • ` 1095.00

PO

Sasanka Perera Having been trained as

a cultural anthropologist, Sasanka Perera

has been with the Department of Sociology,

South Asian University, New Delhi since 2011

where he is the founding professor and was

its chairman until 2014, and is the Dean of the

Faculty of Social Sciences from 2011 to the

present as well as the Vice President of South

Asian University since February 2016.

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Peace & Conflict Studies

54A

ORIENTALISM, TERRORISM, INDIGENISMSouth Asian Readings in Postcolonialism

Pavan Kumar Malreddy Researcher, Institute for English and American Studies, Goethe University Frankfurt

A thought-provoking contribution to

current debates about postcolonial

theory’s exhaustion, Malreddy engages

with contemporary discourses and

South Asian texts to address the century’s new wave of

postcoloniality. Stimulating and readable.

Janet Wilson Professor of English and Postcolonial Studies,

University of Northampton

This book’s contribution lies in its careful synthesis of concepts and concrete examples on issues of contemporary concern: terrorism, Orientalism, and Dalit Bahujan movements, and their reception in the popular media as well as in academic literature. Drawing from the latest developments in South Asian literary studies, this book examines the uses of postcolonial theory in understanding the structural transformations enabled by post-9/11 discourses of Orientalism and terrorism; the internal contradictions between South Asian approaches to postcolonialism (Subaltern Studies) and its European adaptations; and the resistance produced by the indigenization of local literary traditions in the work of select South Asian literary figures.

CONTENTSPreface / Acknowledgments / Introduction / I: DISCOURSES: ORIENTALISM, TERRORISM, AND POPULAR CULTURE / Orientalism(s) After 9/11 / Imagining the Terrorist: A Post-orientalist Inquiry / "Pulp Orientalism" : Representations of Afghanistan and Pakistan in Popular Fiction / II: DISJUNCTURES: HUMANISM AND INTERDISCIPLINARITY / After Orientalism:Difference and Disjuncture in Postcolonial Theory / Postcolonialism: Interdisciplinary or Interdiscursive? / III: INDIGENISM(S): COSMOPOLITANISM, RIGHTS, AND CULTURAL POLITICS / Cosmopolitanism Within: The Case of R.K. Narayan’s Fictional Malgudi / (An)Other way of Being Human: Indigenous Alternatives to Postcolonial Humanism / Margins of India: Kancha Ilaiah’s Postcolonial "Nationalogues" / Bibliography / Index

2015 • 220 pages • Hardback (9789351501428) • ` 795.00

UNDERSTANDING SUICIDE TERRORISMPsychosocial Dynamics

Edited by Updesh Kumar Scientist 'F' and Head, Mental Health Division, Defence Institute of Psychological Research (DIPR), Defence Research and Development Organization (DRDO), Ministry of Defence, Government of India and Manas K Mandal Director General (Life Sciences), Defence Research and Development Organization (DRDO), Ministry of Defence, Government of India

Understanding Suicide Terrorism delves upon the enigmatic issue of suicide terrorism. The book is an interdisciplinary multi-faceted venture that brings together scholarly work from across the world, across cultures and societies on the issue of suicide terror. The common thread weaving through all the articles is the notion of suicide terror as a complex phenomenon that defies easy explanation, prediction or controllability. Informed by theoretical stances of not only psychological sciences, but other social sciences like political science, criminology, military and sociology the book is an insightful reading.

CONTENTSForeword / Professor Ariel Merari / Preface / I: SUICIDE TERRORISM: A PHENOMENON / Suicide Terrorism: Delineating the Construct / Swati Mukherjee, Updesh Kumar, and Manas K Mandal / Suicide Terrorism Explained: A Psychosocial Approach / Luis de la Corte Ibáñez / Evolutionary Psychological Science of Suicide Terrorism / James R. Liddle and Todd K Shackelford / Suicide Terrorism as Social Noise: A Communicative Perspective / Jonathan Matusitz / ‘Mumbai Style’: Exploration of a Concept / Mark Dechesne / Suicide Bombing: Homicidal Killing or a Weapon of War? / Riaz Hassan / II: SUICIDE TERRORISM: A PROCESS / The Psychology of Suicide Terrorism / Jerrold M. Post, Farhana Ali, Schuyler W. Henderson, Stephen Shanfield, Jeff Victoroff, and Stevan Weine / The Militant Jihadi Ideology of Martyrdom as Short-lived Psychological First-Aid for Trauma and Loss / Anne Speckhard / Are Suicide Terrorists Suicidal? / Bruce Bongar, Uri Kugel, and Victoria Kendrick / The Role of Military Psychologists and Psychiatrists in Understanding Suicide Terrorism / Uri Kugel, Laurie Black, Joseph Tomlins, Elvin Sheykhani, Bruce Bongar, Morgan Banks, and Larry James / The Use and Abuse of Children / Youth in Terrorism and Suicide Bombing / Edna Erez and Anat Berko / Deterring Suicide Terrorism / Dushyant Singh / Author Index / Subject Index

2014 • 300 pages • Hardback (9789351500346) • ` 1050.00

Updesh Kumar, Ph.D., is a Scientist ‘F’ and in

the chair of the Head, Mental Health Division at

Defence Institute of Psychological Research,

R&D Organization, Ministry of Defence, Delhi,

India. Dr Kumar has been a psychological

assessor (psychologist) in various services

selection boards for eight years for the selection

of officers in Indian Armed Forces.

Manas K Mandal, Ph.D., is currently Director

General (Life Sciences), Defence R&D

Organization (DRDO), Ministry of Defence,

Government of India, Delhi. Dr Mandal was a

Professor of Psychology at Department of

Humanities & Social Sciences, Indian Institute

of Technology, Kharagpur.

ABOUT THE EDITORS Pavan Kumar Malreddy is a Researcher at

the Institute for English and American Studies,

Goethe University Frankfurt. He has previously

taught at Chemnitz University of Technology,

York University, University of Saskatchewan,

and has worked with various research

organizations.

ABOUT THE AUTHOR


55A

CIVIL WARS IN SOUTH ASIAState, Sovereignty, Development

Edited by Aparna Sundar Azim Premji University, Bangalore and Nandini Sundar Delhi School of Economics, Delhi

South Asia has become the site of major civil or internal wars, with both domestic and global consequences. The conflict in Kashmir, for example, continues to make headlines, while those in the Northeast and central India simmer, though relatively unnoticed. There appears to be no clear resolution to the civil war and occupation in Afghanistan, even as Nepal and Sri Lanka work out their very different post-war settlements. In Bangladesh, the war of 1971 remains a political fault line, as the events around the War Crimes Tribunal show. This volume demonstrates the importance of South Asia as a region to deepening the study of civil wars and armed conflicts and, simultaneously, illustrates how civil wars open up questions of sovereignty, citizenship and state contours.

CONTENTSAcknowledgements / Introduction: Sovereignty, Development and Civil War / Aparna Sundar and Nandini Sundar / Contextualizing Civil Wars in South Asia / Nandini Sundar / Sri Lanka: Military Fiscalism and the Politics of Market Reform at a Time of Civil War / Rajesh Venugopal / The Transnational Political Economy of Civil War in Afghanistan / Alessandro Monsutti / Aid and Violence: Development, Insurgency and and Social Transformation in Nepal / Antonio Donini and Jeevan Raj Sharma / Civil War or Genocide? Britain and the Secession of East Pakistan in1971 / A Dirk Moses / The Rise of Jihadi Militancy in Pakistan’s Tribal Areas / Haris Gazdar, Yasser Kureshi and Asad Sayeed / Routine Emergencies: India’s Armed Forces Special Powers Act / Sanjib Baruah / Local Agitations in a Globalized Context: A Case Study of Shopian and Bomai / Gowhar Fazili / Articulating Grievance in Southeast Myanmar / Stephen Campbell / Index

2014 • 288 pages • Hardback (9789351500407) • ` 895.00

DECONSTRUCTING TERRORIST VIOLENCEFaith as a Mask

Ram Puniyani Chairman, Center for Study of Society and Secularism, Mumbai

Ram Puniyani through his long struggle against terrorism and sectarian violence has come up with a strong argument to show that terrorism is a political phenomenon, either aiming to control the oil-rich areas or pushing an agenda of sectarian nationalism. He analyzes the underlying issues threadbare and throws in a lot of uncomfortable questions while deconstructing the ideological modus operandi of religion and violence.

CONTENTSPreface : World Gripped by Terror: Is Terrorism Due to Religion? / Introduction : The Politics of Terror in Contemporary Times / I. TERRORISM TODAY: THE GLOBAL SCENE / A World Gripped by Terror / Changing Goals of Colonialism–Imperialism : From ‘White Man’s Burden’ to ‘War Against Terror’ / Islam: Through the Ages / II. TERRORISM TODAY: THE VIEW FROM INDIA / Hindutva Terrorism / From Hindu, Hinduism, to Hindutva / III. INDIA: A VICTIM OF GLOBAL TERROR / Al Qaeda Strikes: The Mumbai Terror Attack / IV. RELIGION, POLITICS, AND TERRORISM / Civilizations–Religions: Clash or Alliance / Religion, Power, and Violence / Appendices / Bibliography / Index

2015 • 212 pages • Hardback (9789351500643) • ` 675.00

THE FIRST NAXALAn Authorised Biography of Kanu Sanyal

Bappaditya Paul Editor, Newsman, Kolkata

This very readable book is a story of

how that very Sanyal later embraced

Marxism in its most extreme form

- and went on to regret it later...

this book meticulously unveils how

Sanyal and his comrades built the

CPI and later the CPI-M in Siliguri

region that included Naxalbari.

Hindustan Times

It seldom happens that the story of an individual becomes so intertwined with the cause she or he stands for that it becomes impossible to separate the one from the other. Kanu Sanyal’s is one such rare story: to read it is to relive the history of the Naxalite Movement, which the Indian establishments call the country’s biggest internal security threat. This book narrates the making of Kanu Sanyal right from his childhood to the days of the Naxalbari uprising and beyond.

CONTENTSPreface / Acknowledgments / Beginning from the End / Days at the School / Drift to Politics / Partition, Independence and Matriculation / At College: Beginning of a Political Quest / Ban on CPI: The Birth of a Rebel / Meeting Charu Mazumdar: Destiny’s First Glance / Off to Village: The Real Beginning / Asserting Farmers’ Rights: Time for Action / Land Reforms: The Differences Within / Sino-India War and the Split in CPI / Differences with Charu Mazumdar and the Chathat Experiment / Outbreak of Naxalbari Movement / Off to China and Meeting Mao Tse-tung / Formation and Disintegration of CPI-ML / Release from Jail and the Beginning of a New Struggle / Revolution versus Terrorism: Nandigram to Lalgarh / Private Life / Rebel Who Did Not Return Home / Photographs / Glossary / Historic Documents and News Clippings / The life and Times of Kanu Sanyal: A Chronology / Select Bibliography / Index

2014 • 264 pages • Paperback (9788132117872) • ` 575.00

DEATH WASN’T PAINFULStories of Indian Fighter Pilots from the 1971 War

Dhirendra S Jafa Wing Commander (Retd.), Indian Air Force

The book portrays the subtle and

human reactions of soldiers when

faced with the harsh realities of

war-injuries, death, broken families,

alienation and grief.

The Statesman

Death Wasn’t Painful is a true account of the experiences of a former Indian fighter pilot, who was taken prisoner during the 1971 Indo-Pak/Bangladesh Liberation War. While depicting the intrepid life of fighter pilots in active combat, the book also has an introspective side where it portrays the soldier’s reactions to the terrifying realities of war.

CONTENTSDeath Wasn’t Painful / Compassion and Cruelty / Secrets and Sleuths / The Hospital Interlude / Myths and Misconceptions / Compatriots and Colleagues / A Yankee Comes Calling / Some Fun, Some Frolic / Courage and Cowardice / Daring and Devilry / Kala Sandhu / The Times, They Were Bad / Tigers in the Cage / Freedom Beckons / Preparations and Doubts / The Breakout / The Aftermath / Wages of Sin / Ayesha / The Great Homecoming / Annexure: Pen Portraits / Acknowledgements / Glossary

2014 • 268 pages • Paperback (9788132117896) • ` 445.00

Also available in Hindi! Also available in Hindi!


56A

ARMED CONFLICT, PEACE AUDIT AND EARLY WARNING 2014Stability and Instability in South Asia

Edited by D Suba Chandran National Institute of Advanced Studies and P R Chari Institute of Peace and Conflict Studies, New Delhi

This volume addresses three major security aspects in South Asia – armed conflicts, peace audit and early warning. The essays span the entire range of armed conflicts, including inter-state and intra-state actors in the region. An innovative attempt is also made to audit the peace processes in conflict-driven environments since certain areas have witnessed an end to armed conflicts.

CONTENTSPreface / I: ARMED CONFLICT / Overview / P R Chari / Security Transition and Peace Process in Afghanistan: Trends in 2013 / Mariam Safi / Armed Conflicts in Pakistan 2013: Continuing Violence despite Changes in Leadership / D Suba Chandran and Ayesha Khanyari / Myanmar: Tentative Consolidation of Peace / Bibhu Prasad Routray / Northeast India: Bordering on Renewed Conflict or Building on the Peace? / Mirza Zulfiqur Rahman / Left-wing Extremism in 2013: A Mixed Bag / N. Manoharan / II: PEACE AUDIT / Peace Process in Jammu and Kashmir 2013: Hope to Simmering Discontent? / Ashok Bhan / Peace Process in Manipur: A Perspective / Chitra Ahanthem / Auditing Peace and Conflict in India’s Northeast: Do We Need a ‘Peace Policy’? / Nani Gopal Mahanta / Elections 2013 and Peace Process in Nepal / Nishchal Nath Pandey / Maoist Insurgency and Peace Process in Nepal: Integration (of the Maoist Combatants) and the Divide within the Maoist Party / Uddhab Prasad Pyakurel / Sri Lanka: Positive Peace at a Distance / N Manoharan / State, Society and Talks with Taliban: Everywhere and Nowhere / D Suba Chandran / III: EARLY WARNING / Communal Divide in Jammu and Kashmir / Kavita Suri / Maoists in Northeast India: The Spread of a Rebellion / Wasbir Hussain / Convergence and Divergence of Madhes Politics in Nepal and Its Implication / Sohan Prasad Sha / The Political Direction of the Maoist Party in Nepal: Possibilities, Recommendations and Incentives / Sisir Devkota / Sinhala Buddhist Radicalization in Post-war Sri Lanka: 2013 and Ahead / Thiranjala Weerasinghe / Index

ARMED CONFLICT, PEACE AUDIT AND EARLY WARNING2015 • 440 pages • Hardback (9789351500766) • ` 1250.00

LEFT-WING EXTREMISM AND HUMAN RIGHTSThe Role of Civil Liberties Groups in Andhra Pradesh

K V Thomas Formerly at Intelligence Bureau (IB), Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India

The book is packed with information

that would provide valuable inputs

for policymaking. It could also be a

ready reckoner for anyone who wants

to study the role of civil groups in the

arena of human rights protection, with particular reference to

Andhra Pradesh.

Defence Watch

Left-Wing Extremism and Human Rights unfolds a mosaic of social issues, especially of the weaker and marginalized section, closely intertwined with internal security. Based on an empirical study of the Left-Wing Extremism (LWE) movement in Andhra Pradesh, once the citadel of LWE, it offers a deep analysis of the growth and consolidation of LWE in India. It also studies the profiles and roles of NGOs in promoting rights for which specific case studies have been undertaken. As LWE and counter-extremist operations have become the major sources of serious human-rights violations in the country, the pan-Indian scenario of the movement bringing out its genesis, organizational structure, etc., have been elaborately dealt with in this book.

CONTENTSPreface / Human Rights: Historical Background and Constitutional Framework / Human Rights Scenario in Andhra Pradesh: A Ground-level Study / Left-Wing Extremism: Pan-Indian Scenario / Left-Wing Extremism and Human Rights in Andhra Pradesh / Human and Civil Rights of Marginalized Sections / How to Tackle Left-Wing Extremism? / Human Rights NGOs and Their Increasing Role / Andhra Pradesh: A Role Model for Civil Liberties Groups and NGOs / A Way Ahead / Conclusion / Appendix / Notes / Bibliography / Index

2014 • 308 pages • Hardback (9788132111580) • ` 1050.00

THE NELLIE MASSACRE OF 1983Agency of Rioters

Makiko Kimura Tsuda College, Tokyo

The Nellie Massacre of 1983 is an attempt to search for clues from the narratives of attackers and survivors of the incident, which are fragmented and sometimes contradictory to each other. The key focus of the book is on the local decision-making processes of the riot agents in deciding to use collective violence against another group/community/ethnicity especially in the context of rural India.

CONTENTSIntroduction / How to Interpret "Riots": Theories on Collective Violence and the Question of Agency in Contemporary South Asia / Locating the Antiforeigners Movement in the Context of Assamese Nationalism / Election Boycott and the Nellie Incident / Agency of the Rioters: A Study of Decision Making in the Nellie Massacre / Memories of the Massacre / Conclusion / Bibliography / Index

SAGE STUDIES ON INDIA'S NORTH EAST2013 • 284 pages • Hardback (9788132111665) • ` 795.00

REVISITING NUCLEAR INDIAStrategic Culture and (In)Security Imaginary

Runa Das University of Minnesota, Duluth

Interrogating the socially constructed nature of a nation’s strategic culture to explain its nuclear security policies is not a common practice in the mainstream scholarships of strategic culture studies and International Relations. Revisiting Nuclear India is an effort to reorient strategic culture and international security studies in this direction.This book renders a novel line of theoretical and analytical approach to study a discursive link between the reconstructions of India’s strategic cultures, insecurities, and India’s nuclear policy choices from 1947 to the present.

CONTENTSAcknowledgements / Discourse in International Relations: Situating India / Nation-making in Colonial India / Political Idealism and Atomic Science: 1947–1964 / Defense Preparedness and Nuclear Aggressiveness: 1964–1991 / At the Nuclear Edge: 1991–1998 / Crossing the Nuclear Threshold and the Neoliberal Turn: 1998–2004 / Neoliberal Strategic Security / Defense Collaborations: Post-2004 / Conclusion / Bibliography / Index

2015 • 340 pages • Hardback (9789351501220) • ` 1250.00

o t

s

t


57A

SAGE SERIES IN HUMAN RIGHTS

AUDITS OF PEACE PROCESSESFive Volume Set

Edited by Rita Manchanda Research Director, South Asia Forum for Human

Rights, Delhi

The SAGE Series in Human Rights Audits of Peace Processes provides

an overview of peace-audit study and explores why many peace processes

fail. It provides comparative analyses of peace processes in South Asia drawn

from field-based audit exercises in four regions: Northeast India; Balochistan,

Pakistan; Madhesh, Nepal; and Chittagong Hills Tracts, Bangladesh. By placing

conflict-affected peoples’ perspectives and experiences at the center, the

five volumes explore the gaps between the national elite’s vision of conflict

management, pacification, and restoring normalcy vis-andagrave;-vis peoples’

expectations of systemic change in the factors that drove the conflicts. The

volumes question the success of peacemaking processes, indexing them on

the quality of democracy by looking at peoples’ rights and entitlements. They

set forth ways in which peace accords can be made to deliver a more inclusive,

non-exploitative, and just peace.

Making War, Making Peace

Conflict Resolution in South Asia

Rita Manchanda and Tapan Kumar Bose

This book maps the South Asian states’ praxis of resolving ethno-nationalist conflicts via peace accords that largely result in the creation of ‘homeland’-based federal arrangements and special autonomies. Confronted by the regions’ faltering peace processes, the authors explore the gaps between the national elites’ vision of conflict management and pacification and the conflict affected peoples’ expectations out of such peace processes.

Bridging State and Nation

Peace Accords in India’s Northeast

Rita Manchanda, Tapan Kumar Bose and Sajal Nag

This book brings a rights based perspective to an area that has long been monopolized by counterinsurgency wallahs or body-count human rights documentation. Challenging the long-standing assumptions about primoridal tribalism, the book points out that the goal posts have shifted; new social forces have emerged which are capable of uniting community, group, and gender interests while negotiating for higher forms of autonomy.

Balochistan

A Case Study of Pakistan’s Peacemaking Praxis

Alia Amirali

This book examines Pakistan's adoption of military force as its predominant strategy in Balochistan, recent shift in policy-making, and formulations and combinations that govern its choice of peace-making strategies. These strategies are shaped by the interests of competing factions/institutions within the state and the state’s ruling elites.

Confronting the Federal Sphinx in Nepal

Madhesh-Tarai

Tapan Kumar Bose and Som Prasad Niroula

This volume evaluates the ascendence of the Madheshis in postwar Nepali politics and their emergence as a major player. Analyzing the political economy of Nepali nationalism, the book provides a history of the discrimination of Madheshis, their struggle for justice, participation in democracy movements, and their betrayal by the Caste Hill Hindu Elite (CHHE)-controlled political parties. It explores the possibility of a new Madheshi identity that can accommodate the competing claims of Tharus (Janajati), Muslims, and Dalits.

Conflict and Partition

Chittagong Hill Tracts, Bangladesh

Amena Mohsin and Delwar Hossain

The study traces the origins of ethnic insurgency, charts through the peace process, and takes the responses of different regimes; and also critically those of the Hill people from the field study. The CHT accord and its discords, questions pertaining to women, and issues of resource and power distribution have been analyzed.

5Volume

Set

2015 • 1040 pages • Hardback (9789351500988) • ` 6,500.00

Rita Manchanda is Research Director of

the South Asia Forum for Human Rights.

She is the Coordinator of the Human Rights

and Peace Audits research project as well

as the Women Conflict and Peace-building

and Media and Conflict programs.

ABOUT THE AUTHOR


58A

BUSINESS INTERESTS AND THE ENVIRONMENTAL CRISISEdited by Kanchi Kohli Researcher and writer working on environment, forest, and biodiversity governance in India and Manju Menon Senior Fellow, Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi

This book highlights the manner in which key aspects in policy discourse—commodity, pricing, ownership, and regulation—have borrowed economic and trade principles to address the environmental crisis and to what effect. The book addresses a fundamental issue in environment: if nature is no longer available as a limitless resource, how has the policy discourse on the environmental crisis come to view it, value it, and live with it? Analysing policy instruments across sectors that respond to local ecological conflicts and challenges, the book offers a conceptual understanding of how natural elements are transformed into mobile, tradable commodities through the use of market-based instruments.

CONTENTSPreface / Introduction: Green and Pink / Kanchi Kohli and Manju Menon / SECTION I. EXAMINING ‘NATURE’ IN BUSINESS / Bringing Liquidity to Life: Markets for Ecosystem Services and the New Political Economy of Extinction / Jeremy Walker / Claiming Benefits, Making Commodities / Shalini Bhutani / The Abstract Nature of Building / Himanshu Burte / Coal Accounting: The Story of Fuel Kept Cheap / Vinuta Gopal / SECTION II. DEMOCRATIC GOVERNANCE OF NATURE / Value as a Justification in Water Resource Development / Shripad Dharmadhikary / The Effectiveness and Equity of Payments for Reducing Forest Loss / Simone Lovera / Selling Nature: Narratives of Coercion, Resistance, and Ecology / Soumitra Ghosh / Putting Peoplehood at the Centre of the Green Economy / Sanjay Kabir Bavikatte and Daniel F Robinson / Index

2016 • 284 pages • Hardback (9789351508601) • ` 845.00

BU ENVIRONMENT AND DEVELOPMENTEssays in Honour of Dr U Sankar

Edited by K R Shanmugam Director and Professor, Madras School of Economics, Chennai and K S Kavi Kumar Professor, Madras School of Economics, Chennai

Grounded in current issues and constraints, this book focuses on valuing environmental degradation, green economic growth, trade–environment linkage, climate change, health outcome efficiency and public works programmes. Can the ‘impressive’ growth rates registered by the Indian economy last in the long run? If so, are they inclusive of the key dimensions of well-being? Can the balance between India’s demand for and supply of natural capital make the country an ecological debtor? This volume, in honour of Professor U. Sankar, addresses such significant debates and provides policy initiatives to tackle these issues. This book argues that sustainable development as a long-term objective demands a paradigm shift in the approach to viewing ecology and that sustainability has to be assessed in terms of economic, social and environmental outcomes.

CONTENTSForeword by C. Rangarajan / Acknowledgements / Introduction and Overview / K R Shanmugam and K S Kavi Kumar / I. ENVIRONMENT / Estimating the Cost of Environmental Degradation in India / Muthukumara Mani, Anil Markandya, Aarsi Sagar, Elena Strukova and Gaurav Joshi / Discount Rate for Environmental Health Risks: A Comparative Study / K.R. Shanmugam / Low Carbon Goods and Services: International Cooperation on Technological Innovation, Transfer and Funding Needs / Kaliappa Kalirajan, Anbumozhi Venkatachalam and Thanh Nguyen / Carbon Intensity and Labour Intensity in India / Brinda Viswanathan and Ishwarya Balasubramanian / Natural Solutions to Environmental Issues: The Case of the Textile Sector / Badri Narayanan G / Are Fiscal Subsidies Harmful for the Environment? / Sacchidananda Mukherjee and Debashis Chakraborty / Climate Change Burden Sharing: A Reappraisal of the Equity Debate / Anubhab Pattanayak and K S Kavi Kumar / Economic Value of Water Using Hedonic Price Method / Haripirya Gundimeda and Vinish Kathuria / Assessing On-farm Conservation and Farmer’s Willingness to Participate: A Case Study of Minor / Millet Sukanya Das, Prabhakaran T Raghu and E D Israel Oliver King / Economic Analysis of Irrigation Institutions: A Case Study / Durba Biswas and L Venkatachalam / Improving Tiger Conservation in India / Zareena Begum I and Amanat K Gill / II. DEVELOPMENT / Importance of Excess Female Mortality in Explaining Lowness of the Sex Ratio in India / D Jayaraj / Subsidized Credit vs Public Works Programme in Rural India / Kausik Chaudhuri and Debanjali Dasgupta / Budgetary Allocation on Education: A Study of Inter-state Imbalances / C Bhujanga Rao and D K Srivastava / Health Outcome Efficiency of the Indian States / J Prachithaand and K R Shanmugam / The Software Sector in Bangalore and Hyderabad / V N Balasubramanyam and Ahalya Balasubramanyam / Index

2016 • 516 pages • Hardback (9789351506492) • ` 1295.00

Kanchi Kohli is a researcher and writer working

on environment, forest, and biodiversity

governance in India. Her work explores the links

between law, industrialization, and environment

justice.

Manju Menon is Senior Fellow, Centre for Policy

Research, New Delhi. She has researched and

written on environment, law, and development for

over two decades. Her main areas of work are

environmental lawmaking and implementation

processes and regulatory decisions on siting of

infrastructure projects.

ABOUT THE EDITORS

Environmental Studies

59A

COMMUNITY NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND POVERTY IN INDIAThe Evidence from Gujarat and Madhya Pradesh

Shashidharan Enarth Senior Advisor, Institute of Livelihood Research and Training, Hyderabad, Jharna Pathak Assistant Professor, Gujarat Institute of Development Research, Ahmedabad, Amita Shah Former Director, Gujarat Institute of Development Research, Ahmedabad, Madhu Verma Professor, Indian Institute of Forest Management, Bhopal and John R Wood Professor Emeritus, Department of Political Science, University of British Columbia, Vancouver

A comparative analysis of two contrasting strategies in the implementation of Community Natural Resource Management (CNRM) programmes in Gujarat and Madhya PradeshThis book examines whether the introduction of CNRM schemes in rural India made an impact on poverty alleviation. These programmes were implemented in various phases and manners in different states over the last two decades and their comparative performance as well as successes and failures are analysed. Inspired by the Millennial Development Goals established by the United Nations in 2000, the book focuses on participatory irrigation management, watershed development, joint forest management, and inland fishing cooperatives. This book is indispensable to scholars of development studies, environmental studies, community resource management, and sociology.

CONTENTSPreface / CNRM in India: The Problem and the Context John R Wood / Comparative CNRM: From Concepts to Field Research John R Wood, Shashidharan Enarth and Amita Shah / Participatory Irrigation Management in Gujarat and Madhya Pradesh: When and How Can It Benefit the Poor? Shashidharan Enarth / Resource Management and Poverty in Gujarat’s and Madhya Pradesh’s Inland Fisheries: Hopeful Opportunities and Hard Realities Jharna Pathak / Participatory Watershed Development Projects in Gujarat and Madhya Pradesh: Do They Impact Poverty? Amita Shah / Poverty Reduction and the Community Management of Forests: The Experience of Joint Forest Management Institutions Madhu Verma / Conclusion: Comparing CNRM Institutions and Their Impact on Poverty in Gujarat and Madhya Pradesh John R Wood / CNRM and Poverty in India: The Way Forward John R Wood / Glossary / References and Select Bibliography / Index

2016 • 440 pages • Hardback (9789351506522) • ` 1150.00

COMULTI-LEVEL FOREST GOVERNANCE IN ASIAConcepts, Challenges and the Way Forward

Edited by Makoto Inoue Professor of Forest Sociology and Governance, University of Tokyo and Ganesh P Shivakoti Asian Institute of Technology, Bangkok

A f resh look and comparat ive perspectives from various Asian countries on multi-level forest governance. This book presents the remarkable diversity of policy implementation in forest resource management in 14 Asian countries: five in South Asia (Bangladesh, India, Nepal, Sri Lanka and Bhutan), six in South-east Asia (Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, Thailand, Vietnam and Laos) and three in East Asia (China, Korea and Japan). It explores how effective forest governance can be achieved by bridging multi-level outcomes. Further, this volume highlights the importance of context in defining flexible policies for policy makers, development practitioners and the academic communities of these countries. It also provides assistance to government officers, NGOs and academics based on relevant empirical information on resource management.

CONTENTSList of Tables / List of Figures / Foreword / Yukio Ikemoto / I: INTRODUCTION / Multi-level Forest Governance in Asia: An Introduction / Makoto Inoue, Ganesh P Shivakoti and Hemant R Ojha / II: SOUTH ASIA / Bangladesh: Do Changes in Policy Ensure Good Forest Governance? / Tapan K Nath, Mohammed Jashimuddin and Makoto Inoue / India: Determinants and Challenges of Sustainable Forest Governance / Madhusudan Bandi and P.K Viswanathan / Nepal: Evaluating Different Forest Management Regimes / Ganesh P Shivakoti, Birendra K Karna, Ambika P Gautam and Makoto Inoue / Sri Lanka: Forest Governance of Community-based Forest Management / Mangala De Zoysa, W D Lakmi Saubhagya and Makoto Inoue / Bhutan: Forest Resources Management and Conservation in and Outside Protected Areas / Om Katel and Dietrich Schmidt-Vogt / III: SOUTH-EAST ASIA / Indonesia I: Review of Local Community Dimensions of Forest Policies / Mustofa Agung Sardjono and Ndan Imang / Indonesia II: Customary Land Tenure in East Kalimantan / G Simon Devung / Indonesia III: Characteristics of Forest Management Policy in West Sumatra / Yonariza, Ganesh P Shivakoti, Mahdi, Tri Martial and Yolamalinda / Malaysia: Governance and Community Participation in Forestry / A Ainuddin Nuruddin / Philippines: Multi-tired Forest Governance System on Uneven Playing Field / Juan M Pulhin, Rose Jane J Peras and Maricel A Tapia / Thailand: Context and Outcomes of Community Forestry in Two Western Provinces / Edward L Webb and Demis Galli / Vietnam: Implications of Community-based Forest Management for Sustainable Forest Governance / Tran Nam Thang and Ganesh P Shivakoti / Laos: Local Communities and Involvement of External Stakeholders / Kimihiko Hyakumura / IV: EAST ASIA / China: Mechanism Design of Community Co-management in Forest Governance / Huilan Wei, Ting Zhu, Haiyun Chen and Ganesh P Shivakoti / Korea: Conditions for Sustainability of Traditional Village Woods Maeulsoop / Koo Ja-Choon, Kweon Deogkyu and Youn Yeo-Chang / Japan I: Histories of ‘Property Wards (Zaisanku)’ and ‘School Forests (Gakkou-rin) / Haruo Saito and Taro Takemoto / Japan II: Implications of the Commons for Endogenous Development of a Mountain Village / Hironori Okuda and Makoto Inoue / V: SYNTHESIS AND THE WAY FORWARD / Towards an Effective Policy for Forest Management in Asia / Ganesh P Shivakoti, Makoto Inoue, Juan M Pulhin, Shubhechchha Sharma, Edward L Webb and Tapan K Nath / About the Editors and Contributors / Index

2015 • 508 pages • Hardback (9789351502593) • ` 1495.00


60A

MEDIA CONSTRUCTION OF ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABILITY IN INDIAPrithi Nambiar Executive Director, Centre for Environment Education (CEE) Australia Inc., Sydney, NSW

The book analyses the role of media and communication in negotiating the meaning of environment and sustainability in the developmental context of India. As part of the global development discourse, it has become necessary to refocus on the meanings attributed to environment, sustainability, and sustainable development at the local and national level. The impact of these globally generated imperatives on a democratic, fast-developing nation like India is determined by the extent to which meaning negotiation through discourse aids their acceptance within society.

CONTENTSList of Illustrations / List of Abbreviations / Foreword Professor (Dr) Naren Chitty / Preface / Acknowledgements / Introduction / The Sustainability Discourse / Prioritising Sustainable Development / Communicating and Framing Sustainability / The Indian Environment and Sustainability Discourse / Making Sense of Sustainability: Exploring Elite Public Discourse / Media Construction of Environment and Sustainability / Framing the Future of Sustainability / Bibliography / Index

2014 • 312 pages • Hardback (9788132117414) • ` 1050.00

ACHIEVING UNIVERSAL ENERGY ACCESS IN INDIAChallenges and the Way Forward

P C Maithani Director, Ministry of New and Renewable Energy, Government of India and Deepak Gupta Ex-Secretary, Ministry of New and Renewable Energy, Government of India

If you are looking for a definitive, fairly

complete text on India’s energy problems

with illustrative background stories of

successes and failures (not just anecdotal case studies), strong

technical solutions and policy recommendations, you would

do very well and save a huge amount of time to start with this

scholarly publication.

Business World

The book takes a critical look at the present energy policy and addresses ways to improve energy penetration. In doing so it encourages the use of renewable energy as an alternate medium, challenging the traditional power proponents.

CONTENTSPreface / The Importance of Energy Access / Global Status / India Electricity Status / Rural Electrification—Policy Landscape and Status of Access / Renewable Energy Options for Electricity Access / Challenges for Universal Electricity Access and Way Forward / Access to Cooking Energy / Subsidies and Funding / Energy Access and Rural Development / The Last Word / Index

2015 • 296 pages • Hardback (9789351501374) • ` 950.00

ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICSTheory and Applications

Katar Singh Honorary (Founder) Chairman, India Natural Resource Economics and Management Foundation, Anand, Gujarat and Anil Shishodia Information/Reference Services Department, Calgary Public Library, Calgary

The book provides a fairly compre-

hensive yet crunchy treatment of both

theoretical and applied aspects of

environmental economics with Indian

case studies.

Consulting Ahead

Environmental Economics: Theory and Applications is a balanced blend of theory and practice, this book outlinesthe basic concepts, theories, tools and techniques of environmental economics, which not only enable the reader to diagnose the root causes of environmental problems and identify practicable solutions, but also facilitate the design of environmental policy and management strategies. The book combines:

• innovative synthesis of concepts, ideas and theories

• presentation in a simple, easy-to-comprehend language and style

• illustrations and examples from real life situations

• latest available research data on various environmental problems.

CONTENTSIntroduction / Environment, Economy and Development / Basic Concepts and Theories: Individual Choices / Basic Concepts and Theories: Collective Choices / Environmental Valuation / Environmental Accounting / Instruments of Environment Management / Land and Environment / Water and Environment / Forests and Environment / Fisheries and Environment / Biodiversity Conservation and Environment / Climate Change and Environment / An Ideal Environment Management Policy / References and Select Bibliography / Index

SAGE TEXTS2007 • 424 pages • Paperback (9780761935971) • ` 495.00

Recommended for students of Economics at UG and PG levels and students appearing for UGC-NET, IES and UPSC exams. An invaluable resource for credit papers at various B. Tech. colleges


61A

FINANCING CITIES IN INDIAMunicipal Reforms, Fiscal Accountability and Urban Infrastructure

Prasanna K Mohanty Chair Professor of Economics, University of Hyderabad

Highlights the potential of cities as major drivers of economic growth and productive employment if municipal finances are managed better. This book identifies Indian municipalities as among the weakest globally in terms of access to resources, revenue-raising capacity and fiscal autonomy. Advocating reforms in these sectors, it discusses the lack of clarity, consistency, adequacy and predictability in municipal taxation, user charging, inter-governmental transfers and development financing as key factors plaguing city finances. Topical and up-to-date, the book brings out the need to align particular types of revenues to particular categories of expenditure so that services can be delivered in a responsive, transparent and accountable manner.

CONTENTSPreface / Overview / India's Urban Fiscal Problem / A Portfolio of Municipal Taxes / Taxation of Urban Land Value / Reforming the Property Tax / User Charges, Benefit Charges and Fees / Intergovernmental Transfers to Municipalities / Development Financing Instruments / Value Creation, Capture and Recycling / Conclusion: An Agenda for Reforms / Bibliography / Index

2016 • 328 pages • Hardback (9789351508755) • ` 895.00

FIN

Prasanna K Mohanty is Chair Professor of

Economics at the University of Hyderabad and

also Honorary Executive Chair at the National

Institute of Urban Management and Centre for

Good Governance, Hyderabad.

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Q. Give us an interesting fact from your book.

A. My book : Financing Cities in India: Municipal Reforms, Fiscal Accountability and Urban Infrastructure finds that the Indian cities are amongst the weakest in the world in terms of fiscal autonomy and capacity to deliver infrastructure and services needed by economic growth and urbanisation. Reforms in urban public finance system are long overdue.

Q. What should be the start point for someone exploring the urban planning and development of Indian municipalities?

A. The start point is to understand municipal functions - delivery of civic services and urban infrastructure. Once there is clarity in functions, the next step is to understand whether finances available with municipalities are commensurate with functions - assess the financing, planning and governance challenges, etc.

Q. What is the most misleading concept about municipal finances?

A. The most misleading concept is that property tax will be adequate to meet the financing needs of cities. Municipalities need to be equipped with access to a broad basket of taxes, charges, transfers, etc. including land-based financing instruments.

Q. Why do you think Indian municipalities are among the weakest?

A. Indian municipalities are among the weakest as while they need to spend more than Rs.5.9 million crores on operational and maintenance of civic services and capital works over a period of 20 years (High Powered Expert Committee estimates), their total revenues per annum amount to Rs. 0.1 million - to be spent on salaries, operation and maintenance and capital works. Apart from financial weakness, municipalities are plagued by serious issues of governance.

SecondsPrasanna K Mohanty

with

Urban Studies

62A

ASSORTED CITYEquity, Justice, and Politics in Urban Services Delivery

Suptendu P Biswas Architect, Urban Designer and Planning Professional

A rare piece of research on the game of urban services delivery in an Indian metropolis. Assorted City makes an important contribution to urban planning discourses in India by offering an in-depth conceptual and theoretical insight to address theory–practice dichotomy. A unique work on urban services delivery in an Indian city, it narrates how equity and justice are manipulated in the process. It captures generic urban processes in three ways: the questions it raises about planning, the multifaceted methodological perspective it introduces, and the commitment it underlines toward social justice and equity in a democracy. This book explores and exposes the interplay between urban existence and the politics of service delivery.

CONTENTSPreface / Acknowledgements / Introduction / I: POSITIONS AND PROPOSITIONS / Ideology, Policy, and Governmentality / Planning and Its Practices of Delivery / Politics of Distribution / II: POLITICS OF DISTRIBUTION IN WATER SUPPLY / Physical Setting and the Method of Study / Socioeconomic Spaces and Property Rights / Water Supply and Socioeconomic Spaces / Water Supply, Political Funding, and Socioeconomic Spaces / III: ASSORTED CITY / Politics of Practices, Its Ambiguity, and Governmentality / Equity Mosaics and Assorted City / Select Bibliography / Index

2015 • 280 pages • Hardback (9789351501251) • ` 895.00

CITIES AND PUBLIC POLICYAn Urban Agenda for India

Prasanna K Mohanty Chair Professor of Economics, University of Hyderabad

Cities and Public Policy acknowledges the role of agglomeration externalities as the cornerstone of urban public policy in India. Arguing that hypotheses of over-urbanization and urban bias theory—which articulated a negative view of urbanization—are based on fragile theoretical as well as empirical foundations, this book calls for proactive public policy to harness planned urbanization as resource. The book provides a large number of practical examples from India and abroad to enable policy-makers undertake reforms in urban and regional planning, financing, and governance to meet the challenges of urbanization in India.

CONTENTSPreface / Introduction / Cities and Agglomeration Economies / Fallacy of Over-urbanisation / Spatial Planning, Transportation, and Land Use / Right to the City: Making Urbanisation Inclusive / Financing City Development and Services / Using Urban Land as a Resource / Institutional Framework for Good Urban Governance / Cities and Public Policy: An Urban Agenda for India / Bibliography / Index

2014 • 352 pages • Hardback (9788132117933) • ` 995.00

SAGE Video online collections are developed in partnership with

leading academics, societies and practitioners to deliver cutting-edge

pedagogical content mapped to curricular needs.

With more than 800+ hours of streaming video content that is more than

65% exclusive to SAGE, SAGE Video provides a complete disciplinary

resource for students, faculty, and researchers, wherever they are.

Available collections are:

Counseling & Psychotherapy

Education

Media, Communication & Cultural Studies

Psychology

Business & Management

Politics & International Relations

Research Methods – on the SAGE Reseach Methods platform

sk.sagepub.com/video

Thoughtful and reflective material by scholars that can be used in classrooms around the world– Myria Georgiou, London School of Economics

Interesting and engaging....Clear, direct and easy to follow

– Steve May, University of North Carolina

Sociology

Criminology & Criminal Justice

NEW IN 2017!

9:45

AM

100%

iPad

Urban Studies

63A

URBANISATION IN INDIAChallenges, Opportunities and the Way Forward

Edited by Isher Judge Ahluwalia Chairperson, Board of Governors, the Indian Council for Research on International Economic Relations, New Delhi, Ravi Kanbur Cornell University and P K Mohanty Chief Secretary, Government of Andhra Pradesh

A most welcome contribution to the

literature precisely because it shines

the light on the non-financial challenges

to sustainable urbanization.

Business Standard

The book offers observations on a diverse number of issues

and it does so in an insightful manner...all authors focus on

exploring remedies rather than merely dissecting the problem...

the book throws light on some aspects that we must start

addressing immediately...performs the unpleasant yet required

task of awakening its readers to reality.

Businessworld

Urban areas are integral to India’s growth and development, accounting for around two-thirds of the country’s GDP. Analysing India’s rapidly expanding process of urbanisation, the book identifies the key challenges and opportunities and proposes suitable managerial and policy reforms. It addresses critical issues and puts forth suggestions for better planning financing alternatives and, most importantly, better governance for improved service delivery and affordable housing. Divided thematically into three sections, the volume takes into account the important facets of urbanisation, including the state of urban infrastructure and planning in India with due attention to sustainability, the role of finance in urban development and its dependence on governance, and methods to generate good governance in public institutions, and the impact on housing and climate change. The 11 essays included in this book have been written by leading analysts and practitioners, who propose critical reforms and policy interventions. The volume will be indispensable to students and scholars of urban economics, development studies, urban planning, business practitioners, policymakers as well as the informed general reader.

CONTENTSPreface / Challenges of Urbanisation in India: An Overview / Isher Judge Ahluwalia, Ravi Kanbur and P K Mohanty / I: URBAN PLANNING, INFRASTRUCTURE AND SUSTAINABILITY / Urban Infrastructure and Service Delivery / Isher Judge Ahluwalia / Planning and Markets for Urban Development in India / Isher Judge Ahluwalia and P K Mohanty / Sustainable Urban Living / Montek S Ahluwalia and Ajay Mathur / II: FINANCE AND GOVERNANCE / A Municipal Financing Framework / P K Mohanty / Market Worthiness and Urban Local Governments / Jessica Seddon / The Practice of PPP in Urban Infrastructure / Anand Sahasranaman and Vikram Kapur / Governance and Fiscal Federalism / Govinda Rao and Richard Bird / III: INCLUSION AND GOVERNANCE / Generating Demand for Good Governance / Samuel Paul / Integrating Redevelopment of Slums in City Planning / Bimal Patel and V K Phatak / Affordable Housing in Urban India / Deepak Parekh / Index

2014 • 360 pages • Hardback (9788132117759) • ` 950.00

Isher Judge Ahluwalia is Chairperson of the

Board of the Indian Council for Research on

International Economic Relations (ICRIER), a

leading think tank based in New Delhi.

Ravi Kanbur is currently President of the

Society for the Study of Economic Inequality

and teaches at the Cornell University. He was

educated at Cambridge and Oxford.

P K Mohanty, an officer of the Indian

Administrative Service, is currently the Chief

Secretary to Government of Andhra Pradesh.

ABOUT THE EDITORS

Connect with SAGE!

Urban Studies

64A

DISPLACEMENT, REVOLUTION, AND THE NEW URBAN CONDITIONTheories and Case Studies

Ipsita Chatterjee Department of Geography, University of North Texas

An insight into various problems and

challenges that displaced people face

throughout their lives. Rehabilitation and

resettlement of displaced persons pose

major challenges for the government

and citizens....this book has lucidly

interfaced the theories revolving around urban policies

and development by studying the Sabarmati River Front

Development (SRFD) and the people of Ahemdabad. It would

help geographers, planners, policy makers to internalize that

urban change is not a simple process of renewing idle spaces

but it is at the same time an exploitative mechanism to displace

people and their labouring landscape.

Social Action

The book informs “new urban politics”- a policy shift in urban

governance that challenges the notion of the city as a place

for redistributive justice by appealing to entrepreneurial

capital, through two mutually inclusive concept. This book

can also be read as a people’s history of development in

Gujarat, whose characteristics have been replicated in large-

scale development projects all over India. It is a gleaming of

entrepreneurial urbanism, marking a shift from social urbanism.

Economic & Political Weekly

This is a valuable book that grapples with differing narratives

of development, resistance and community present in the

SFRD project. Chatterjee’s work is most powerful when she

challenges homogenous narratives of resistance and lends a

theoretical gaze to the aftermath of resettlement. Her account,

though at times dense, also importantly links theory exchange

between the Global North and the Global South, demonstrating

how the SFRD is not just about a riverfront community in

Ahmedabad, but about global urban displacement.

Kavita Ramakrishnan, University of East Anglia

Displacement, Revolution, and the New Urban Condition provides a window into the global urban contradiction through the lens of a Third World city. It is not a book on urban India, or a book on Ahmedabad city, or even a book on the Sabarmati River Front Development (SRFD) project, but it is a book that uses all these lenses to conceptualize urban exploitation.

CONTENTSAcknowledgments / Preface / Introduction / New Urban Politics / Accumulation, Estrangement, and Displacement / Resettlement and the Territorialization of Exploitation / Of Unruly Practices and Resistance / Reversing the Arrow? Theory Transfer and Theory-building / Bibliography / Index

2014 • 180 pages • Hardback (9788132116608) • ` 675.00

URBAN VILLAGERLife in an Indian Satellite Town

Vandana Vasudevan Columnist

In Urban Villager, the writer

elucidates how the push for

urbanization has led to as many

challenges as the opportunities

it has nurtured...[it] explores the

dynamics of these challenges from

her vantage as a resident of Greater

Noida, a suburb of New Delhi.

The Financial Express

Urban Villager is a superbly etched and finely detailed representation of the life of an ‘urban villager’ in a modern satellite town of India. It describes how Delhi, as a city, is growing radially, stretching its way into the rural fringes of Haryana and Uttar Pradesh that border the city to form the National Capital Region. Through the microcosm of Greater Noida, a suburb of New Delhi, the author draws a portrait of life in a semi-urban town, where billion dollar homes and villages with no sewage system share the same pin code. Some farmers sell their land and try to cope with a new found prosperity; others refuse and break into agitations that make newspaper headlines. A builder destroys a wetland to make a township while the middle class in high rises frets about power and security.

CONTENTSPreface / I: WHOSE LAND IS IT ANYWAY? / A New Town is Born / A Mutiny, A Martyr and Some Myths / Farmer, Farmer, Give Me Your Land / The Murky Tales of Noida Extension / Formula 1: Zipping through the Fields / II: THE IMPACT OF ACQUISITION / Poof! The Cash is Gone. Where’s My Gun? / The Cost of Building / No Home for the Bristled Grassbird / III: NEW OWNERS OF AN OLD LAND / Isles of Urbania / The Creation of an Education Bazaar / IV: THE SCHIZOPHRENIA OF THE PERI-URBAN TOWN / The Big, Fat Gujjar Wedding / Urban Villager / Art and the City / Greater Noida Heavens / V: GROWTH PANGS OF YOUNG TOWNS / The Complexities of Adolescence / Our Cities, Our Future / Annexures / Bibliography

2013 • 296 pages • Hardback (9788132113096) • ` 625.00

URBAN AND REGIONAL PLANNING IN INDIAA Handbook for Professional Practice

S K Kulshrestha Visiting Faculty, School of Planning and Architecture, New Delhi, India and Senior Consultant, Urban and Regional Planning

This book presents a comprehensive treatment to the subject of urban and regional planning in India, detailing the changing role of spatial planners and their professional requirements, and in this sense is a complete guide for those working in the spatial planning field or aspiring to get into the profession.

CONTENTSPreface / I: THE PROFESSION AND PROFESSIONAL ETHICS / The Profession, Roles, Responsibilities and Ethics / II: PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES / Professional Practice in the Public Sector / Initiation of the Private Sector in Spatial Planning Process / Professional Practice in the Private Sector / Professional Practice in the Joint Sector / International Urban Planning Practice under WTO-Gats / III: PROFESSIONAL FEE AND PREPARATION OF CONSULTANCY PROPOSALS / Scale of Professional Fees and Charges / Preparation of Consultancy Proposals / IV: LEGAL SUPPORT / Agreements and Contracts / V: ESTABLISHMENT AND MANAGEMENT OF OFFICE / Organising and Establishing Office / Personnel Management and Performance Appraisal / Annexes / Bibliography / Index

2012 • 328 pages • Paperback (9788132106975) • ` 995.00

Urban Studies

19

SYSTEMATIC APPROACHES TO A SUCCESSFUL LITERATURE REVIEWSecond Edition

Andrew Booth University of Sheffield, Anthea Sutton and Diana Papaioannou

Taking readers step-by-step through the process of approaching their

literature review in a structured and organized way, this book applies

systematic principles to a wide range of literature review types. The

authors introduce the different review types and help readers to choose

which approach is right for their research. Through numerous examples,

case studies and exercises, the book covers often-neglected areas of

literature review such as concept analysis, scoping and mapping.

The latest edition includes practical tools for supporting the various

stages of the review process, including;

• managing a literature review

• choosing a literature review method

• searching the literature

• assessing the quality of the literature

• synthesizing qualitative and quantitative data

• writing up and presenting data.

CONTENTSGetting Started on Your Literature Review / Taking a Systematic Approach to Your

Literature Review / Choosing Your Review Methods / Planning Your Literature Review

/ Defining Your Scope / Searching the Literature / Assessing the Evidence Base /

Synthesizing and Analyzing Quantitative Studies / Synthesizing and Analyzing Qualitative

Studies / Writing, Presenting and Disseminating Your Review

2016 • 336 pages

Hardback (9781473912458) • £75.00

Paperback (9781473912465) • £26.99

SYSTEMAT

Hundreds of case studies

show how methods are used in real

world contexts

Get help with every step of the research process

Research methods

come alive in 120+ hours

of video

Use teaching datasets to master analytical

techniques

Search more than 1000 full-

text books, reference works,

videos and journal articles

SAGE Research Methods supports

research at all levels by providing

material to guide users through every

step of the research process, from

a quick dictionary definition, a case

study example from a researcher in

the field, a downloadable teaching

dataset, a full-text title from the

Quantitative Applications in the Social

Sciences series, or a video tutorial

showing research in action.

sageresearchmethods.com

AN INTRODUCTION TO SYSTEMATIC REVIEWSSecond Edition

Edited by David Gough, Sandy Oliver and James Thomas all at University of London

Focused on actively using systematic

review as method, this book provides

clear, step-by-step advice on the logic

and processes of systematic reviewing and

covers the full breadth of approaches from statistical meta-analysis to

meta-ethnography. Stressing the importance of rigour and accuracy

throughout, the book enables students to conduct strategic reviews with

the same level of quality expected of any method of primary research.

The new edition includes:

• a new chapter on statistical methods

• coverage of computer-assisted methods

• expanded sections on data extraction and management

• more on strategic approaches to theory and data for

answering questions.

With interdisciplinary examples and a full range of data types, this new

edition will be a broad and deep introduction to systematic reviewing

for any student.

CONTENTSIntroducing Systematic Reviews / Stakeholder Perspectives and Participation in Reviews

/ Commonality and Diversity in Reviews / Getting Started with a Review / Finding Relevant

Studies / Describing and Analyzing Studies / Review Management through Information

Technology / Synthesis Part I: Methodological Foundations and Systematic Narrative

Methods / Synthesis Part II: Statistical Methods / Quality and Relevance Appraisal /

Using Research Findings

2016 • 360 pages

Hardback (9781473929425) • £85.00

Paperback (9781473929432) • £28.99

AN INTRO


20

UNDERSTANDING THE SOCIAL WORLDResearch Methods for the 21st Century

Russell K Schutt University of Massachusetts, Boston

This book focuses squarely on the research

requirements of a social world shaped by

big data and social media, Instagram and

avatars, blogs and tweets; and it confronts

the research difficulties created by mobile phones, privacy concerns,

linguistic diversity and multicultural neighbourhoods. The book is

fast-paced and visually sleek, taking students across disciplinary

and national boundaries and transcending past research issues by

emphasizing mixed methods, concern for human subjects and

application of results.

CONTENTSPart I: Foundations for Social Research / Science, Society, and Social Research / The

Process and Problems of Social Research / Research Ethics / Part II: Fundamentals of

Social Research / Conceptualization and Measurement / Sampling and Generalizability

/ Causation and Experimental Design / Part III: Basic Social Research Designs / Survey

Research / Qualitative Methods / Unobtrusive Methods / Evaluation and Mixed-Methods

Research / Part IV: Analysis and Reporting of Social Research / Quantitative Data Analysis

/ Qualitative Data Analysis / Summarizing and Reporting Research / Appendix A: Questions

to Ask About a Research Article / Appendix B: How to Read a Research Article

2016 • 280 pages

Paperback (9781506306018) • $80.00

RESEARCHING SOCIAL LIFEFourth Edition

Edited by Nigel Gilbert and Paul Stoneman Department of Sociology, University of Surrey

Paul Stoneman and Nigel Gilbert breathe new

energy into this classic bestselling textbook

providing clear, relevant advice and extensive

coverage of all the research methods you

need to understand today's society.

Packed full of examples from across the social sciences, Researching Social Life sets out all of the challenges and opportunities of

interpreting and conducting research with qualitative, quantitative and

mixed methods.

The book follows the chronology of a typical research project, from initial

conception through to the collection, management and analysis of data;

it also includes material on how best to write up and disseminate your

research. This pragmatic approach mirrors the reality of conducting

research and allows the handpicked, internationally renowned

contributors to embed real case studies from their own research in

each chapter.

The student-orientated pedagogy is carefully woven throughout the book

and further supported by a cutting-edge website. Key tools include:

• in-depth worked examples

• case studies

• discussion questions

• checklists

• annotated further reading

• practical top tips for doing research.

With unparalleled breadth and depth, this trusted and respected textbook

is an essential guide for anyone engaging with social research.

CONTENTSPart I: Foundations and First Steps / Conceptualizing Social Life / Research, Theory and

Method / Formulating and Refining a Research Question / Conducting Systematic Reviews

in the Social Sciences / Part II: Choosing Your Research Strategy / Quantitative Research

/ Grounded Theory and Inductive Research / Mixed Methods / Participatory Approaches

to Social Research / Evaluation Research / International Comparative Research / The

Ethics of Social Research / Part III: Collecting Data / Designing and Collecting Survey

Samples / Questionnaire Design / Measuring Attitudes / Qualitative Interviewing / Focus

Groups / Ethnography / The Internet and Research Methods / Part IV: Analyzing Data

/ Coding and Managing Data / Analyzing Survey Data / Computer Assisted Qualitative

Data Analysis (CAQDAS) / Thematic Analysis / Narrative Analysis / Applying Conversation

Analysis and Membership Categorization Analysis to Qualitative Data / Analyzing Visual

Materials / Digital Social Research / Part V: Writing about Social Research and its Impact

/ Writing about Social Research / The Impact of Social Research

2015 • 624 pages

Hardback (9781446295441) • £90.00

Paperback (9781446295458) • £32.99

COVERT RESEARCHThe Art, Politics and Ethics of Undercover Research

David Calvey Manchester Metropolitan University

There is a both a fear and fascination with

undercover research in the social sciences.

It is an emotive and controversial field which

is equated with deception and transgression

in an era of increasing ethical regimentation.

This book explores the roots of covert

research, including the classic exemplars, as well as examining

its contemporary dispersed place in the social sciences. Recent

developments and links to auto-ethnography, cyber-lurking and

investigative journalism are explored.

David Calvey uses a diverse variety of case study materials, including

his work on bouncers in the night-time economy. He argues that covert

research has a creative and robust tradition and role in the social

community rather than a maligned and submerged one, and that covert

research needs to be rehabilitated and appropriately used. Covert

research should ultimately become part of the critical imagination and

methodological toolkit for social science students.

CONTENTSRoots of Covert Research - Historical / Classic Exemplars - Goffman, Humphreys, Milgram

and Rosenhan / The Covert Diaspora: A Submerged Tradition / Bouncers in the Night-Time

Economy - Biographical Case Study / Debates about Covert Research: Ethics and Informed

Consent / Renaissance: Auto Ethnography, Cyber Lurking and Investigative Journalism

2017 • 240 pages

Hardback (9781849203838) • £75.00

Paperback (9781849203845) • £24.99


21

DOING FIELDWORKChristopher Pole University of Brighton and Sam Hillyard Durham University

This is a book about doing research. Not

research in general, but a specific kind of

research which is as much about the role

of the researcher as it is about the focus of

the research. The intention is to provide an

open and frank account of what it is like to do

research: where you, the researcher, are the

reason why it will succeed or fail; where you

are the main influence on what the research

will discover and; how it will be received and evaluated by those who read

or use its findings. This book is about research that is based on fieldwork.

Fieldwork is about getting out there, wherever 'there' is, and becoming

part of what is going on. Christopher Pole and Sam Hillyard explore what

doing fieldwork entails and what kinds of knowledge and understanding

it can lead to. They talk about the excitement of research, the challenges

and frustrations, the rewards, the tedium and the sheer hard slog that all

research projects involve in different proportions, at one time or another.

This is not 'how to do it', but more 'how it has been done and what it's

actually like to do it'. It will be an illuminating read for students undertaking

dissertations and research projects across the social sciences.

CONTENTSWhat is Fieldwork? / Finding the Field / Field Relations / Tools For the Field / Fieldwork:

Values and Ethics / When It's Time to Go / Analysis

2012 • 184 pages

Hardback (9780761959632) • £75.00

Paperback (9780761959649) • £24.99

KEY CONCEPTS IN THE PHILOSOPHY OF SOCIAL RESEARCH

Malcolm Williams University of Cardiff

We need researchers who are philosophically

informed rather than philosophically

obsessed or philosophically oppressed.

With this book, Malcolm Williams strikes

the exact balance

- Ray Pawson, Emeritus Professor,

University of Leeds

This book is an ideal introduction for any student or social researcher

hoping to better understand the philosophical issues that inform

social research. Williams is the perfect guide providing short, focused

introductions to key concepts alongside an engaging overview of how

we interpret and conduct research.

The book covers everything from core research methods, to ethical

concerns and an exploration of the metaphysics of social life, with each

entry providing:

• clear definitions

• real-world examples

• suggestions for further reading

• informative cross-referencing

• lists of key thinkers.

CONTENTSCausality / Complexity / Contingency and Necessity / Empiricism / Epistemology / Ethics

and Morality / Experiments / Explanation / Falsification / Feminism / Functionalism /

Generalization and Laws / Hypothesis(es) / Idealism / Individualism and Holism / Induction

/ Interpretation and Meaning / Language / Logic and Truth / Materialism / Mechanisms and

Models / Objectivity-Subjectivity / Observation / Ontology / Positivism / Postmodernism

/ Pragmatism / Probability / Rationality / Realism / Relativism / Social Construction /

Statistics / Theory / Time


2016 • 240 pages

Hardback (9780857027412) • £65.00

Paperback (9780857027429) • £20.99

AN INTRODUCTION TO EVALUATIONChris Fox, Robert Grimm both at Manchester Metropolitan University and Rute Caldeira Head of Monitoring, Evaluation and Learning at Transparency International

Both practical and theoretical in approach, this book is the perfect

companion for any student undertaking their own evaluations or

appraising existing evaluations. It describes broad evaluation frameworks,

specific methods that can be used, and offers practical advice for

planning and implementing evaluations while also instilling an ability to

assess evaluation evidence critically and consider the ways in which this

evidence could influence policy and practice.

Specific topics include how to:

• Choose an approach to evaluation

• Plan, design, and conduct evaluations

• Approach evaluations using theories of change

• Differentiate between process, impact, and economic evaluations

• Understand the role of quantitative and qualitative methods in data

collection

• Use systematic reviews and other tools to assess and disseminate

evaluation findings.

2016 • 264 pages

Hardback (9781473902862) • £85.00

Paperback (9781473902879) • £28.99

WORKPLACE RESEARCHConducting small-scale research in organizations

Zina O'Leary and Jennifer S Hunt both at University of Sydney

Identifying and addressing all of the

challenges and opportunities posed when

doing small-scale applied workplace-based

research, this practical and applied guide

provides readers with all they need to

be able to deliver successful, impactful

research projects.

2016 • 280 pages

Hardback (9781473913202) • £75.00

Paperback (9781473913219) • £24.99


22

THE HOW TO OF QUALITATIVE RESEARCHJanice D Aurini University of Waterloo, Melanie Heath McMaster University and Stephanie Howells University of Guelph

Focused on showing researchers how to

design a high-quality project and use data

collection instruments, this book offers a

step-by-step approach to the 'what', 'why'

and 'how' of qualitative research.

With clear instructions for developing a

research design and complementary research tools, this book is not

about describing or theorizing qualitative methods, but how researchers

actually create and execute these methods. Helping students conquer

the practical issues many novice researchers face, the book provides

them with the tools they need to answer critical questions such as:

• what are some ways to sample potential participants?

• how do I construct an interview schedule?

• should I be thinking of a single case study or a comparative study?

• what and how should I record in the field?

• what other sources of data should I consider?

CONTENTSIntroduction: Why Write 'Another' Qualitative Methods Book? / From Research

Conceptualization to Research Questions: Getting Started and Advancing Ongoing

Projects / Designing Qualitative Projects: 'Selecting the Right Tools for the Right Job'

/ The How-To of Interviewing: Making What People Say Matter / The How-To of Focus

Group Interviewing / The How-To of Field Research / The How-To of Unobtrusive Methods:

The Beauty of Social, Physical and Visual Artifacts / The How-To of Data Analysis: The

Beginners Guide to Coding / The How-To of Writing Up Qualitative Research Projects

2016 • 256 pages

Hardback (9781446267080) • £85.00

Paperback (9781446267097) • £28.99

QUALITATIVE RESEARCHFourth Edition

Edited by David Silverman Professor Emeritus, Goldsmiths, University of London

A who's who of methodologists, this book

introduces students to the big picture of

qualitative research, teaching both the 'why'

and the 'how to' of getting started, selecting

a method and conducting research and data

analysis. With practical tips, summaries,

exercises and suggestions for further reading, each chapter is like a

masterclass from a leading scholar in qualitative research.

New to the Fourth Edition:

• a streamlined structure to guide readers step by step through the

research process

• substantial new section with four chapters on how to collect and

analyze online data

• a new chapter on reflexive ethnography

• more hands-on advice on how to conduct research at every stage,

making this a perfect field handbook

• updated reading lists that provide a go-to guide to the literature and

help improve citations.

The most comprehensive qualitative research book available, this is the

perfect all-in-one companion for any student embarking on a qualitative

research course or project.

CONTENTSIntroducing Qualitative Research / Addressing Social Problems through Qualitative

Research / Ethics and Qualitative Research / The 'Inside' and the 'Outside': Finding

Realities in Interviews / Animating Interview Narratives / Analyzing Focus Group Data

/ Ethnography / Organizational Ethnography / Practising Reflexivity in Ethnography

/ Analyzing Documents through Fieldwork / Using Documents in Social Research /

Discursive Psychology and the Study of Naturally Occurring Talk / Conversation Analysis:

Practices and Methods / Conceptualizing Internet Research / Online Interviews / Using

CA and DA on Internet Data / Using CDA on Internet Data / Conceptualizing Visual Data

/ Video and the Analysis of Social Interaction / Some Pragmatics of Qualitative Data

Analysis / Constructing Grounded Theory Analyses / What's Different about Narrative

Inquiry? Cases, Categories and Contexts / Systematic Reviews and Qualitative Methods /

Secondary Analysis of Qualitative Data / Validity in Research / The Three Faces of Writing

Qualitative Research: Practice, Genre, and Audience

2016 • 480 pages

Hardback (9781473916562) • £90.00

Paperback (9781473916579) • £31.99

QUALITAT

DOING & WRITING QUALITATIVE RESEARCHThird Edition

Adrian Holliday Canterbury Christ Church University

Approachable and logically structured, this

new edition expertly sets out the many roles of

writing in research. From the more theoretical

subjects (research strategies, data types and

writing styles) to the nitty gritty practicalities

(conventions, taking notes and writing questions), each chapter covers

many common concerns writers face when attempting to transform

complex data and real-world research experiences into textual products.

With fully updated examples and case studies as well as a strong focus on

using less traditional forms of data like photographs, personal narrative,

and creative non-fiction, this Third Edition introduces students to

modern opportunities in data collection and sourcing that adds depth

to their research.

CONTENTSApproaching Qualitative Research / Starting Out / Showing the Workings / What

Counts as Data / Writing about Data / Writing Voice / Writing about Relations / Making

Appropriate Claims

2016 • 216 pages

Hardback (9781473953260) • £85.00

Paperback (9781473953277) • £28.99

DOING & W



at www.sagepub.in


23

ANALYSING TEXT AND DISCOURSE IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCESGöran Bergström and Kristina Boréus both at Stockholm University

A unique anthology of the key methodological approaches to text and

discourse analysis, this book helps all social science students compare

and contrast the methodologies and determine the one most appropriate

for their own works.

Every chapter contains not just the basic information and general

approach to each methodology, but also discusses its advantages

and disadvantages, problems with ontology and language, and the

relationship to studying social phenomenon. Each chapter also includes a

step-by-step demonstration of how the method works through real-world

examples from existing studies and contemporary research. To ensure

students internalize the 'who-what-when-where-and-why' of each

approach, the chapters conclude with provocative summaries, exercises

and suggested further readings.

CONTENTSText and Discourse Analysis in the Social Sciences / Content Analysis / Argumentation

Analysis / Analysis of Ideas and Ideology / Conceptual History / Narrative Analysis /

Linguistic Text Analysis / Multimodal Discourse Analysis / Discourse Analysis

2017 • 336 pages

Hardback (9781473913745) • £75.00

Paperback (9781473913752) • £26.99

INTERVIEWS IN QUALITATIVE RESEARCHSecond Edition

Nigel King University of Huddersfield and Christine Horrocks Manchester Metropolitan University

Helping readers to get the data they want

from their interviews, this book provides clear

guidance regarding technique, gives top

tips from real-world case studies and shares

achievable checklists and interview plans.

Whether doing interviews in their own research or just using other

researchers' data, this book will tell readers everything they need to know

about designing, planning, conducting and analyzing quality interviews.

It explains how to:

• construct ethical research designs

• record and manage data

• transcribe notes

• analyze findings

• disseminate conclusions.

With its clear, jargon-free terminology and its coverage of practical,

theoretical and philosophical issues grounded in examples from

real interviews, this is the ideal guide for new and experienced

researchers alike.

CONTENTSPhilosophical Assumptions / Designing an Interview Study / Ethics in Qualitative

Interviewing / Carrying out Qualitative Interviews / Group Interviews / Remote Interviewing

/ Reflexivity and Qualitative Interviewing / An Introduction to Interview Data Analysis

/ Interviews in Phenomenological Research / Interviews and Narrative / Writing and

Disseminating Interview Data

2017 • 296 pages

Hardback (9781446274965) • £75.00

Paperback (9781446274972) • £26.99

INTERVIEW

ANALYZING TALK IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCESNarrative, Conversation and Discourse Strategies

Katherine Bischoping and Amber Gazso both at York University

This book is an absolute treat. Its

engaging style, its comprehensive

content, its clear logic, its brilliant use

of examples and, above all, its enormous

value to qualitative researchers of all stripes add up to me

wishing it had been available years ago!

- Jo Brewis, School of Management,

University of Leicester

The book will help you choose strategies for qualitative analysis that

best suit your research. It walks you through key decisions, provides

actionable game plans and highlights the advantages and challenges

of the main approaches. It is packed full of real examples designed to

showcase the different tools you might use to meet your own objectives.

2015 • 240 pages

Hardback (9781446272480) • £75.00

Paperback (9781446272497) • £26.99

EPISTEMOLOGY AND METAPHYSICS FOR QUALITATIVE RESEARCHTomas Pernecky Auckland University of Technology

Challenging current modes of thinking, and

covering areas not usually found in qualitative

research texts such as social reality/ontology

and quantum reality/mechanics, this book

helps readers to choose and defend their

research methods and to take their work beyond standard perspectives.

CONTENTSPART I: QUALITATIVE INQUIRY AND PHILOSOPHY / Introduction: Situating Metaphysics

and Epistemology in Qualitative Research / PART II: KEY EPISTEMOLOGICAL AND

METAPHYSICAL PROBLEMS / In Search of Truths: Empiricism Versus Rationalism /

Scepticism, Idea-ism and Idealism / German Idealism, Phenomenology, and Hermeneutics

/ Realism, its Varieties and Contenders / PART III: INTANGIBLE REALITIES / Social

Ontology / Quantum Reality: Contemporary Views of the Things-in-Themselves / Part

IV: Philosophy in Qualitative Research / Conclusions: On Academic Creativity and

Philosophical and Methodological Freedom

2016 • 248 pages

Hardback (9781446282380) • £85.00

Paperback (9781446282397) • £28.99


24

VISUAL METHODOLOGIESAn Introduction to Researching with Visual Materials

Fourth Edition

Gillian Rose The Open University

Visual Methodologies is an indispensable

resource for anyone working with visual

materials. It offers practical guidance and

expert theoretical orientation on how to

approach, think about, and interpret visual

culture, ranging from archival photography and documentary

film to websites and social media. An important aspect of this

book is the attention paid to audiences and viewing publics,

as well as to the ethical demands of visual research. In this

new edition, Gillian Rose brings the book fully up to date with

contemporary developments in media arts and digital culture,

and explores the new possibilities for visual research made

possible by developments in software and data analytics.

- Christoph Lindner, Professor of Media and

Culture, University of Amsterdam

Now in its Fourth Edition, Visual Methodologies is a bestselling critical

guide to the study and analysis of visual culture. Existing chapters have been

fully updated to offer a rigorous examination and demonstration of an individual

methodology in a clear and structured style. Reflecting changes in the way

society consumes and creates its visual content, new features include:

• brand new chapters dealing with social media platforms, the

development of digital methods and the modern circulation and

audiencing of research images

• more 'Focus' features covering interactive documentaries, digital

storytelling and participant mapping

• a companion website featuring links to useful further resources relating

to each chapter.

Now a classic text, Visual Methodologies appeals to undergraduates,

graduates, researchers and academics across the social sciences and

humanities who are looking to get to grips with the complex debates and

ideas in visual analysis and interpretation.

CONTENTSResearching with Visual Materials: A Brief Survey / Towards a Critical Visual Methodology

/ How to Use this Book / 'The Good Eye': Looking at Pictures Using Compositional

Interpretation / Content Analysis and Cultural Analytics: Finding Patterns in What You

See / Semiology: Laying Bare the Prejudices Beneath the Smooth Surface of the Visible

/ Psychoanalysis: Visual Culture, Visual Pleasure, Visual Disruption / Discourse Analysis

I: Text, Intertextuality and Context / Discourse Analysis II: Institutions and Ways of

Seeing / To Audience Studies and Beyond: Ethnographies of Audiences, Fans and Users

/ Digital Methods: Digital Images, Digitally Analyzed / Making Images as Research Data:

Photo-documentation and Photo-elicitation / Using Images to Disseminate Research

Findings: The Circulation and Audiencing / Research Ethics and Visual Materials / Visual

Methodologies: A Review

2016 • 456 pages

Hardback (9781473948891) • £90.00

Paperback (9781473948907) • £32.99

VISUAL M THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF SURVEY METHODOLOGYEdited by Christof Wolf GESIS - Leibniz Institute for the Social Sciences, Dominique Joye University of Lausanne, Tom W Smith University of Chicago and Yang-chih Fu Academia Sinica

The environment for conducting surveys

has changed substantially in the last

several decades. New approaches to

data collection and data dissemination

are required, but the approaches must be adapted depending

on country and culture. This Sage handbook is an up-to-date

reference that covers virtually all steps in the survey life cycle. It

contains methodological topics like survey modes, surveying in

multicultural and cross-cultural contexts, questionnaire design

and pretesting, and responsive design, along with statistical

topics like sampling, weighting, analysis of complex surveys,

and record linkage. Coverage of distinctive areas, like ethical

issues, surveys in conflict areas, question translation, and

harmonization of questions across cultures, also set this book

apart from others.

- Richard Valliant, Research Professor,

Universities of Michigan and Maryland USA

Survey Methodology is becoming a more structured field of research,

deserving of more and more academic attention. The SAGE Handbook of Survey Methodology explores both the increasingly scientific

endeavour of surveys and their growing complexity, as different data

collection modes and information sources are combined.

The handbook takes a global approach, with a team of international

experts looking at local and national specificities, as well as problems of

cross-national, comparative survey research. The chapters are organized

into seven major sections, each of which represents a stage in the survey

life-cycle:

• Surveys and Societies

• Planning a Survey

• Measurement

• Sampling

• Data Collection

• Preparing Data for Use

• Assessing and Improving

Data Quality.

The SAGE Handbook of Survey Methodology is a landmark and

essential tool for any scholar within the social sciences.

CONTENTSPart I: Basic Principles / Survey Standards / Total Survey Error: A Paradigm For Survey Methodology / Challenges of Comparative Survey Research / Part II: Surveys and Societies / Surveys and Society / Defining and Assessing Survey Climate / Ethical Issues of Survey and Market Research / Observations on the Historical Development of Polling / Part III: Planning a Survey / Research Question and Designs for Survey Research / Total Survey Error Paradigm in Practice / Survey Mode or Survey Modes? / Surveying in Multi-Cultural and Multi-National Contexts / Surveys in Societies in Turmoil / Part IV: Measurement / The Meaning of Measurement in a Survey Context / Cognitive Models of Answering Processes / Designing Questions and Questionnaires / Creating a Good Question: How To Use Cumulative Experience / Designing a Mixed-Mode Survey / Translation Measurement Instruments for Cross-Cultural Surveys / When Translation Does Not Help: Background Variables in Comparative Surveys / Part V: Sampling / Basics of Sampling for Survey Research / Nonprobability Sampling / Challenges of Sampling for Comparative Surveys / Part VI: Data Collection / Questionnaire Pretesting / Survey Fieldwork / Responsive and Adaptive Designs / Unit Nonresponse / Incentives as a Possible Measure to Increase Response Rates / Part VII: Preparing Data for Use / Documenting Surveys Across the Data Life Cycle / Weighting: Principles and Practicalities / Analysis of Data from Stratified and Clustered Surveys / Anonymization and Analytical Potential: Finding the Optimal Balance / Harmonizing Questions and Data in Comparative Surveys / Part VIII: Assessing and Improving Data Quality / Survey Data Quality and Measurement Precision / Nonresponse Error: Detection and Correction / Response Styles in Surveys: Understanding Their Causes and Mitigating their Impact / Dealing with Missing Values / A Fresh Look at Survey Data Quality / Assessment of Cross-Cultural Comparability / Part IX: Further Issues / Data Preservation, Secondary Analysis, Replication: Learning from Existing Data / Record Linkage / Supplementing Cross-National Surveys with Contextual Data / Globalization of Surveys

2016 • 740 pages

Hardback (9781446282663) • £120.00


25

CLASSICAL AND CONTEMPORARY SOCIOLOGICAL THEORYText and Readings

Third Edition

Scott Appelrouth and Laura Desfor Edles both at California State University, Northridge

Classical and Contemporary Sociological Theory, Third Edition is a text/reader that introduces students to the ideas and writings of key theorists from sociology's 19th century founders through the present. Authors Scott Appelrouth and Laura Desfor Edles combine original texts, edited for classroom use, with extensive framing discussions that provide crucial biographical, historical and theoretical context for readings.

The book also provides an overarching scaffolding that students can use to examine, compare, and contrast each theorist's major themes and concepts. This unique format, combined with frequent use of photos, tables, and diagrams, makes Classical and Contemporary Sociological Theory a lively, engaging, and student-friendly introduction to the world of theory.

CONTENTSPart I: Foundations of Classical Sociological Theory / Karl Marx (1818-1883) / Émile Durkheim (1858–1917) / Max Weber (1864-1920) / Part II: Classical Sociological Theory: Expanding the Foundation / Charlotte Perkins Gilman (1860–1935) / Georg Simmel (1858-1918) / W.E.B Du Bois (1868-1963) / George Herbert Mead (1863-1931) / Part III: Twentieth-Century Sociological Traditions / Structural Functionalism / Critical Theory / Exchange and Rational Choice Theories / Symbolic Interactionism and Dramaturgy / Phenomenology / Poststructuralism / Postmodernism / The Global Society

2016 • 896 pages

Paperback (9781452203621) • $117.00

SOCIOLOGY AND THE NEW MATERIALISMTheory, Research, Action

Nick J Fox University of Sheffield and Pam Alldred Brunel University

The first book of its kind, Sociology and the New Materialism explores the many and varied applications of 'new materialism', a key emerging trend in 21st century thought, to the practice of doing sociology.

Offering a clear exposition of new materialist theory and using sociological examples throughout to enable the reader to develop a materialist sociological understanding, the book:

• outlines the fundamental precepts of new materialism

• explores how materialism provides new perspectives on the range of sociological topic areas

• explains how materialist approaches can be used to research sociological issues and also to engage with social issues.

Sociology and the New Materialism is a clear and authoritative one-stop guide for advanced undergraduates and postgraduates in sociology, cultural studies, social policy and related disciplines.

2016 • 240 pages

Hardback (9781473942219) • £75.00

Paperback (9781473942226) • £26.99

CRITICAL SOCIAL THEORYCraig Browne University of Sydney

An accomplished, sophisticated and up-to-date account of the state of critical social theory today.

Craig Browne explores the key concepts in critical theory (like critique, ideology, and alienation), and crucially, goes on to relate them to major contemporary developments such as globalization, social conflict and neo-liberal capitalism. It shows why there is a need to rethink these categories, while clarifying the basic meaning and purpose that they have held in critical theory.

Critical theory here is not solely the work of Adorno, Horkheimer, Marcuse and Habermas. The book begins with the Frankfurt School but uses this as a base to then explore more contemporary figures such as Nancy Fraser, Axel Honneth, Luc Boltanski, Cornelius Castoriadis, Ulrich Beck, Anthony Giddens, Pierre Bourdieu and Hannah Arendt. At all times, Craig Browne is distinctive in his application and revision of categories derived from their work.

A survey of critical social theory for our times, this is an essential guide for researchers and post-graduate students wishing to grasp a critical understanding of social theory in the modern world.

2016 • 216 pages

Hardback (9781446246924) • £85.00

Paperback (9781446246931) • £28.99

THE SOCIOLOGY OF THE INDIVIDUALAthanasia Chalari Univeristy of Northampton

What it socialization? What is interaction? What do we mean by identity?

The Sociology of the Individual is an innovative and thought-provoking sociological exploration of how the ideas of self and society relate. Expertly combining conceptual depth with clarity of style, Athanasia Chalari:

• explains the key sociological and psychological theories related to the investigation of the social and the personal

• analyzes the ways both sociology and psychology can contribute to a more complete understanding and theorizing of everyday life

• uses a mix of international cases and everyday examples to encourage critical reflection.

The Sociology of the Individual is an invaluable read for upper-level undergraduates or postgraduates striving for a deeper and more sophisticated understanding of the connection between the social world and the inner life of the individual.

CONTENTSInteraction / Symbolic Interaction / Socialization / Identity / The Self / Conscious/ Unconscious / Agency and Inner Life / Interpersonal & Intrapersonal Communication / Reflexivity / Social Change / Conclusion

2016 • 208 pages

Hardback (9781446272022) • £70.00

Paperback (9781446272046) • £25.99

Social Theory

26

THE PRESENTATION OF SELF IN CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL LIFEDavid Shulman Lafayette College

The Presentation of Self in Contemporary Social Life covers the popular theories of Erving Goffman, and shows modern applications of dramaturgical analysis in a wide range of social contexts. David Shulman’s innovative new text demonstrates how Goffman’s ideas, first introduced in 1959, continue to inspire research into how we manage the impressions that others form about us. He synthesizes the work of contemporary scholars who use dramaturgical approaches from several disciplines, who recognize that many values, social norms, and laws have changed since Goffman’s time, and that contemporary society offers significant new forms of impression management that we can engage in and experience. After a general introduction to dramaturgical sociology, readers will see many examples of how Goffman’s ideas can provide powerful insights into familiar aspects of contemporary life, including business and the workplace, popular culture, the entertainment industry, and the digital world.

2016 • 312 pages

Paperback (9781483319438) • $58.00

THE POSTEMOTIONAL BULLYStjepan Mestrovic Texas A&M University

The topics of bullying and hazing have sparked interest and discussion in recent years. Hazing is a crime in the United States, and Western nations have made efforts to stamp out bullying in schools, the workplace, and institutions. However, for the most part, bullying and hazing are ill-defined and lack theoretical perspective. Mestrovic brings classical as well as contemporary social theory to bear on this discussion.

Thorstein Veblen defined the predatory barbarian as the social type, enshrined by modernity, who prefers to use force over peacable means to achieve ends. On the other extreme, Marcel Mauss wrote about the spirit of the gift and its obligations - to give, to receive, and to reciprocate - as the fundamental basis of social life. Yet, he argued that the spirit of modernity was disappearing with the progress of modernity.

Mestrovic traces this fundamental opposition between barbaric force or bullying versus benign obligation that is the spirit of the gift through a host of modernist and postmodernist thinkers and theories. He introduces the concept of the 'postemotional bully' as an alternative to both of these major bodies of social theory. The postemotional bully, as a social type, is fungible, beset by screen-images on media and social media that are isolating, and is at the mercy of the peer-group.

SAGE SWIFTS

2015 • 136 pages

Hardback (9781473907805) • £45.00

SOCIOLOGY FOR OPTIMISTSMary Holmes University of Edinburgh

Breaking away from the idea that sociology only ever elaborates the negative, Sociology for Optimists shows that sociology can provide hope in dealing with social issues through critical approaches that acknowledge the positive.

From politics and morality to nature and faith, Mary Holmes shows how a critical and optimistic sociology can help us think about and understand human experience not just in terms of social problems, but in terms of a human capacity to respond to those problems and strive for social change.

CONTENTSChange / Enjoyment / Freedom / Goodness / Equality / Relationships / Nature / Enchantment / Optimism

2016 • 176 pages

Hardback (9781446268674) • £65.00

Paperback (9781446268681) • £21.99

SOCIOLOGY FOR OPTIMISTSSOCIOLOGY FOR OPTIMISTS

Social Theory

27

SPORT SOCIOLOGYThird Edition

Peter Craig University of Bedfordshire

Any study of sport is incomplete without consideration of its social function and structures, its economic impacts both locally and globally, and its political dimension – particularly when used by nations for competitive gain.

Sport Sociology provides a comprehensive overview for any student taking a course on the subject at college or university, including both established and emergent themes, from issues around power, diversity and consumerism through to newer topics such as the digital environment and climate change - both now covered in new individual chapters.

Other chapters have been fully revised to include up-to-date literature and case studies, as well as new key terms and reflective tasks. A new 'Key Thinker' box feature included in each chapter introduces readers to an esteemed theorist relevant for the chapter topic, to help link theoretical concepts to practice and offer up suggestive research directions for student assessment.

CONTENTSPart I: Background to Sport Sociology / Introduction to Sport Sociology / Sport and Modernity / Part II: Foundational Themes in the Sociology of Sport / Sport's Organization and Governance / Sport, Physical Education and Socialization / Class and Gender Differentiation in Sport / Sport Diversity and Community / Part III: Postmodern Themes in Sport Sociology / Sport and the Body / Sport and Consumer Society / Sport and the Media / Sport in a Global World / Part IV: Emergent Themes in Sport Sociology / Sport in a Digital Age / Sport Climate Change and Sustainability

ACTIVE LEARNING IN SPORT SERIES

2016 • 384 pages

Hardback (9781473919471) • £85.00

Paperback (9781473919488) • £29.99

SPORT SO WHEN SPORT MEETS BUSINESSA Student Text

Edited by Ulrik Wagner University of Southern Denmark, Rasmus K Storm Danish Institute for Sport Studies and Klaus Nielsen Birkbeck, University of London

This interdisciplinary text provides broad coverage of the social, political, economic and environmental impacts that occur 'when sport meets business', exploring topics like corruption and match fixing, rights deals, merchandise, events, sponsorship, and the role of social media.

2016 • 256 pages

Hardback (9781473948044) • £100.00

Paperback (9781473948051) • £33.99

FOOD AND DRINK TOURISMPrinciples and Practice

Sally Everett Bedfordshire University

Many of us like to eat and drink when we travel abroad, visit places and attend events, and so it is unsurprising that food and drink has emerged as a key driver of tourism and tourism growth in recent years.

Provides a state-of-the-art overview of relevant inter-relationships... warmly recommended to anyone working in this emerging field

- Professor Stefan Gössling,

Lund University, Sweden

Specifically designed for students, whilst also being research-informed, this brand new title provides you with everything you need for success on your relevant food and drink course at college or university. From food trucks to gourmet trails, the text uncovers the full gambit of food and drink experiences through theory, activities, case studies, summaries and critical reflection. It can be used by students studying tourism, hospitality, events, sociology, marketing, business and cultural studies.

CONTENTSIntroduction (An Appetizer) / Part I: The Growth and Development of Food and Drink Tourism / What is Food and Drink Tourism? / A History of Culinary Exploration and Food Tourism / Identity Development and the Cultural Dimensions of Food and Drink / Niche Tourism and the Growth of Food-Inspired Travel / The Globalization and Localization of Food and Drink / Food, Tourism and Agricultural Policy / Wine Tourism and the Development of 'Winescapes' / Part II: The Promotion and Branding of Food and Drink Tourism / Marketing and Branding Food and Drink Tourism / The Role of Media and Social Media in Promoting Food and Drink Tourism / Managing Food Tourism: On-Site Marketing and Interpretation / Food Assurance Schemes, Organizations and Initiatives / Part III: Food and Drink Attractions and Events / The Transformation of Place Through Food and Drink / Food and Drink Festivals, Events and Markets / Food and Drink-Inspired Events: The Weird and Wonderful / Following Food and Drink: Tours, Trails and Routes / Food and Drink Visitor Attractions / Beverage Tourism: Drinking to Experience People and Place / The Role of Food and Drink Tourism in Sustainable Development / When Consumers Become Producers / The Food and Drink Tourism Supply Chain / Local Food and Drink in the Hospitality Industry / The Future of Food and Drink Tourism?

2016 • 464 pages

Hardback (9781446267721) • £85.00

Paperback (9781446267738) • £29.99

THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF SPORT MANAGEMENTEdited by Russell Hoye La Trobe University and Milena Parent University of Ottawa

The handbook, edited by two of the most well-regarded figures in the field, is comprehensive and truly global. It draws together, into one volume, the current research on the major topics relevant to the field of sports management, including leadership, gender, diversity, development, policy, tourism and media. With chapters written by leading sport management academics from around the world, the handbook is divided into three sections, that look at:

• sport management fundamentals and key concepts

• sport management challenges and issues

• sport management futures.

2016 • 576 pages

Hardback (9781473902435) • £120.00

Sport, Leisure & Tourism

28

A VERY SHORT, FAIRLY INTERESTING AND REASONABLY CHEAP BOOK ABOUT STUDYING ORGANIZATIONSFourth Edition

Chris Grey Royal Holloway, University of London

A highly entertaining polemic...This slim volume more than

lives up to its title

- Stefan Stern, Financial Times

The most valuable management book I have ever read

- Debora Campbell,

Australian Financial Review BOSS Magazine

Indispensible and subversive

- Simon Caulkin, The Observer

Conceived by Chris Grey, SAGE's 'A Very Short, Fairly Interesting and Reasonably Cheap Book About' series shies away from the sterility of conventional textbooks, offering students an informal and accessible overview of the field that questions and challenges the traditional literature.

CONTENTSIntroduction: Why Studying Organizations Matters to Me / Bureaucracy and Scientific Management / Human Relations Theory and People Management / Organizational Culture and Self-Management / Post-Bureaucracy and Change Management / The New Capitalism and the End of Management? / Conclusion: Why Should Studying Organizations Matter to You

2016 • 224pages

Hardback (9781473953451) • £50.00

Paperback (9781473953468) • £15.99

A VERY SH

EMPLOYABILITYMaking the Most of Your Career Development

John Neugebauer University of the West of England and Jane Evans-Brain Independent Consultant

Employability is a comprehensive reference for students

of the topic, blended with top tips and industry insights

for those seeking to enhance their own career next steps.

—Anthony Ainsworth, SVP, Global Marketing, E.ON SE

This handy guide combines theory with practical guidance on how students can develop employability skills throughout their degree, also helping them apply for and gain their first job. Useful for employability modules and general career support alike.

CONTENTSChapter 1 – Introduction / Chapter 2 - Changing Patterns of Career / Chapter 3 - Preparing for Work / Chapter 4 - Finding Work / Chapter 5 - Workplace Learning and Development / Chapter 6 - Progress and Navigation / Chapter 7 - Managing Yourself / Chapter 8 - Conclusion and Finding your Own Story

/ Page 31, column 1, top

2016 • 200 pages

Hardback (9781446298343) • £60.00

Paperback (9781446298350) • £19.99

THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF THE SOCIOLOGY OF WORK AND EMPLOYMENTEdited by Stephen Edgell University of Salford, Heidi Gottfried Wayne State University and Edward Granter Manchester University

An authoritative, engaging and

extremely timely collection. From

global trends in paid and unpaid

employment to the impacts on individuals and communities,

the Handbook makes a powerful case for the centrality

of work to both society and sociology. Across a range of

themes, debates and topics, we are confronted with the

social realities of today’s working lives and compellingly

reminded of the importance of the sociological imagination.

—Alan Irwin, Professor of Organization,

Copenhagen Business School

The handbook is a landmark collection of original contributions by leading specialists from around the world. Written in an accessible style with a helpful introduction, the retrospective and prospective nature of this volume will be an essential resource for students, teachers and policy-makers across a range of fields, from business and management, to sociology and organization studies.

The coverage is both comprehensive and comparative (in terms of time and space) with each chapter providing a critical review of the literature combined with thoughts on the direction of research. The book is structured around six core themes:

• historical context and social divisions

• the experience of work

• the organization of work

• nonstandard work and employment

• work and life beyond employment

• globalization and the future of work.

CONTENTSIntroduction: Studies of Work and Employment at the Global Frontier / Part I: Historical Context and Social Divisions / The Disciplinary Career of the Sociology of Work / Work and Social Theory / Class and Work / Gender and Work / Race, Racialization and Work / Part II: The Experience of Work / Good Jobs, Bad Jobs / The Origins and the Ideal of Dignity in the Sociology of Work and Employment / Capital and Labour: The Shifting Terrains of Struggle and Accommodation in Labour and Employment Relations / From Management to Leadership / Unruly Subjects: Misbehaviour in the Workplace / Rediscovery of the Labour Process / The Skill Debate: Concepts, Measures and Evidence / Part III: Work and Organization / From Bureaucracy to Networks / Organizational Culture / Industrialization, Fordism and the Golden Age of Atlantic Capitalism / Beyond Fordism / Interactive Service Work / The Organization of Service Work / Part IV: Non-Standard Forms of Work and Employment / Employment Uncertainty and Risk / Destandardization: Qualitative and Quantitative / Informal Employment: Theory & Reality / Precarious Work / Unpaid Domestic Labor / Part V: Work and Life Outside Employment / Unemployment / Volunteering and Unpaid Work / Work-Life Balance / Working Time / Work and Social Policy / Part VI: Globalization and the Future of Work / Global Value Chains, Organizations and Industrial Work / Globalization and Outsourcing / Globalization and Labour Migrations / Critiques of Work / Global Labour Politics in the 21st Century: Organizing in Informal and Precarious Jobs / The Future of Work: Escaping the Current Dystopian Trajectory and Building Better Alternatives

2015 • 728 pages

Hardback (9781446280669) • £110.00

Work & Organizations

29

KEY CONCEPTS IN URBAN STUDIESSecond Edition

Mark Gottdiener University at Buffalo, State University of New York, Leslie Budd The Open University and Panu Lehtovuori Tampere University of Technology

Key Concepts in Urban Studies is an essential companion for students of urban studies, urban sociology, urban politics, urban planning and urban development.

This revised edition has been updated and expanded to provide a keen global focus, particularly in emerging economies with discussions on the creation of “dream cities” in the Gulf States and a renewed emphasis on building mega-scaled “downtowns” in India and China. New features include:

• Contemporary and international examples throughout.

• Detailed entries on environmental concerns and the sustainability of urban development.

• Discussion of the role of consumption in city culture and urban development.

• New entries on modern urban planning and adaptive urbanism.


2013 • 176 pages

Hardback (9781849201988) • £60.00

Paperback (9781849201995) • £19.99

SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATIONFour-Volume Set

Edited by Jenny Ozga University of Oxford

Education is a major policy preoccupation in both developed countries and emergent economies. At the same time, sociological knowledge about education is becoming more and more varied and dispersed, as new directions develop in response to older assumptions, and (apparently) new and rapidly changing policy problems drive enquiry in different directions. This major work addresses the lack of consolidation of knowledge in the field, drawing on a wide range of specialisms and so allowing researchers to 'see' the field clearly, and understand its development over time.

SAGE LIBRARY OF EDUCATIONAL THOUGHT & PRACTICE

2016 • 1306 pages

Hardback (9781473944527) • £645.00

N

SAGE BENCHMARKS IN SOCIAL RESEARCH METHODS

ACTOR-NETWORK THEORY RESEARCHFour-Volume Set

Edited by Richie Nimmo University of Manchester

Actor network theory has grown into one of the most influential and popular approaches for applied research. Originating in the field of science and technology studies with scholars Michel Callon and Bruno Latour, it is now used widely across the social sciences. In this four-volume collection, Richie Nimmo brings together the defining research articles on this topic and charts its emergence, development and transformation over time. This comprehensive major work is organized thematically and features sections on:

Part One - Emergence, Development and Transformation:

• The Sociology of Translation

• Techno-Politics and Sociotechnical Relations

• Reflexivity, Heterogeneity and Symmetry

• Topology and Post-Social Ontologies

• Materiality and Ontological Politics

• Method Assemblages and Inscriptions

• Critiques and Clarifications

Part Two - Translations, Parallels and Mobilisations:

• Performing Markets, Finance and Economics

• Arts, Taste and Cultures

• Bodies, Medicine and Disabilities

• Hybrid Geographies and Spaces

• Ecologies, Natures and Environments

• Animal Actants and Multi-Species Assemblages

2016 • 1527 pages

Hardback (9781473902169) • £625.00

GENERATING DATAFour-Volume Set

Edited by Bruce Curtis University of Auckland and Cate Curtis University of Waikato

This Major Work collection cross-cuts a number of substantive methodologies and focuses on the vital moment of generating data, drawing primarily on literature from sociology, social psychology, social anthropology, and education.

September 2016 • 1450 pages

Hardback (9781473907829) • £645.00

Urban Sociology & The City / Reference

30

Index

AAcademic Caesar, The Fuchs ................................................................................ 7

Actor-Network Theory Research, Four-Volume Set Morrison........................... 29

Adventure in Statistics, An Field ..........................................................................17

Age Studies Patel ................................................................................................... 2

Analysing Text and Discourse in the Social Sciences Beasley ......................... 23

Analyzing Talk in the Social Sciences Bickerdike .............................................. 23

Anti-Social Behaviour Craig .................................................................................. 3

Appelrouth & Edles Classical and Contemporary Sociological Theory,

Third Edition .......................................................................................................... 25

Aurini, Heath & Howells The How To of Qualitative Research ......................... 22

BBarker & Jane Cultural Studies, Fifth Edition .....................................................12

Barry & Yuill Understanding the Sociology of Health, Fourth Edition .............. 10

Bartholomew Statistics without Mathematics ....................................................17

Bartram, Poros & Monforte Key Concepts in Migration .................................... 9

Baudrillard & Gane Gender and Sexuality .........................................................15

Beasley Analysing Text and Discourse in the Social Sciences ......................... 23

Bergstrom & Boreus The Secular Religion of Fandom ......................................13

Bickerdike Analyzing Talk in the Social Sciences .............................................. 23

Big Ideas in Social Science Edgell, Gottfried & Granter ................................... 7

Bischoping & Gazso Systematic Approaches to a Successful Literature

Review, Second Edition ........................................................................................ 19

Booth, Sutton & Papaioannou The Sociology of Education .............................. 7

Boronski & Hassan Brands and Branding ........................................................... 6

Brands and Branding Boronski & Hassan ........................................................... 6

Brown Critical Social Theory ............................................................................... 25

Browne Covert Research .................................................................................... 20

CCalvey Media and Society ....................................................................................15

Carah & Louw An Introduction to Life-Course Criminology ................................ 4

Carlsson & Sarnecki Social Media for Academics ............................................18

Carrigan The Sociology of the Individual ........................................................... 25

Chalari Superconnected: The Internet, Digital Media, and

Techno-Social Life .................................................................................................12

Chayko Childhood in Society for the Early Years, Third Edition .......................... 2

Childhood in Society for the Early Years, Third Edition Chayko .......................... 2

Clark The SAGE Handbook of Resistance ........................................................... 8

Classical and Contemporary Sociological Theory, Third Edition

Appelrouth & Edles ............................................................................................ 25

Courpasson & Vallas Sport Sociology, Third Edition ....................................... 27

Covert Research Browne .................................................................................... 20

Craig Anti-Social Behaviour .................................................................................. 3

Crayons and Ipads Hagan ..................................................................................... 3

Crisis of Presence in Contemporary Culture, The McMichael ...........................13

Critical Social Theory Brown ............................................................................... 25

Cultural Studies, Fifth Edition Barker & Jane .....................................................12

Curtis & Curtis Owning the World of Ideas.........................................................14

Curtis Generating Data, Four-Volume Set .......................................................... 29

DDavid & Halbert Victims, Crime and Society, Second Edition ............................ 4

Davies, Francis & Greer Governmentality, Second Edition.............................. 16

Dean The Sociology of Work, Second Edition .................................................... 16

Development and Social Change, Sixth Edition Massey ..................................... 9

Disability Studies, Second Edition Gilbert & Stoneman ................................... 10

Doing & Writing Qualitative Research, Third Edition Hodkinson ....................... 22

Doing Fieldwork Pickard ..................................................................................... 21

Doing Real Research Inglis & Almila ...................................................................18

EEdgell, Gottfried & Granter Big Ideas in Social Science ................................... 7

Edgell The SAGE Handbook of the Sociology of Work and Employment ......... 28

Edmonds & Warburton Social Psychology of Emotion ...................................... 6

Ellis & Tucker Food and Drink Tourism .............................................................. 27

Employability Miller ............................................................................................. 28

Epistemology and Metaphysics for Qualitative Research Ozga ........................ 23

Everett Race, Gender, Sexuality, and Social Class, Second Edition .................. 8

Exaggerated Claims? Urry & Larsen .................................................................... 7

FField The SAGE Handbook of Online Research Methods, Second Edition ........18

Field An Adventure in Statistics ...........................................................................17

Fielding, Lee & Blank Sociology and the New Materialism .............................. 25

Food and Drink Tourism Ellis & Tucker .............................................................. 27

Fox & Alldred An Introduction to Evaluation ...................................................... 21

Fox, Grimm & Caldeira Social Media, Second Edition ......................................13

Fuchs The Academic Caesar ................................................................................ 7

Fuller Sociology of Early Childhood ..................................................................... 2

GGabriel & Lang The Politics of Migration and Immigration in Europe, Second

Edition ..................................................................................................................... 9

Gabriel The Unmanageable Consumer, Third Edition .......................................... 6

Geddes & Scholten Researching Social Life, Fourth Edition ........................... 20

Gender and Crime, Second Edition Shulman ...................................................... 5

Gender and Sexuality Baudrillard & Gane .........................................................15

Generating Data, Four-Volume Set Curtis .......................................................... 29

Gilbert & Stoneman Disability Studies, Second Edition ................................... 10

Goodley Key Concepts in Urban Studies, Second Edition ................................ 29

Gottdiener, Budd & Lehtovuori An Introduction to Systematic Reviews,

Second Edition ..................................................................................................... 19

Gough, Oliver & Thomas A Very Short, Fairly Interesting and Reasonably

Cheap Book About Studying Organizations, Fourth Edition .............................. 28

Governmentality, Second Edition Davies, Francis & Greer.............................. 16

Grey Introduction to Criminology, Ninth Edition ................................................... 3

HHagan Crayons and Ipads ..................................................................................... 3

Harwood Men of the World ................................................................................... 8

Hearn Media, Culture and Society, Second Edition ............................................13

Hodkinson Doing & Writing Qualitative Research, Third Edition ....................... 22

31

Index

Hodkinson Sociology for Optimists .................................................................... 26

Holliday Sport and Society, Third Edition............................................................15

Holmes The SAGE Handbook of Sport Management ........................................ 27

Houlihan & Malcolm Hybrid Politics .................................................................... 9

How To of Qualitative Research, The Aurini, Heath & Howells ........................ 22

Hoye & Parent The SAGE Handbook of Cultural Sociology ................................ 6

Hybrid Politics Houlihan & Malcolm .................................................................... 9

IIannelli Key Concepts in Childhood Studies, Second Edition ........................... 16

Inglis & Almila Doing Real Research ...................................................................18

Interviews in Qualitative Research, Second Edition James & James ............... 23

Introduction to Criminology, Ninth Edition Grey ................................................... 3

Introduction to Evaluation, An Fox & Alldred ..................................................... 21

Introduction to Green Criminology and Environmental Justice, An

Neugebauer & Evans-Brain ................................................................................ 5

Introduction to Life-Course Criminology, An Carah & Louw ............................... 4

Introduction to Secondary Data Analysis with IBM SPSS Statistics,

An Layder ..............................................................................................................17

Introduction to Systematic Reviews, An, Second Edition Gottdiener,

Budd & Lehtovuori .............................................................................................. 19

Introduction to the Sociology of Health and Illness, An, Third Edition

Wagner, Storm & Nielsen .................................................................................. 10

JJames & James Interviews in Qualitative Research, Second Edition ............... 23

Jensen & Laurie Understanding Social Theory, Second Edition ...................... 16

KKaleidoscope of Gender, The, Fifth Edition Silvestri & Crowther-Dowey ........ 8

Key Concepts in Childhood Studies, Second Edition Iannelli ........................... 16

Key Concepts in Gender Studies, Second Edition Pernecky .............................. 8

Key Concepts in Migration Bartram, Poros & Monforte .................................... 9

Key Concepts in Race and Ethnicity Meer ..........................................................14

Key Concepts in the Philosophy of Social Research Walker ............................. 21

Key Concepts in Urban Studies, Second Edition Goodley ................................ 29

King & Horrocks The Sociology of Children, Childhood and Generation .......... 3

LLayder An Introduction to Secondary Data Analysis with IBM

SPSS Statistics ......................................................................................................17

Leonard Transnational Crime and Criminal Justice ............................................. 5

MMacInnes Ways of Social Change, Second Edition ............................................. 9

Marmo & Chazal The New Sociology of Scotland .............................................11

Marx, Durkheim, Weber, Second Edition Mestrovic ...........................................15

Massey Development and Social Change, Sixth Edition ..................................... 9

McCrone The Postemotional Bully ..................................................................... 26

McMichael The Crisis of Presence in Contemporary Culture ............................13

Media and Society Calvey ....................................................................................15

Media, Culture and Society, Second Edition Hearn ............................................13

Meer Key Concepts in Race and Ethnicity ..........................................................14

Men of the World Harwood ................................................................................... 8

Mestrovic Marx, Durkheim, Weber, Second Edition ...........................................15

Miller Employability ............................................................................................. 28

Morrison Actor-Network Theory Research, Four-Volume Set........................... 29

NNeugebauer & Evans-Brain An Introduction to Green Criminology and

Environmental Justice ............................................................................................ 5

New Sociology of Scotland, The Marmo & Chazal ............................................11

Nimmo Workplace Research............................................................................... 21

Nurse Seven Steps to a Comprehensive Literature Review ...............................17

OO'Leary & Hunt Sociology of Education, Four-Volume Set ............................... 29

Onwuegbuzie & Frels Race and Society ............................................................14

Owning the World of Ideas Curtis & Curtis.........................................................14

Ozga Epistemology and Metaphysics for Qualitative Research ........................ 23

PPatel Age Studies ................................................................................................... 2

Pernecky Key Concepts in Gender Studies, Second Edition .............................. 8

Pickard Doing Fieldwork ..................................................................................... 21

Pilcher & Whelehan Researching Racism ..........................................................14

Pole & Hillyard Visual Methodologies, Fourth Edition ....................................... 24

Politics of Migration and Immigration in Europe, The, Second Edition

Gabriel & Lang ...................................................................................................... 9

Postemotional Bully, The McCrone .................................................................... 26

Presentation of Self in Contemporary Social Life, The Sayer ............................ 26

QQualitative Research, Fourth Edition Schutt ...................................................... 22

Quraishi & Philburn Rank Hypocrisies ................................................................ 6

RRace and Society Onwuegbuzie & Frels ............................................................14

Race, Gender, Sexuality, and Social Class, Second Edition Everett .................. 8

Rank Hypocrisies Quraishi & Philburn ................................................................ 6

Researching Racism Pilcher & Whelehan ..........................................................14

Researching Social Life, Fourth Edition Geddes & Scholten ........................... 20

Rose Understanding the Social World ................................................................ 20

SSAGE Handbook of Cultural Sociology, The Hoye & Parent ............................... 6

SAGE Handbook of Online Research Methods, The, Second Edition Field .......18

SAGE Handbook of Resistance, The Clark .......................................................... 8

SAGE Handbook of Social Media Research Methods, The Silverman ..............18

SAGE Handbook of Sport Management, The Holmes ....................................... 27

SAGE Handbook of Survey Methodology, The White ........................................ 24

SAGE Handbook of the Sociology of Work and Employment, The Edgell ........ 28

Sayer The Presentation of Self in Contemporary Social Life ............................. 26

Schutt Qualitative Research, Fourth Edition ...................................................... 22

Secular Religion of Fandom, The Bergstrom & Boreus.....................................13

32

Index

Seven Steps to a Comprehensive Literature Review Nurse ...............................17

Shulman Gender and Crime, Second Edition ...................................................... 5

Silverman The SAGE Handbook of Social Media Research Methods ...............18

Silvestri & Crowther-Dowey The Kaleidoscope of Gender, Fifth Edition ......... 8

Sloan & Quan-Haase The Tourist Gaze 3.0, Third Edition ................................ 16

Social Media for Academics Carlsson & Sarnecki ............................................18

Social Media, Second Edition Fox, Grimm & Caldeira ......................................13

Social Psychology of Emotion Edmonds & Warburton ...................................... 6

Sociology and the New Materialism Fielding, Lee & Blank .............................. 25

Sociology for Optimists Hodkinson .................................................................... 26

Sociology of Children, Childhood and Generation, The King & Horrocks ......... 3

Sociology of Early Childhood Fuller ..................................................................... 2

Sociology of Education, Four-Volume Set O'Leary & Hunt ............................... 29

Sociology of Education, The Booth, Sutton & Papaioannou ............................. 7

Sociology of the Individual, The Carrigan .......................................................... 25

Sociology of Work, The, Second Edition Dean ................................................... 16

Spade & Valentine When Sport Meets Business .............................................. 27

Sport and Society, Third Edition Holliday............................................................15

Sport Sociology, Third Edition Courpasson & Vallas ....................................... 27

Statistics without Mathematics Bartholomew ....................................................17

Superconnected: The Internet, Digital Media, and Techno-Social Life

Chalari ...................................................................................................................12

Systematic Approaches to a Successful Literature Review, Second Edition

Bischoping & Gazso ........................................................................................... 19

TTourist Gaze 3.0, The, Third Edition Sloan & Quan-Haase ............................... 16

Transnational Crime and Criminal Justice Leonard ............................................. 5

UUnderstanding Social Theory, Second Edition Jensen & Laurie ...................... 16

Understanding the Social World Rose ................................................................ 20

Understanding the Sociology of Health, Fourth Edition Barry & Yuill .............. 10

Unmanageable Consumer, The, Third Edition Gabriel ......................................... 6

Urry & Larsen Exaggerated Claims? .................................................................... 7

VVery Short, Fairly Interesting and Reasonably Cheap Book About Studying

Organizations, A, Fourth Edition Gough, Oliver & Thomas .............................. 28

Victims, Crime and Society, Second Edition David & Halbert ............................ 4

Visual Methodologies, Fourth Edition Pole & Hillyard ....................................... 24

WWagner, Storm & Nielsen An Introduction to the Sociology of Health and

Illness, Third Edition ............................................................................................. 10

Walker Key Concepts in the Philosophy of Social Research ............................. 21

Ways of Social Change, Second Edition MacInnes ............................................. 9

When Sport Meets Business Spade & Valentine .............................................. 27

White The SAGE Handbook of Survey Methodology ......................................... 24

Workplace Research Nimmo............................................................................... 21

SAGE INDIA

A‘Ad’apting to Markets .......................................................................................... 37A

Achieving Universal Energy Access in India ..............................................................

............................................................................................................................. 60A

Adoption in India ................................................................................................. 40A

Ahluwalia, Isher Judge ...................................................................................... 63A

Amirali, Alia ........................................................................................................ 57A

Ananth, V. Krishna ............................................................................................. 48A

Aneja, Anu ......................................................................................................... 27A

Armed Conflict, Peace Audit and Early Warning 2014 ........................................ 56A

Artefacts of History .............................................................................................. 43A

Assorted City ....................................................................................................... 62A

Atlantic Gandhi .................................................................................................... 49A

Attwood, D. W. ..................................................................................................... 6A

BBadal Sircar ......................................................................................................... 17A

Bagchi, Barnita .................................................................................................. 51A

Bagchi, Jasodhara ............................................................................................. 40A

Bailey, Michael ................................................................................................... 34A

Balslev, Anindita N. ............................................................................................ 13A

Balslev, Anindita N. ............................................................................................ 18A

Basics of Communication, The ........................................................................... 36A

Baviskar, B. S. 6A

Becoming Minority ................................................................................................ 8A

Behind Closed Doors .......................................................................................... 40A

Being Muslim and Working for Peace ................................................................. 13A

Berger, Arthur Asa ............................................................................................. 36A

Bernard, Catherine 6A

Bhadra, Bula......................................................................................................... 4A

Bhai, L Thara .......................................................................................................... 3

Bharat, Shalini .................................................................................................... 10A

Bhargava, Vinita ................................................................................................. 40A

Bhattacharya, Rinki ........................................................................................... 40A

Bhatty, Zarina ..................................................................................................... 26A

Biswas, Suptendu P .......................................................................................... 62A

Bollywood Baddies ............................................................................................. 22A

Borooah, Vani Kant 7A

Bose Brothers and Indian Independence, The .................................................... 42A

Bose, Madhuri .................................................................................................... 42A

Bose, Tapan Kumar ........................................................................................... 57A

Brave New Bollywood ......................................................................................... 23A

Bridging the Social Gap ........................................................................................ 8A

Buddhism in India ................................................................................................ 41A

Business Interests and the Environmental Crisis ................................................ 58A

CC, Sunitha Srinivas ............................................................................................ 37A

Caring for the Elderly ............................................................................................ 2 A

Carter, Marina .................................................................................................... 44A

Caste and Race in India ........................................................................................ 7A

Caste, Discrimination, and Exclusion in Modern India .......................................... 7A

Chandra, Bipin ................................................................................................... 48A

33

Index

Chandran, D Suba ............................................................................................. 56A

Chandran, Vinay................................................................................................. 28A

Changing Caste: Ideology, Identity and Mobility .................................................. 3 A

Channa, Subhadra Mitra .................................................................................... 8A

Chari, P R ........................................................................................................... 56A

Chatterjee, Ipsita ............................................................................................... 64A

Chatterji, Shoma A. .......................................................................................... 23A

Chatterji, Rakhahari .......................................................................................... 49A

Chattopadhyay, Rohitashya .............................................................................. 37A

Chaturvedi, Preeti .............................................................................................. 23A

Chaudhary, Sukant K .......................................................................................... 5A

Chaudhuri, Sarit K. ............................................................................................ 43A

Chaudhuri, Sucheta Sen ................................................................................... 43A

Cherian, V. K. ...................................................................................................... 20A

China and India ................................................................................................... 53A

Cinematically Speaking ....................................................................................... 22A

Cities and Public Policy ....................................................................................... 62A

Civil Wars in South Asia ...................................................................................... 55A

Civility against Caste ............................................................................................. 7A

Civilizations.......................................................................................................... 51A

Clark, Alice W. .................................................................................................... 27A

Colonialism and the Call to Jihad in British India ................................................ 50A

Communicating India’s Soft Power ..................................................................... 32A

Communication for Behavior Change ................................................................. 34A



Communication for Development ....................................................................... 33A

Communist Party of India and the Indian Emergency, The ................................. 47A

Community Natural Resource Management and Poverty in India ...................... 59A

Consumer Culture, Modernity and Identity ......................................................... 19A

Contributions to Sociological Theory .................................................................... 5A

Crawley, William ............................................................................................... 35A

Crime and Justice in India ................................................................................... 39A

Crispin Bates..............................................................................................44A, 45A

Cronin, Aidan A. ................................................................................................ 30A

Culture and Society ............................................................................................... 5A

Cyber Crimes against Women in India ................................................................ 29A

DDam, Piet Hein van ............................................................................................ 33A

Darooka, Priti ..................................................................................................... 23A

Das, Runa ........................................................................................................... 56A

Dasgupta, Abhijit ................................................................................................... 3A

Dasgupta, C ....................................................................................................... 41A

Dasgupta, Samir ................................................................................................. 6A

Dasgupta, Sukti ................................................................................................ 25A

Death Wasn’t Painful ........................................................................................... 55A

Deb, Arnab K ...................................................................................................... 53A

Deconstructing Terrorist Violence ....................................................................... 55A

Derne, Steve ....................................................................................................... 30A

Desai, A. R. ......................................................................................................... 2 A

Desai, Armaity S ............................................................................................... 10A

Development Failure and Identity Politics in Uttar Pradesh ................................ 52A

Diem, Peter ....................................................................................................... 33A

Disability, Gender and the Trajectories of Power ................................................ 24A

Displacement, Revolution, and the New Urban Condition .................................. 64A

Diwakar, Dilip G. ................................................................................................. 7A

Duck, Steve ....................................................................................................... 36A

Dutt, Devina ....................................................................................................... 15A

EEconomic Impact of HIV/AIDS on Households ................................................... 30A

Edited by Asha Hans ......................................................................................... 24A

Embattled Media ................................................................................................. 35A

Embodying Motherhood ...................................................................................... 27A

Enarth, Shashidharan ........................................................................................ 59A

Enlightenment and Violence ................................................................................ 48A

Environment and Development ........................................................................... 58A

Environmental Economics ................................................................................... 60A

Ernst, Carl W. ..................................................................................................... 12A

FFacing Globalization in the Himalayas ................................................................ 42A

Falleiro, Savio P. ................................................................................................. 30A

Fernée, Tadd ...................................................................................................... 48A

Fieldwork in South Asia ....................................................................................... 43A

Filming Horror ...................................................................................................... 21A

Filming Reality ..................................................................................................... 23A

Financing Cities in India ...................................................................................... 61A

First Naxal, The ................................................................................................... 55A

Fly in the Curry, A ................................................................................................ 22A

Fossard, Esta de ............................................................................................... 34A

Fossard, Esta de ............................................................................................... 34A

Fossard, Esta de ............................................................................................... 34A

Francis, Abraham P ........................................................................................... 37A

From the Margins to the Mainstream .................................................................... 8A

GGandhi and the Ali Brothers ................................................................................ 49A

Gender Issues in Water and Sanitation Programmes ......................................... 30A

Gender, Sexuality and HIV/AIDS ......................................................................... 30A

Gerharz, Eva ....................................................................................................... 50A

Ghosh, Partha S. .................................................................................................. 1 A

Ghosh, Tapan K. ................................................................................................. 22A

Ghurye, G. S. ........................................................................................................ 7A

Gorringe, Hugo ................................................................................................... 8A

Governance, Conflict and Development in South Asia ....................................... 50A

Governors’ Raj, A ................................................................................................ 49A

Goyal, Omita ...................................................................................................... 28A

Gudavarthy, Ajay ................................................................................................ 53A

Guha, Sudeshna ................................................................................................ 43A

Gulati, Leela ....................................................................................................... 40A

Gupta, Deepak ................................................................................................... 60A

HHabib Tanvir ......................................................................................................... 17A

Halder, Debarati ................................................................................................ 29A

Handy, Femida .................................................................................................. 38A

Hans, Asha ......................................................................................................... 24A

Hasan, Tariq ....................................................................................................... 50A

34

Index

Hettige, Siri......................................................................................................... 50A

Hindu Social Organization ..................................................................................... 9A

Hinduism in India ................................................................................................... 9A

Hossain, Delwar ................................................................................................. 57A

Idea of Ancient India, The .................................................................................... 47A

Image Trap, The ................................................................................................... 20A

In Custody ........................................................................................................... 39A

India Connected .................................................................................................. 31A

India on the Western Screen ............................................................................... 31A

India’s Film Society Movement ........................................................................... 20A

Indian Constitution and Social Revolution, The .................................................. 48A

Indian News Media .............................................................................................. 35A

Indian Sociology: Issues and Challenges ............................................................. 3 A

Indira,R .................................................................................................................. 3A

InFlux ................................................................................................................... 19A

Inoue, Makoto .................................................................................................... 59A

Inside-Outside ....................................................................................................... 6A

Intercultural Communication ............................................................................... 35A

Internal Migration in Contemporary India ............................................................. 1 A

Internationalist Moment, The ............................................................................... 47A

Interrogating Women’s Leadership and Empowerment ...................................... 28A

Introduction to the Study of Indian History, An ................................................... 46A

JJafa, Dhirendra S. .............................................................................................. 55A

Jafa, Navina ....................................................................................................... 18A

Jaishankar, K. ................................................................................................... 29A

James, Jonathan D. ........................................................................................... 13A

Jansons, Emily .................................................................................................. 38A

Jayasankar, K. P. ............................................................................................... 22A

Jayawardena, Kishali Pinto- ............................................................................. 35A

Jeffery, Roger ..................................................................................................... 52A

Jeffrey, Robin .................................................................................................... 36A

Jethwaney, Jaishri ............................................................................................. 33A

Jodhka, Surinder S ............................................................................................. 3 A

Joshy, P. M. ........................................................................................................ 52A

Judge, Paramjit S ................................................................................................ 4A

KKanbur, Ravi ....................................................................................................... 63A

Kannabiran, Kalpana ......................................................................................... 39A

Kassam, Meenaz .............................................................................................. 38A

Kattakayam, Jacob John .................................................................................... 3A

Katyal, Anjum ..................................................................................................... 17A

Katyal, Anjum ..................................................................................................... 17A

Khan, Zeeshan .................................................................................................... 1 A

Khanam, Azra..................................................................................................... 13A

Khwaja, Jamal ................................................................................................... 12A

Kimura, Makiko .................................................................................................. 56A

Kivisto, Peter ........................................................................................................ 6A

Kohli, Kanchi ...................................................................................................... 58A

Kosambi, Damodar Dharmanand .................................................................... 46A

Krishna, Daya ..................................................................................................... 51A

Kulshrestha, S K ................................................................................................ 64A

Kumar, Anand ...................................................................................................... 5A

Kumar, K S Kavi ................................................................................................. 58A

Kumar, Kuldeep ................................................................................................. 53A

Kumar, Nirmal ................................................................................................... 23A

Kumar, Updesh .................................................................................................. 54A

LLal, Malashri ...................................................................................................... 18A

Left-Wing Extremism and Human Rights ............................................................ 56A

Lerche, Jens ....................................................................................................... 52A

Life as a Dalit ......................................................................................................... 8A

Living the Qur’an in Our Times ............................................................................ 12A

Lockwood, David ............................................................................................... 47A

MMacnamara, Michael Fenwick ......................................................................... 49A

Madras Studios ................................................................................................... 20A

Maithani, P C ...................................................................................................... 60A

Major, Andrea ..................................................................................................... 44A

Malik, Aditya Malik .............................................................................................. 9A

Malreddy, Pavan Kumar .................................................................................... 54A

Manchanda, Rita ................................................................................................ 57A

Mandal, Manas K. .............................................................................................. 54A

Mandelbaum, David G. ....................................................................................... 2 A

Maoism, Democracy and Globalisation .............................................................. 53A

Marina Carter ..................................................................................................... 45A

Mathur, Nita ........................................................................................................ 19A

Mayaram, Shail .................................................................................................. 51A

McMahan, David T. ............................................................................................ 36A

Media Analysis Techniques ................................................................................. 36A

Media at Work in China and India ....................................................................... 36A

Media Audience Research .................................................................................. 33A

Media Construction of Environment and Sustainability in India .......................... 60A

Mehta, Pradeep K. ............................................................................................ 30A

Melkote, Srinivas R ........................................................................................... 33A

Mencher, Joan P. ................................................................................................. 8A

Menon, Manju .................................................................................................... 58A

Migrants, Refugees and the Stateless in South Asia ........................................... 1 A

Mishra, Deepak K. .............................................................................................. 1 A

Mishra, Vinod Kumar .......................................................................................... 7A

Mitra, Ananda ..................................................................................................... 31A

Modi, Ishwar ........................................................................................................ 5A

Mohanty, B B ....................................................................................................... 3A

Mohanty, P K ...................................................................................................... 63A

Mohanty, Prasanna K ................................................................................61A, 62A

Mohsin, Amena .................................................................................................. 57A

Monteiro, Anjali .................................................................................................. 22A

Moving Faith, A ................................................................................................... 13A

Mubarki, Meraj Ahmed ...................................................................................... 21A

Mukherjee, Aditya .............................................................................................. 48A

Mukherjee, Mridula ........................................................................................... 48A

Mukherjee, Paramita ......................................................................................... 53A

Mukherji, Parul Dave, Ahuja, Naman P. and Singh, Kavita ............................ 19A

Multi-level Forest Governance in Asia ................................................................. 59A

Muslim Backward Classes .................................................................................. 13A

Mutiny at the Margins .................................................................................44A, 45A

35

Index

My Half of the Sky ............................................................................................... 23A

Myth and Reality .................................................................................................. 46A

Mytton, Graham ................................................................................................ 33A

NNag, Sajal ........................................................................................................... 57A

Nagla, Madhu ....................................................................................................... 4A

Naik, Ajaya Kumar ............................................................................................... 7A

Nambiar, Prithi ................................................................................................... 60A

Narayan, Sunetra Sen ...................................................................................... 31A

Narayanan, Shalini ............................................................................................ 31A

Narrain, Arvind .................................................................................................. 28A

Natarajan, Nalini ................................................................................................ 49A

Nayar, Sheila J. .................................................................................................. 22A

Nellie Massacre of 1983, The .............................................................................. 56A

Niroula, Som Prasad ......................................................................................... 57A

Nothing to Fix ...................................................................................................... 28A

Nurturing Families around the World ..................................................................... 6A

OOcean in a Drop, The .......................................................................................... 38A

Omvedt, Gail ...................................................................................................... 41A

On India ............................................................................................................... 18A

On the Edge of Empire ........................................................................................ 42A

On World Religions .............................................................................................. 13A

Oonk, Gijsbert .................................................................................................... 49A

Openings for Peace ............................................................................................. 24A

Operation Black Thunder .................................................................................... 40A

Orientalism, Terrorism, Indigenism ...................................................................... 54A

PPadmanabhan, Sudarsan .................................................................................... 8A

Page, David ....................................................................................................... 35A

Paltasingh, Tattwamasi ...................................................................................... 2A

Pandian, M. S. S. ................................................................................................ 20A

Pang, Miao ......................................................................................................... 53A

Panja, Shormishtha .......................................................................................... 16A

Parsis of India, The .............................................................................................. 10A

Patel, Ashraf ...................................................................................................... 38A

Patel, Prasad and Rajaji ...................................................................................... 43A

Pathak, Jharna ................................................................................................... 59A

Pattnaik, Binay Kumar ........................................................................................ 5A

Paul, Bappaditya ................................................................................................ 55A

Pawar, Manohar ................................................................................................ 38A

Perera, Sasanka ................................................................................................. 52A

Performing Heritage ............................................................................................ 18A

Performing Shakespeare in India ........................................................................ 16A

Pfaff-Czarnecka. Joanna .................................................................................. 42A

Philanthropy in India ............................................................................................ 38A

Philosophy as Samvada and Svaraj .................................................................... 51A

Pillai, Swarnavel Eswaran ................................................................................. 20A

Pioneers of Sociology in India ............................................................................... 5A

Police and Counterinsurgency ............................................................................ 53A

Political Sociology of India .................................................................................... 5A

Politics of the (Im)Possible, The .......................................................................... 51A

Postmodernism in a Global Perspective ............................................................... 6A

Prabhu, Pandharinath H. .................................................................................... 9A

Prakash, Anjal .................................................................................................... 30A

Prakash, Kamini ................................................................................................ 38A

Public Hinduisms ................................................................................................... 9A

Puniyani, Ram .................................................................................................... 55A

Purdah to Piccadilly ............................................................................................. 26A

QQadir, Altaf .......................................................................................................... 50A

RRaimedhi, Indrani .............................................................................................. 23A

Rajadhyaksha, Mukta .......................................................................................... 15A

Rajagopalan, Swarna ........................................................................................ 24A

Ramakrishnan, Nitya ......................................................................................... 39A

Ramaswamy, Vijaya........................................................................................... 25A

Rand, Gavin ........................................................................................................ 44A

Ranganathan, Maya .......................................................................................... 35A

Rao, Ramesh N. ............................................................................................... 35A

Raza, Ali .............................................................................................................. 47A

Recasting Caste .................................................................................................... 7A

Reddy, Deepa S. ................................................................................................. 9A

Refractions of Islam in India ................................................................................ 12A

Revisiting Nuclear India ....................................................................................... 56A

Riber, John ........................................................................................................ 34A

Right to Passage ................................................................................................... 1A

Road to Rights..................................................................................................... 23A

Rodrigues, Usha M. ......................................................................................... 35A

Roy, Franziska.................................................................................................... 47A

SSabharwal, Nidhi S. ............................................................................................ 7A

Sabharwal, Nidhi Sadana .................................................................................... 8A

SAGE Series in Human Rights Audits of Peace Processes ................................ 57A

SAGE Series in Modern Indian History ............................................................... 48A

Sahu, D R .............................................................................................................. 3A

Sahu, Skylab ...................................................................................................... 30A

Saraf, Babli Moitra ............................................................................................ 16A

Sayyid Ahmad Barailvi ......................................................................................... 50A

Seethi, K M ......................................................................................................... 52A

Sen, Ronojoy ..................................................................................................... 36A

Separated and Divorced Women in India ............................................................ 39A

Settled Strangers ................................................................................................. 49A

Shah, Amita ........................................................................................................ 59A

Shanmugam, K R ............................................................................................... 58A

Sharma, K L ......................................................................................................... 4A

Sharma, Sudha .................................................................................................. 24A

Shea, John J. ...................................................................................................... 6A

Shekhar, Arjun .................................................................................................... 38A

Shivakoti, Ganesh P .......................................................................................... 59A

Singh, Hira ............................................................................................................ 7A

Singh, Katar ....................................................................................................... 60A

Shishodia, Anil ................................................................................................... 60A

Singh, Kirti ......................................................................................................... 39A

Singh, Neerja ...................................................................................................... 43A

Singh, Rishi ........................................................................................................ 12A

Singh, Sarab Jit .................................................................................................. 40A

Singh, Upinder ................................................................................................... 47A

Sobhan, Rehman ............................................................................................... 47A

Social and Community Development Practice .................................................... 38A

Social Background of Indian Nationalism ............................................................ 2 A

Social Sector Communication in India ................................................................ 33A

Social Work in Mental Health .............................................................................. 37A

Society in India ..................................................................................................... 2 A

Sociological Probings in Rural Society ................................................................. 4A

Sociology of Childhood and Youth ........................................................................ 4A

Sociology of Environment ..................................................................................... 5A

Sociology of Health ............................................................................................... 4A

Sociology of Science and Technology in India ...................................................... 5A

Sociology of Wellbeing ........................................................................................ 30A

Space of Her Own, A ........................................................................................... 40A

Srivastava, Vinay Kumar ..................................................................................... 5A

State and Civil Society under Siege .................................................................... 52A

State Formation and the Establishment of Non-Muslim Hegemony ................... 12A

Status of Muslim Women in Medieval India, The ................................................ 24A

Steeves, H Leslie .............................................................................................. 33A

Sundar, Aparna .................................................................................................. 55A

Sundar, Nandini .................................................................................................. 55A

Susewind, Raphael ............................................................................................ 13A

Sweetman, Will ................................................................................................... 9A

Syiemlieh, David R. ............................................................................................ 42A

TTagore and the Feminine ..................................................................................... 18A

Thomas, K V ....................................................................................................... 56A

Thombre, Avinash .............................................................................................. 35A

Thorat, Sukhadeo ............................................................................................... 8A

Thussu, Daya Kishan ......................................................................................... 32A

Toffin, Gerard ..................................................................................................... 42A

Towards Sociology of Dalits .................................................................................. 4A

Transformation of Women at Work in Asia .......................................................... 25A

Tripathy, Jyotirmaya ........................................................................................... 8A

Tyagi, Renu .......................................................................................................... 2 A

UUnderstanding India ............................................................................................ 37A

Understanding Suicide Terrorism ........................................................................ 54A

Unnithan, N. Prabha .......................................................................................... 39A

Untranquil Recollections ..................................................................................... 47A

Urban and Regional Planning in India ................................................................. 64A

Urban Villager ...................................................................................................... 64A

Urbanisation in India ............................................................................................ 63A

VVaidya, Shubhangi ............................................................................................ 27A

Valued Daughters ................................................................................................ 27A

Vasudevan, Vandana ......................................................................................... 64A

Venkateswaran, Meenu .................................................................................... 38A

Verick, Sher Singh ............................................................................................ 25A

Verma, Madhu .................................................................................................... 59A

Visvanathan, Susan ............................................................................................. 5A

WWaghmore, Suryakant ......................................................................................... 7A

Waghmore, Suryakant ......................................................................................... 8A

War and Diplomacy in Kashmir, 1947-48 ............................................................ 41A

Warrier, Maya ...................................................................................................... 9A

Warzone Tourism in Sri Lanka ............................................................................. 52A

Williams,Raymond ............................................................................................. 9 A

Women and Law .................................................................................................. 39A

Women and Work in Precolonial India ................................................................. 25A

Wood, John R ..................................................................................................... 59A

ZZachariah, Benjamin ......................................................................................... 47A

Zavos, John ........................................................................................................ 9A

36

Index

Sociology | 2016-17

SALES INFORMATION

Please note that information is correct at the time of print. Prices are subject to change without notice.

BOOKS

T S Venkatesh

Mob: +91 98733 55423e-mail: [email protected]

BHASHA HINDI

Vimlesh MishraMob: +91 94154 68442e-mail: [email protected]

Manish SinhaMob: +91 80054 93817e-mail: [email protected]

LIBRARY BOOKS

NORTH AND WEST

Rahul MalhotraMob: +91 98117 88266e-mail: [email protected]

Devashish DhasmanaMob: +91 98188 99787e-mail: [email protected]

Prashant AgrahariMob: +91 98912 06020e-mail: [email protected]

Akash AgrawalMob: +91 81034 66555e-mail: [email protected]

S Shekhar Rao Mob: +91 85277 00522e-mail: [email protected]

Satya Prakash SharmaMob: +91 94553 06309e-mail: [email protected]

Vikas PukaleMob: +91 94206 79584e-mail: [email protected]

GUJARAT

Zuzar Z SanjeliwalaMob: +91 98256 84415e-mail: [email protected]

SOUTH AND EAST

Biplab BiswasMob: +91 98741 81444e-mail: [email protected]

NORTH EAST

Saikat SenMob: +91 98308 78102e-mail: [email protected]

WEST BENGAL

Prasoon RayMob: +91 90384 70937e-mail: [email protected]

ORISSA

Rajendra MohapatraMob: +91 88959 97229e-mail: [email protected]

KERALA

Umasankar M NMob: +91 81297 88366e-mail: [email protected]

TAMIL NADU

Arun KumarMob: +91 75500 22005e-mail: [email protected]

BIHAR AND JHARKHAND

Premendra SharmaMob: +91 94310 20354e-mail: [email protected]

RETAIL, ONLINE, CORPORATE, BHASHA MARATHI & TEXT BOOKS

Manoj V NeemkarMob: +91 98338 60729e-mail: [email protected]

Rajesh Raheja Mob: +91 98211 61908e-mail: [email protected]

TEXT BOOKS

Siddharth Trivedi Mob: +91 99163 63960e-mail: [email protected]

MAHARASHTRA

Sarang C RajhansMob: +91 99607 74276e-mail: [email protected]

WEST

Sachin Suresh GadegeMob: +91 98671 55063e-mail: [email protected]

TAMIL NADU

R Udaya KumarMob: +91 94433 13632e-mail: [email protected]

ANDHRA PRADESH, TELENGANA AND KARNATAKA

G Venkateswara GuptaMob: +91 98495 43342e-mail: [email protected]

NORTH 1

Ankit TiwariMob: +91 99712 97246 e-mail: [email protected]

NORTH 2

Abhash SinghMob: +91 97180 51435e-mail: [email protected]

NEW DELHI: B-1/I-1, Mohan Cooperative Industrial Area, Mathura Road, Post Bag 7, New Delhi 110 044 Tel: +(91-11) 4053 9222; Fax: +(91-11) 4053 9234; e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]

KOLKATA: Ground Floor, 59/5 Prince Baktiar Shah Road, Tollygunge, Kolkata 700 033 Tel: +(91-33) 2422 0611, 2422 6832; Fax: +(91-33) 2417 2642; e-mail: [email protected]

CHENNAI: E-1, Karthik Apartments, New No. 16 (old 6), Vijayaraghava Road, T Nagar, Chennai 600 017 Tel: +(91-44) 2815 8405; 2815 8406; 2815 8407; e-mail: [email protected]

MUMBAI: 1358, Regus Level 13, Platinum Techno Park Plot no 17/18, Sector 30A,Vashi, Navi Mumbai 400 705 Tel: +(91-22) 6181 8358; Fax: +(91-22) 6121 4952; e-mail: [email protected]

Two Easy Ways to Order!

Email: [email protected] [email protected]

For fastest delivery, go to www.sagepub.in

Mukesh JainMob: +91 98730 88255e-mail: [email protected]

INSIDE SALES

Shashank ShekharMob.: +91 99900 94535e-mail: [email protected]

NORTH AND WEST

Divyansh BhatiaMob: +91 85270 12347e-mail: [email protected]

SOUTH AND EAST

C Jayachandran Mob: +91 98403 78657 e-mail: [email protected]

HSS and S&T

NORTH AND WEST

Mohit KapoorMob: +91 98109 66348e-mail: [email protected]

NORTH

Ambesh TripathiMob.: +91 98736 36026e-mail: [email protected]

WEST

Dinesh ChawlaMob.: +91 98113 92410e-mail : [email protected]

SOUTH AND EAST

Niladri Kumar ChakrabortyMob: +91 98310 18913e-mail: [email protected]

SOUTH

K KarthikeyanMob: +91 99803 41985e-mail: [email protected]

EAST

Rajkumar GhoshMob: +91 98310 74541e-mail: [email protected]

MEDICAL

Tirumal RaoMob: +91 98660 00357 e-mail: [email protected]

NORTH AND WEST

Ajeet KumarMob: +91 95820 32151e-mail: [email protected]

SOUTH AND EAST

Kiran KumarMob: +91 99590 22716 +91 93475 20424e-mail: [email protected]

DIGITAL PRODUCTS

Mohit KapoorMob: +91 98109 66348e-mail: [email protected]

NORTH & WEST INDIA

Niket SharmaMob: +91 88027 63388e-mail: [email protected]

SOUTH AND EAST

Souvik MazumderMob: +91 98310 23104e-mail: [email protected]

JOURNALS & DIGITAL PRODUCTS

Sunil RainaTel: (+91 11) 4053 9222; Extn 415e-mail: [email protected] [email protected]

BOOKS

Saroj K SahooTel: (+91 11) 4053 9222; Extn 407e-mail: [email protected]@sagepub.in

JOURNALS

Gajendra SinghTel: (+91 11) 4053 9222; Extn 406e-mail: [email protected]@sagepub.in

CUSTOMER SERVICE

www.sagepub.in

HINDI

M A R A T H I

The Indian Language

Publishing ProgramLaunched in 2015, SAGE Bhasha aims to

reach every strata of academia through

cutting edge research that transcends

boundaries in Indian languages. Starting

with Hindi and Marathi, we bring forth quality

resources at affordable prices and will extend

this to each Indian language we publish in.

New and Bestselling titles - SAGE India

Documents

Transcript of New and Bestselling titles - SAGE India